Quarterlytics / Industrials / Construction Materials / Altium

Altium

alu · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker alu
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Construction Materials
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Altium
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
T

h

e

A

l

u

m

a

s

c

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

3

The Alumasc Group plc
Report and Accounts 2023

Building products for 
a sustainable future

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Building products for 
a sustainable future

by delivering on our purpose to provide high-quality, 
low carbon, sustainable products and solutions

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements 
& Company Information

Board of Directors 
Corporate Governance Statement 
Nomination Committee Report 
Audit Committee Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
Directors’ Report 

64
66
71
72
76
87
93

1
Highlights 
2
At a Glance 
4
Chair’s Statement 
6
Our Business Model 
8
Chief Executive’s Review 
12
Financial Review 
16
Operating Segments 
22
Strategy 
24
Strategy in Action 
30
ESG Report 
46
TCFD 
52
Section 172 Statement 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
57
Non-Financial Information Statement  61
Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities 

62

97

101

102

103

104
105

Independent Auditor’s Report  
Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income 
Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position 
Consolidated Statement of 
Cash Flows 
Consolidated Statement of 
Changes in Equity 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
Company Statement of  
134
Financial Position 
Company Statement of Cash Flows  135
Company Statement of Changes 
in Equity 
Notes to the Company 
137
Financial Statements 
Financial Summary 
153
Additional Shareholder Information  154
156
List of Subsidiaries 
Business and Operating Locations 
157
Company Information and Advisers  158
159
Notice of Annual General Meeting 
161
Explanatory Notes 

136

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

We are a UK-based supplier of sustainable building products, systems and 
solutions, the majority of which manage the scarce resources of water and 
energy in the built environment, and improve quality of life for the owner/
occupier using recyclable materials.

Financial Highlights

Operational Highlights

Revenue* 

Dividends per share

•   Resilient performance in a challenging 

£89.1m

2021/22: £89.4m

10.3p

2021/22: 10.0p

Underlying* PBT 

Reported PBT

£11.2m

2021/22: £12.7m

£8.8m

2021/22: £(5.0)m

Underlying* EPS

25.0p

2021/22: £28.6p

Net bank debt 

£2.9m

2021/22: £4.7m

*  From continuing operations. A reconciliation of underlying to statutory profit 

before tax is provided in note 5 to the Group financial statements.

market, driven by execution of 
strategic priorities

•  Innovative, sustainable products 
providing environmental solutions
•  Investment in sales and R&D/NPD 

resource to drive future sales growth

•  Continued focus on operational 

margin improvement

•  Targets set for further reduction in 

greenhouse gas emissions

•  Post-year-end acquisition of ARP Group 
expected to deliver synergistic benefits

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

01

Strategic Report

At a Glance

We are driven 
by purpose

Alumasc is passionate about its purpose to provide high-quality, 
low carbon sustainable products and systems. 

Who we are

What we do

The majority of our products manage the scarce resources 
of water and energy and improve the quality of life for the 
owner/occupier in the built environment.

We are very focused on making our business operations, 
manufacturing and supply as sustainable and resilient 
as possible.

We have clear ethical values, behave with integrity and 
build strong relationships with our customers and wider 
stakeholders and deliver on our promises. We take pride 
in our innovative products and our ability to respond to 
market demands with new products and solutions.

Our operating segments

Water 
Management

Building 
Envelope

Housebuilding 
Products

Alumasc Water Management deliver a 
‘rain to drain’ solution for urban water 
management, supporting the efficient 
use, retention, recycling and disposal 
of water.

Offering a range of building envelope 
solutions including roofing solutions – 
flat to pitched roofs, waterproofing 
systems, green and landscaped 
garden roofing.

Housebuilding Products are 
manufactured in the UK with carbon 
neutral status. Manufacturing using 
100% renewable energy and providing 
new products and product ranges to 
the market.



See page 16 to 17

for more on our 
Water Management



See page 18 to 19

for more on our 
Building Envelope



See page 20 to 21

for more on our 
Housebuilding Products

02

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Focused on sustainability – for our 
products and our processes – it is at 
the core of everything we do.”

Paul Hooper
Chief Executive Officer



See pages 6 to 7

for more on our business model

Our strategy: Delivering high-quality sustainable products 
and solutions

Accelerating organic 
revenue growth

Driving margin 
improvement

Attractive positions in markets 
supported by long-term 
growth drivers

Brand strength, supported 
by quality know-how and 
customer service

Championing 
sustainable 
building products

Investing in 
value-enhancing 
opportunities

Durable, low-maintenance and 
environmentally efficient products 
which address challenges in the 
built environment

Utilising our strong balance 
sheet and operating cash 
flows to invest in organic and 
inorganic growth



See page 22 to 23

for more on our strategy

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

03

Strategic Report

Chair’s Statement

Robust performance despite 
challenging backdrop

The Group has once 
again shown its resilience 
and the benefits of its 
diversified portfolio.”

Vijay Thakrar
Chair

I am pleased to report that Alumasc 
delivered a robust performance 
despite challenges for building 
products from rising interest rates, 
persistent inflation, labour shortages, 
political upheaval and weaker 
market confidence.  

Performance
The Group has once again shown its 
resilience and the benefits of its diversified 
portfolio. Against a backdrop of challenging 
market conditions, Group revenues from 
continuing operations were maintained at 
around £89 million and underlying profit 
before tax of £11.2 million delivered in 
accordance with market expectations. 

There was some dilution to operating 
margins from increased investment in 
capability as well as lower volumes in our 
Water Management division, which should 
recover in 2024. 

Our operating cash flow of £12.2 million 
(2022: £7.8 million) enabled us to reduce our 
net bank debt by around £2 million during 
the year, after payments for capex, dividends 
and the Levolux business sold in the year. 

Our strategy of organic growth 
with synergistic M&A 
We remain focused on accelerating growth 
and I am delighted that our Building Envelope 
and Housebuilding Products divisions grew 
their revenues by 18% and 19% respectively. 
Our Water Management division’s revenues 
declined by 16%, reflecting significant export 
orders in 2022 and the deferment of a new 
Chek Lap Kok airport project into 2024. 
Deliveries under this project commenced 
in July 2023.

In line with our strategic objectives, we 
acquired post year end (subject to regulatory 
clearance) ARP into our Water Management 
division. We believe that the business will 
enable us to deliver further growth and 
synergistic benefits, and it is expected to be 
immediately accretive to underlying earnings.

ESG
Around 80% of our products deliver 
environmental benefits in the built 
environment, especially through, for example, 
water and energy management. As the move 
towards a greener economy accelerates, 
our businesses are focused and well placed 
to support our customers to deliver on their 
sustainability needs.

We are also focused on making a tangible 
difference to the communities in which 
we operate and to our people, as well as 
maintaining high standards of governance. 

Pension scheme
As previously reported, our annual defined 
benefit pension scheme contributions 
have reduced to £1.2 million (previously 
£2.3 million), reflecting an agreement 
with the Trustees until 2025. Along 
with many other schemes, Alumasc’s 
defined benefit pension scheme felt the 
effects of the financial markets’ turmoil 
following the September 2022 mini-budget. 

The pension scheme deficit was £4.3 million at 
30 June 2023 (2022: £2.1 million). The Company 
continues to work constructively with the 
Trustees to enable the scheme to have 
low dependency on the Company in the 
medium term.

04

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Dividends
The Company remains committed to its 
progressive dividend policy. The interim 
dividend of 3.4p per share paid in April 2023 
will be followed by a final dividend of 6.9p per 
share, if approved by shareholders, payable on 
3 November 2023. This will be a total dividend 
per share of 10.3p per share (2022: 10.0p 
per share). 

Outlook and Alumasc’s people
While markets remain uncertain, Alumasc’s 
strategy remains focused on organic and 
inorganic growth in sustainable building 
products. This places us well to capitalise on 
the many opportunities in our industry from 
environmental change. We continue to invest 
in people, product development and capacity 
to encourage our divisions to grow market 
share and enter adjacent product categories.

Our people are critical to delivering our 
strategy. They have once again shown 
admirable resilience and agility and, on 
behalf of our other stakeholders, the Board 
and I thank them for their ongoing hard 
work and commitment.

Vijay Thakrar
Chair

Why invest in Alumasc?

Diversified portfolio provides a platform for 
strategic acceleration

Entrepreneurial, decentralised model to optimise 
efficiency and agility

•  Focused group of niche businesses supplying high-quality 

•  Divisional structure with underlying brands given freedom 

construction products

to exploit market opportunities

•  Positioned to accelerate organic growth through people and 

•  Customer-centric culture focused on delivering excellent service

product investment

•  Efficient manufacturing facilities alongside robust supply chains 

•  ARP acquisition (subject to CMA approval) will demonstrate 

our ability to accelerate growth through synergistic M&A 

Business set to benefit from long-term structural 
growth drivers

Financial position provides capacity to invest 
for growth

• 

Low levels of indebtedness, with significant headroom 

for investment

•  >80% of Alumasc products specified to deliver 

•  Pension position under active management in cooperation 

environmental benefits

with Trustees 

•  Commitment to sustainability in construction recognised 

•  Ability to invest for growth, while driving improved returns 

by the LSE Green Economy mark

on capital 

•  Sustainability focus underpins potential for growth ahead 

of underlying markets 

Potential to deliver significant shareholder value

Premium products and brands, with strong 
market positions

•  Targeting further improvement in Group margins and 

cash generation 

•  Recovery of market sentiment in medium-term will enable 

•  High margin, premium products typically specified by 

Group to accelerate growth 

customers and regulations

•  Delivering a progressive dividend policy

•  Trusted brands across commercial, new build residential 

and RMI markets 

• 

Leading niche market positions with a growing digital 

presence  Scope to accelerate growth in export markets



See page 23 to 26

for more details

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

05

Strategic Report

Our Business Model

Living our Purpose, 
creating building products 
for a sustainable future

We continually evolve  
and innovate

We provide innovative products

Operating Segments

Water Management
We manufacture leading sustainable 
rainwater goods, drainage products 
and Gas and Airtight Inspection 
Covers (known as Gatic).

 See pages 16 to 17

Building Envelope
We are suppliers of a wide range of 
roofing products. We also provide 
leading technical advice, service 
and environmental credentials.

 See pages 18 to 19

Housebuilding Products
We are manufacturing products 
for housebuilding made from  
recycled and recyclable materials. 

 See pages 20 to 21

Underpinned by Sustainability and supporting the SDGs

06

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023



See page 40
for more information about our SDGs 

Resources Management style and peopleWe have an inclusive management style that helps empower our employeesWe value our staff and have  decentralised operating unitsOur people bring technical knowledge about our products and systems and passion for customer serviceWe have efficient central supportTechnical know-howWe are experts in what we do; creating new products to support sustainability in the built environmentIP/BrandsWe have registered patents and global protection for some of our innovative products to protect our IP and have premium brandsCapital investment  in new technologyNew technology to support operationsWe provide cleaner and energy- efficient, cost-effective manufacturingStrategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

We provide high-quality, low carbon, sustainable products, systems, and solutions. 
We behave with integrity, building strong relationships and trust with our customers 
and colleagues, and deliver on our promises. 

We provide innovative products

Value created

We make and sell 
building products

Customers/ 
channels to 
market

80%

Specified Products
80% of Group revenues are linked to 
specification and regulation

80%+

Environmental Solutions
Over 80% of Group revenues derive 
from environmental products, 
systems and solutions

Customers

Housebuilders

Contractors

Merchants & distributors

International Market Development
Growth in export revenues, currently 
6% of Group sales, are being targeted 
in selected markets

Online digital platforms

 Low carbon products | Durable and recyclable products | Sustainable Solutions for the Built Environment 

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

07

Repeat customersWe establish excellent relationships  with our customersMotivated employeesOur staff are motivated, trained and incentivised to provide exceptional customer serviceSustainable growthLong-term customers, excellent products  and processesAim to grow the business with firm  foundations and good brand reputationMargin improvement/ Superior returnsBy using new technology and having efficient operations, we can maintain and improve marginClimate changeBy providing sustainable and  long-lasting productsZero-carbon manufacturing by the Housebuilding Products divisionCommunitiesSupporting our communities by providing apprenticeships and local jobsShareholdersOverall strategic objective to deliver sustainable growth in shareholder value while making progressive returns to our investorsEnvironmentOur products are designed to be durable and sustainable. We have and are developing further low carbon products and solutions for the built environmentStrategic Report

Chief Executive’s Review

Business Highlights 
and Overview 

We have focused on 
the execution of our 
organic and inorganic 
growth strategy.”

Paul Hooper
Chief Executive Officer

Group performance from continuing operations:

Revenue (£m) 

Underlying profit before tax (£m)*

Statutory profit before tax (£m)

Underlying earnings per share (pence)*

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Dividends per share (pence)

2022/23

2021/22

% change

89.1

11.2

10.5

25.0

23.3

10.3

89.4

12.7

12.0

28.6

26.8

10.0

-%

-12%

-12%

-13%

-13%

+3%

* 

 A reconciliation of underlying to statutory profit before tax is provided in note 5 to the Group 
financial statements.

Overview of performance 
Group sales for the 12 months ending 
30 June 2023 were £89.1 million, close to 
the prior year sales of £89.4 million. Group 
sales in the UK were strong, increasing by 
£8.4 million (11%) which was a reasonable 
achievement against a backdrop of a 
declining market, particularly for the UK 
housebuilding sector, which has seen 
the negative impact of inflation driving 
higher interest rates and lower demand 
for mortgages.

As previously reported, against a 
comparative which included significant 
sales to overseas projects, Gatic Covers 
experienced delays in the launch of its new 
£7 million project to Chek Lap Kok project 
in Hong Kong, which was scheduled for Q4. 
There was also a slowdown in activity in 
the Middle East, believed to be as a result 
of the focus on the FIFA World Cup. This 
led to a decline in Water Management 
export sales. We are pleased to report that 
shipments for the new Chek Lap Kok project 
have commenced in quarter one of the new 
financial year.

Raw material prices were broadly stable over 
the year, but general inflation remained high 
and further cost increases were recovered 
through price rises.

Despite the above challenges and a general 
slowdown in construction activity, the Group 
achieved its profit forecast and came in at 
the analysts’ consensus for the year.

The divisional star performers of the year 
were Housebuilding Products (sales +£2.3 
million (+19%) and underlying operating 
profit +£1.1 million (+44%)) and Building 
Envelope (sales +£5.2 million (+18%) 
and underlying operating profit +£0.5 
million (+14%)).

Divisional review
(a) Water Management

Revenue: £39.8 million  
(2021/22: £47.6 million)

Underlying operating profit*: £5.8 million 
(2021/22: £8.8 million)

Underlying operating margin*: 14.5% 
(2021/22: 18.4%)

Operating profit: £5.6 million 
(2021/22: £8.7 million)

*  Prior to restructuring costs of £0.1 million 

(2021/22: £nil) and brand amortisation charges 
of £0.1 million (2021/22: £0.1 million). 

Following two successive years of record 
performance, and a doubling of its profit over 
three years, the Water Management Division 
fell back due to the delays of several significant 
export projects, including at Chek Lap 
Kok Airport in Hong Kong, which delivered 
£6.6 million sales in the prior period. 

08

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

The delayed new circa £7.0 million Chek Lap 
Kok project is now underway, with shipments 
commencing in quarter one of our 2024 
financial year.

UK sales remained strong and despite the 
challenging marketplace managed to move 
slightly ahead of the prior year. Several 
large projects for Gatic Slotdrain and 
Access Covers were delivered and another 
good performance was achieved by the 
Architectural Aluminium business, Skyline, 
which also benefitted from the successful 
introduction of a number of new products. 

Of note was also the second half year 
launch of the new patented Slotdrain E, 
designed to require less concrete during 
installation while allowing faster installation. 
The first successful installation took place 
at the historic and large business jet facility 
at Farnborough Airport and we anticipate 
strong demand for this new product.

Rainclear, which has a certain reliance on 
self-build projects, had a slower performance 
than the prior period due to pressure on 
household income. However, it was successful 
in mitigating some of this shortfall through 
work with regional housebuilders plus the 
launches of its new canopy, veranda and 
skylight ranges, all which are showing 
early promise. 

The Water Management Division commences 
the new financial year with an order book 
over twice the size of a year ago.

We should take the opportunity here to 
welcome, subject to The Competition Markets 
Authority’s approval, our new colleagues from 
The ARP Group, a business with which we 
exchanged contracts on 24 July 2023. 

(b) Building Envelope

(c) Housebuilding Products

Revenue: £34.6 million
(2021/22: £29.4 million)

Revenue: £14.7 million
(2021/22: £12.4 million)

Underlying operating profit*: £4.1 million
(2021/22: £3.6 million)

Underlying operating profit*: £3.5 million
(2021/22: £2.4 million)

Underlying operating margin*: 11.8%
(2021/22: 12.2%)

Underlying operating margin*: 23.9% 
(2021/22: 19.7%)

Operating Profit: £4.1 million
(2021/22: £3.1 million)

Operating profit: £3.3 million
(2021/22: £2.4 million)

*  Prior to restructuring costs of £nil (2021/22: 

*  Prior to restructuring costs of £0.2 million 

£0.5 million).

(2021/22: £nil).

The Building Envelope Division had a strong 
revenue growth (+18%) in the year under 
review driven by pro-active management 
including the hiring of very experienced and 
effective sales managers. It has increased 
market share also aided by new product 
launches including a very successful flat 
to pitched roof system along with the 
successful promotion of its CO2 reducing 
product, Olivine. 

A good level of Academy work was won. 
Some reasonably significant cost increases 
were passed on through sales prices. The 
Roofing business continues to focus on high-
end specification offers supported by the 
highest standards, and a customer service 
level which delivers low carbon systems 
combined with safety in installation, all 
supported by long-term warranties. 

Long standing relationships with key clients, 
developers and contractors, along with the 
increasing influence in large scale projects 
(£1.0m+) is benefitting the Division. Work 
is ongoing to broaden and to continually 
improve the environmental performance of 
the product range.

Timloc, our Housebuilding Products business, 
had an outstanding year growing its revenue 
19% and its underlying operating profit by 
44%. This was achieved by the continuation 
of its industry-leading next day delivery 
service and the continued growth of its 
new products, which in 2022/23 accounted 
for approximately 25% of its revenue. This 
included the launch of the Inventive Tile 
Vent range, which has taken a significant 
market share during the year. This highlights 
Timloc’s ability to identify commercial 
opportunities to launch innovative products 
that demonstrate its position as an efficient 
manufacturer, supported by a brand, endorsed 
by its reputation for outstanding service (100% 
OTIF in the year). The Inventive Tile Vents 
have also taken Timloc into a new distributor 
channel of specialist roofing merchants.

Despite the challenges of a weakening 
housing market and cost increases, which 
were largely recovered, the Housebuilding 
Products Division managed to deliver a 
strong operating margin of 24%. Improved 
efficiencies, outstanding next day service and 
rigorous cost controls contributed significantly, 
along with additional manufacturing 
throughput and continued investment 
in automation.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

09

Strategic Report

Chief Executive’s Review continued

Timloc’s continued focus on sustainability, 
including being the first UK building products 
manufacturer to become carbon neutral, 
leaves it well positioned to support the 
housebuilders’ drive to build zero carbon 
homes. During the year, Timloc was the 
first of our businesses to transition fully to 
electric vehicles. 

Further investments are planned in operational 
capacity (including automation), external 
sales representation and new product 
development capabilities to support 
continued growth.

Strategic Overview 
The Group continued to progress its  
long-term growth strategy.

Accelerating sales growth by:
•  Servicing markets with long-term structural 
growth drivers. Demand for our products 
is underpinned by building regulations 
and legislation;

•  Preserving and growing market share with 
market-leading customer service and 
leveraging cross-selling opportunities 
across our businesses;

•  New product development to grow share 

and access adjacent markets; and

•  Geographical sales expansion.

Driving margin improvement by:
•  Maintaining flexible and agile production 

capacity; and

•  Simplifying and streamlining our businesses 

and reducing fixed overheads.

Championing sustainable business products:
•  Creating durable, low maintenance products 
which reduce the whole-life energy and 
financial cost of building;

•  Addressing some of the environmental 
challenges facing the construction 
industry: building decarbonisation, water 
management and occupant wellbeing/
urban biodiversity; and

•  Embracing the circular economy by using 

recycled and recyclable materials.

Investing in value-enhancing opportunities, 
using our strong balance sheet and 
operating cash generation:
•  Organic growth through improving 

operational capability, R&D/NPD, sales and 
marketing resource; and
Inorganic growth through bolt-on 
acquisitions in current or adjacent markets. 

• 

Alumasc is in a very strong position to 
benefit from the move towards sustainable 
construction and green buildings, both in 
terms of its portfolio of products and in its 
championing of the circular economy. 

Many internal initiatives have also been taken 
to act in an environmentally sustainable 
manner, including the sourcing of electricity 
from renewable sources for 100% of the 
Group’s supply. We have achieved a 69% 
reduction in our greenhouse gas emission 
intensity since 2018, and targets have been to 
reduce 2023 levels by a further 42% reduction 
by 2030, supported by a Group policy to 
move to electric vehicles and to make our 
operations as carbon neutral as possible. 
Accreditation of this target by the Science-
Based Target Initiative, and the Group’s 
Net Zero planning is underway.

Outlook
Alumasc’s cost savings programme, liquidity 
management, strong balance sheet and 
improved commercial positioning underpin 
a business that is well positioned to benefit 
from the long-term growth drivers in its 
markets. Alumasc’s primary aim is to 
manage the long-term sustainability of the 
business and to focus on its key strategic 
objectives, growing revenues faster than the 
UK construction market and being a supplier 
of sustainable building products.

Notwithstanding uncertainty over the short-
term macroeconomic outlook, a robust 
platform is now in place which provides 
the Board with confidence for another 
strong year which has started in line with 
management’s expectations.

Paul Hooper
Chief Executive Officer
5 September 2023

10

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Divisional review

Water Management

Revenue

£39.8 million (2021/22: £47.6 million)

Underlying operating profit*

£5.8 million (2021/22: £8.8 million)

Underlying operating margin*

14.5% (2021/22: 18.4%)

Operating profit

£5.6 million (2021/22: £8.7 million)

*  Prior to restructuring costs of £0.1 million (2021/22: £nil) and brand amortisation charges of £0.1 million (2021/22: £0.1 million).

Building Envelope

Revenue

£34.6 million (2021/22: £29.4 million)

Underlying operating profit*

£4.1 million (2021/22: £3.6 million)

Underlying operating margin*

11.8% (2021/22: 12.2%)

Operating profit

£4.1 million (2021.22: £3.1 million)

*  Prior to restructuring costs of £nil (2021/22: £0.5 million).

Housebuilding Products

Revenue

£14.7 million (2021/22: £12.4 million)

Underlying operating profit*

£3.5 million (2021/22: £2.4 million)

Underlying operating margin*

23.9% (2021/22: 19.7%)

Operating profit

£3.3 million (2021/22: £2.4 million)

*  Prior to restructuring costs of £0.2 million (2021/22: £nil).

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

11

Strategic Report

Financial Review

Performance from continuing operations

Continuing operations

Revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin

Underlying operating expenses

Underlying operating profit

Underlying operating margin

Net finance costs

Underlying profit before tax

Non-underlying items

Statutory profit before tax

The Group’s solid financial platform has 
allowed investment in resilience and 
sustainable growth opportunities.”

Simon Dray
Group Finance Director

2022/23 
£m

2021/22 
£m

89.1

32.7

36.7%

89.4

33.4

37.3%

(20.6)

(20.1)

12.1

13.6%

13.3

14.9%

(0.9)

11.2

(0.7)

10.5

(0.6)

12.7

(0.7)

12.0

The Group produced a resilient performance 
against a challenging UK construction sector 
backdrop. Group revenue was £89.1 million 
(2021/22: £89.4 million), broadly in line with 
a strong comparative which included a £6.6 
million contribution from significant export 
contracts. Call-offs expected in the year for 
the new £7 million Chek Lap Kok airport 
project were delayed, but commenced 
in 2023/24.

Gross margin was 36.7% (2021/22: 37.3%). 
While raw material prices stabilised over the 
year, general inflation remained high and 
the Group continued to work to recover cost 
increases through selling prices where they 
could not be mitigated or avoided.

Underlying operating expenses of £20.6 
million (2021/22: £20.1 million) reflect wage 
inflation and investments made in sales and 
marketing capabilities, and are presented 
net of a £0.8 million (2021/22: £nil) research 
and development credit, against qualifying 
expenditure of £4.1 million (2021/22: 
£3.9 million).

Underlying operating profit was £12.1 million 
(2021/22: £13.3 million), representing a return 
on sales of 13.6% (2021/22: 14.9%).

Net finance costs were £0.9 million (2021/22: 
£0.6 million), the increase driven by higher 
interest rates in the year.

Underlying profit before tax was £11.2 million 
(2021/22: £12.7 million) and, after £0.7 million 
(2021/22: £0.7 million) of non-underlying 
charges, statutory profit before tax was 
£10.5 million (2021/22: £12.0 million).

12

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Non-underlying items
The Board uses underlying profit and earnings as an alternative performance measure, to track and assess the Group’s trading performance. 
This measure excludes certain non-underlying items, which include brand amortisation, pension scheme finance costs, acquisition expenses, 
and other items which are significant and one-off in nature. The non-underlying items in the current and prior financial year were:

2022/23 
£m

2021/22 
£m

0.1

0.3

0.2

0.6

0.1

0.1

0.7

0.1

0.5

–

0.6

0.1

0.1

0.7

The Group’s underlying effective tax rate for 
2023/24 is expected to be around 25.5%, 
due to the full year effect of the increase 
in UK corporation tax rate to 25%.

The Group’s effective tax rate on statutory 
profit from continuing operations was 24.9% 
(2021/22: 20.6%). A reconciliation of this rate 
to the average UK corporation tax rate is 
included in Note 10 to the financial statements.

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share from continuing 
operations was 23.3p (2021/22: 26.8p), and 
underlying earnings per share from continuing 
operations was 25.0p (2021/22: 28.6p).

Dividends
The Board have recommended to 
shareholders a final dividend of 6.9 pence 
per share (2021/22: 6.65 pence), which will 
absorb an estimated £2.5m of shareholders’ 
funds. This has not been accrued in these 
accounts as it was proposed after the end 
of the financial year. Subject to shareholder 
approval at the Annual General Meeting 
on 26 October 2023, it will be paid on 
3 November 2023 to members on the 
share register on 29 September 2023.

Together with the interim dividend of 
3.40 pence (2021/22: 3.35 pence) paid to 
shareholders on 6 April 2023, this will bring 
the total distribution for the year to 10.3 
pence per share (2021/22: 10.0 pence), 
which is covered 2.4 times (2021/22: 2.9 
times) by underlying earnings per share 
from continuing operations.

Discontinued operations
The Group sold its Levolux business on 
26 August 2022, and its trading results up 
to the date of disposal have been reported 
within discontinued operations in the current 
and prior year. Proceeds from the sale were 
£1, and further contingent consideration is 
unlikely to be paid. The prior year results 
include a charge of £14.9 million to write 
down the carrying value of Levolux’s net held 
for sale assets to £1. A further £1.7 million loss 
on disposal was recorded in the current year, 
representing cash held by Levolux at the 
date of disposal, other related write-downs 
and transaction costs.

Continuing operations

Brand amortisation

Restructuring and legal costs

Acquisition costs

Non-underlying operating expenses

IAS 19 net pension scheme finance costs

Non-underlying finance costs

Total non-underlying items

•  Amortisation of acquired brands of £0.1 

million (2021/22: £0.1 million). This is a non-
cash charge arising from the application 
of accounting standards, to write off the 
estimated value of brands associated 
with acquired businesses over their 
anticipated useful life;

•  Restructuring and legal costs of £0.3 
million (2021/22: £0.5 million), mainly 
representing one-off professional fees 
incurred to resolve a commercial dispute 
and, in the prior year, in exiting the 
Group’s roofing installation business;
•  Acquisition costs of £0.2 million (2021/22: 

• 

£nil) which are professional fees incurred in 
the Group’s acquisition activities, primarily 
in relation to the acquisition of ARP Group 
announced on 25 July 2023; and
IAS 19 net pension scheme finance costs 
of £0.1 million (2021/22: £0.1 million). These 
non-cash charges relate to the Group’s 
legacy defined benefit pension scheme, 
and are calculated by actuaries to reflect 
the notional financing cost of the Group’s 
pension deficit.

Taxation
The Group’s underlying effective tax rate on 
continuing operations was 20.0% (2021/22: 
19.4%), compared to the UK corporation tax 
average rate for the year of 20.5% (2021/22: 
19.0%). The tax rate varies in line with 
the UK rate and the balance of available 
reliefs, non-taxable income and expenses. 

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

13

Strategic Report

Financial Review continued

Cash flows and net debt
Underlying operating cash flow from continuing operations

Continuing operations

Underlying operating profit

Depreciation and underlying amortisation

Share-based payments

Working capital movements

Underlying operating cash flow

Operating cash conversion

2022/23 
£m

2021/22 
£m

12.1

2.9

0.2

(1.0)

14.2

117%

13.3

2.7

0.1

(4.9)

11.2

84%

The Group’s underlying operating cashflow from continuing operations was £14.2 million (2021/22: £11.2 million), representing 117% (2021/22: 
84%) of underlying operating profit, reflecting the partial unwind of investments in inventory made in the prior year, to maintain customer 
service during a period of supply chain disruption. Further reductions in working capital are expected over 2023/24 as inventory holdings 
continue to reduce. Average trade working capital as a percentage of revenue for the year was 19.1% (2021/22: 18.1%).

Movement in net bank debt

Continuing operations

Underlying operating cash flow from continuing operations

Pension deficit funding

Non-underlying cash flows

Cash generated by continuing operating activities

Capital expenditure

Interest

Tax

Lease principal repaid

Purchase of own shares

Dividend payment

Other

Net bank debt movement before discontinued operations

Net bank debt movement – discontinued operations

Decrease/(increase) in net bank debt

2022/23 
£m

2021/22 
£m

14.2

(1.6)

(0.4)

12.2

(2.7)

(0.8)

(0.5)

(0.8)

(0.1)

(3.6)

(0.1)

3.6

(1.7)

1.9

11.2

(2.6)

(0.8)

7.8

(2.6)

(0.6)

(1.6)

(0.7)

(0.5)

(3.4)

0.1

(1.5)

(2.3)

(3.8)

Cash generated from continuing operating 
activities was £4.4 million higher than the 
prior year at £12.2 million, largely due to the 
increase in underlying operating cash flows 
and the £1.0 million reduction in pension 
deficit funding, following the lower schedule 
of contributions agreed with the trustees. 
Cash outflows in respect of non-underlying 
items were £0.4 million (2021/22: £0.8 million).

Capital expenditure was £2.7 million 
(2021/22: £2.6 million), representing 101% 
of depreciation (2021/22: 104%). The main 
investments were capacity and efficiency 
investments at the Housebuilding Products 

site in Howden, and in process automation in 
the Water Management division. The Board 
see further opportunities to invest in organic 
growth across the Group, and expect capital 
expenditure to remain at or above the level 
of depreciation over the medium term.

Interest payments were £0.8 million (2021/22: 
£0.6 million) and tax payments £0.5 million 
(2021/22: £1.6 million).

payments of £3.6 million (2021/22: £3.4 
million), the reduction in net bank debt before 
discontinued operations was £3.6 million 
(2021/22: £1.5 million increase in debt).

The cash outflow in respect of discontinued 
operations was £1.7 million (2021/22: 
£2.3 million), leading to a reduction in 
net bank debt for the year of £1.9 million 
(2021/22: £3.8 million increase).

After lease principal repayments of £0.8 million 
(2021/22: £0.7 million), own share purchases to 
fulfil the vesting of employee share options of 
£0.1 million (2021/22: £0.5 million), and dividend 

14

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Net debt

Net bank debt 

Lease liabilities 

Total (IFRS 16) net debt

30 June 
2023 
£m

30 June 
2022 
£m

2.8

5.3

8.1

4.7

5.1

9.8

Net bank debt at June 2023, on which the 
Group’s banking covenants are based, was 
£2.8 million (June 2022: £4.7 million). Total 
net debt, including lease liabilities, was 
£8.1 million (2021/22: £9.8 million).

Financial position
Group net assets at 30 June 2023 were 
£25.7 million (2021/22: £25.7 million).

Pensions
The Group accounts for its defined benefit 
pension retirement obligations in accordance 
with IAS 19 Employee Benefits, based on 
the market value of scheme assets and 
a valuation of scheme liabilities using a 
discount rate based on AA corporate bond 
yields at year end. Mortality and inflation 
assumptions have been aligned to updated 
actuarial information. The IAS 19 defined 
pension scheme deficit at 30 June 2023, 
before deferred taxes, was £4.3 million (June 
2022: £2.1 million). Lower valuations led to 
scheme assets decreasing in the year, by 
£15.8 million, to £71.5 million. Scheme liabilities 
decreased by £13.6 million to £75.8 million, 
due to an increase in the discount rate.

The contribution rate is agreed with the 
trustees based on actuarial valuations rather 
than the IAS 19 deficit. Following the triennial 
review in March 2022, the Group agreed to 
reduce annual contributions from £2.3 million 
to £1.2 million from 1 October 2022. These 
payments are designed to enable the scheme 
to reach a position of low dependency (where 
the scheme is expected to be able to meet 
its future liabilities using prudent investment 
assumptions and without further Group 
support), over a reasonable timescale.

Banking facilities and covenants
The Group maintains facilities with its 
banking partners to ensure the availability 
of sufficient liquidity to meet the Group’s 
operational and strategic needs, at optimal 
cost. The Group projects facility utilisation 
and compliance with the associated 
covenants during its short-term forecasting, 
annual budgeting and strategic planning 
exercises, to ensure adequate headroom is 
maintained, taking into account the Group’s 
expected performance and investment plans.

At 30 June 2023, the Group’s banking 
facilities comprised:
•  An unsecured committed £25.0 million 
revolving credit facility, which expires in 
August 2025 with two single year extension 
options to August 2026 and 2027. In July 
2023, the Group exercised the first of these 
options, to extend the facility expiry to 
August 2026;

•  An uncommitted £20.0 million accordion 
facility, which would allow the Group to 
increase its revolving credit facility to £45.0 
million if exercised and approved; and
•  Overdraft facilities, repayable on demand, 

of £4.0 million.

The covenants associated with these facilities 
are set out below, together with the reported 
figures at 30 June 2023 and 2022:

Covenant

30 June 
2023

30 June 
2022

Net debt: 
EBITDA

Interest cover

<2.5

>3.5

0.2

18.9

0.4

31.7

Return on investment
The Group defines its invested capital as 
shareholders’ funds, including historic goodwill 
but excluding net bank debt, pension deficit 
(net of tax) and lease liabilities. The Group’s 
post tax return on invested capital (underlying 
operating profit from continuing operations 
after tax, divided by invested capital) was 
26.1% (2021/22: 29.8%); lower than the prior 
year due to the lower operating profit and 
higher tax rate; but still substantially higher 
than the Group’s weighted average cost of 
capital, which the Group estimates to be 11%.

Capital structure and 
capital allocation
The Group aims to deliver strong and 
sustainable financial returns well in excess 
of its cost of capital. It achieves this by 
investing the capital provided by its cash-
generative operations and its strong balance 
sheet in a disciplined manner consistent with 
its long-term strategy, while maintaining 
debt at a prudent level. The Board’s 
allocation priorities are:
• 

Investment in organic growth, principally 
through capital expenditure and 
investment in organisational capabilities, 
particularly in research and development, 
manufacturing capacity and efficiency, 
and sales and marketing resources;

•  Providing regular returns to shareholders 
through a progressive dividend policy, 
which aims to increase dividends broadly 
in line with underlying earnings, while 
maintaining a prudent level of cover; and

• 

Investment in inorganic growth, 
identifying bolt-on acquisition targets 
in current or adjacent markets which 
complement the Group’s existing business 
and deliver synergies. 

The Group’s solid financial platform 
has allowed it to continue to invest in 
opportunities to build resilience and generate 
sustainable growth. The acquisition of ARP 
Group, announced on 25 July 2023 and 
subject to CMA approval, is consistent with 
the Group’s inorganic growth strategy and 
disciplined approach to capital allocation, 
and is expected to be immediately accretive 
to underlying earnings while further enhancing 
the Group’s prospects over the medium term.

Going concern
As detailed in note 1 to the financial 
statements, in assessing the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, the Board has 
considered medium-term forecasts based on 
the Group’s approved budget and three-year 
plan, including stress test scenarios based on 
10% and 20% reductions in sales volumes.

Under the severe but plausible stress 
test scenarios, there remained adequate 
headroom under the Group’s banking 
facilities and no breach of banking facilities 
over the period to September 2024. The 
Board also took note of the Group’s ability 
to reduce its cost base and/or conserve 
cash facilities if necessary.

A reverse stress test scenario, that would lead 
to a breach of the Group’s banking covenants, 
was also modelled. The Board considers 
the risk of such a scenario to be remote, 
and the Board would take immediate 
mitigating actions were it to arise.

Having taken into account the scenario 
models above, and in light of the remaining 
headroom against banking covenants and 
total facilities under the various scenarios, 
the Board considers that the Group has 
adequate resources to continue trading for 
the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they 
continue to adopt the going concern basis 
in preparing the financial statements.

Simon Dray
Group Finance Director
5 September 2023

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

15

Strategic Report

Operating Segments

Water  
Management

Alumasc Water Management Solutions (AWMS) deliver ‘Rain to 
Drain’ solutions that set the standard for urban water management. 
Alumasc has been promoting the efficient use, retention, recycling 
and disposal of water for almost 90 years.

Under the AWMS banner, customers benefit from rainwater and drainage products that 
capture, retain and control the flow of rainwater in the most effective way inside and 
outside buildings from origination source to water course, sewer or ground. We are building 
on our methods, processes and delivery with the acquisition of ARP Group (subject to CMA 
approval). See page 40.

Growth drivers
•  Legislation aimed at conservation, 
attenuation and control of water
•  Structural engineering specifications
•  Building regulations
•  Sustainable drainage

Operations and supply chain
•  UK in-house manufacture
•  Worldwide supply chain, including 

suppliers in Europe and North America

Routes to market
•  Merchants and distributors  

(some via preferred installers) 
•  Direct to customer via online  

digital platforms

Opportunities and potential
•  Outperformance of the UK 

construction market through 
continued market share gain  
and introduction of new 
products and systems

•  Development of further synergies  
in our ‘Rain to Drain’ strategy 
Increase divisional export sales  
with focus on systems using  
Gatic and Wade products

• 

•  Grow operating margins through  

new product introductions,  
improving customer service  
and operational efficiency

•  Selective bolt-on acquisitions that 
provide synergies, new products  
and access to new channels

Financial Highlights 2022/23

Revenue

Underlying operating margin*

£39.8m

2021/22: £47.6m

14.5%

2021/22: 18.4%

Underlying operating profit*

Operating profit

£5.8m

2021/22: £8.8m

£5.6m

2021/22: £8.7m

* 

 Prior to restructuring costs of £0.1 million (2021/22: £nil) and brand amortisation charges of 
£0.1 million (2021/22: £0.1 million).

16

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

We provide ‘rain to 
drain’ solutions for urban 
water management that 
meet the needs of the 
built environment.”

Paul Hooper
Chief Executive Officer

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Alumasc in action: 

Highwood Lodge: 
Realising a vision 
with Skyline  
Architectural 
Aluminium

Having successfully brought many 
commercial and residential building 
designs to life through his practice, 
Surface Architects, Richard Scott faced 
the challenge of a lifetime with his own 
property, Highwood Lodge.

Skyline fascias, soffits and vertical cladding 
panels were used to create the stunning 
minimalist modern-build attached to 
the charming Victorian cottage. Skyline 
offered the flexibility needed to meet the 
project’s complex bespoke requirements. 

Another significant consideration was that 
the design left no place to hide in terms 
of quality and finish. The clean lines and 
angular appearance presented a surfeit 
of elaborate detailing and junctions that 
demanded precision. 

The objective of Skyline Architectural 
Aluminium, is to give designers the ultimate 
freedom to push their creativity to the limit 
and realise solutions of aesthetic merit. 
The product range is often referred to as ‘a 
collection of ideas’, based on unsurpassed 
technical design expertise. All elements 
are manufactured from superior polyester 
powder-coated aluminium which is 100% 
recyclable and available in a selection of 
standard bold generic shapes with bespoke 
designs available to order when unusual 
design elements are at play, such as those 
at Highwood Lodge.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

17

Strategic Report

Operating Segments continued

Building  
Envelope

We work with our customers to help create a sustainable future 
with efficient buildings that connect people and communities. Our 
comprehensive range of building envelope solutions includes roof 
waterproofing systems, green and landscaped garden roofing. 

Our team collaborates with our clients to create tailored building envelope solutions  
which address a multitude of challenges that we all face in protecting our environment  
for future generations, including:

•  Efficient use and reuse of materials
•  Energy consumption reduction
•  Comfort in use through control of heat, light, air and water
•  Creation of additional amenity space
•  Carbon capture

Growth drivers
•  Architectural specification
•  Building regulations relating  

to energy management

•  Demand for sustainable solutions 

Operations and supply chain
• 

 Partial UK manufacture providing 
fabrication, assembly and 
finishing operations

Routes to market
•  Direct to main building contractors 

in the UK

•  Through general contractors

Opportunities and potential
•  Business development opportunities 
arising from the Alumasc Building 
Envelope specification sales approach

•  Market share gains through  

•  Diversified specialist supply chain of 

mainly UK and European-based suppliers

product leadership and outstanding 
customer service

•  Efficient warehousing

Financial Highlights 2022/23

Revenue

Underlying operating margin*

£34.6m

2021/22: £29.4m

11.8%

2021/22: 12.2%

Underlying operating profit*

Operating profit

£4.1m

2021/22: £3.6m

£4.1m

2021/22: £3.1m

*  Prior to restructuring costs of £nil (2021/22: £0.5 million).

18

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023
The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Roofing Operations have 
successfully completed 
a significant commercial 
cost-saving initiative, with 
the construction of a hard 
standing area on-site at 
St Helens for storage of 
products. Thus entirely 
removing the requirement 
for storage at an 
external partner.”

Gilbert Jackson
Executive Director and
Building Envelope Divisional 
Managing Director

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

The Olivine granules cause a chemical reaction 
in CO2 in rainwater which converts it to silicon 
dioxide (sand) and magnesium carbonate, two 
products harmless to the environment.

Complete with BBA certification, Derbigum 
Olivine is a fully warranted system with a 
life expectancy of up to 50 years. Although 
the olivine grains decrease in size with each 
reaction, the grains are large enough to 
span an impressive 30 years before having 
completely reacted. Not only is the system 
durable, it is sustainable, as the membranes 
used are 100% recyclable.

Alumasc in action: 

Pen-Y-Dre 
High School,  
Merthyr Tydfil

Pen-Y-Dre High School becomes 
first carbon neutral refurbishment 
school in Wales.

Renowned for its high standards and 
achievements, Pen-Y- Dre High School is 
Merthyr Tydfil’s award-winning education 
centre. The school caters for the educational 
and development needs of 800 pupils 
aged 11-16.

Set in a beautiful green campus, Pen-Y-Dre 
is famous for its outstanding academic and 
sporting facilities. The school’s extensive site 
can accommodate a variety of activities, 
including a full size swimming pool. Pen-Y-
Dre High School is more than an educational 
building, it is at the heart of the local 
community, and is used by many groups 
outside the traditional school day.

Brief and design
After an initial survey of the roof, our team 
agreed that to meet the client’s brief, 
Alumasc’s Derbigum Olivine system was the 
best option. Not only would it meet the need 
for longevity and durability with its 35-year 
warranty, the system would substantially 
reduce CO2, assisting in making Pen-Y-Dre 
the first net carbon high school in Wales.

The first of its kind
Calculations carried out by the team 
demonstrated there were several 
benefits to the Derbigum Olivine system 
compared to a traditional felt roof. This 
environmentally friendly roofing system 
neutralises CO2 via an irreversible chemical 
reaction when it comes into contact with 
rainwater. Its proven performance means 
that 1m2 of olivine has the capacity to 
capture approximately 1.75kg of CO2.

The teams’ calculations highlighted that 
installing the Derbigum Olivine system would 
improve the performance and increase the 
efficiency of the construction, keeping heat 
flow through the structure to a minimum, 
therefore reducing the school’s energy costs.

The new refurbishments for Pen-Y-Dre High 
School would help the school deliver their 
vision to become carbon neutral.

Technical information
Alumasc’s innovative roofing system comprise, 
a premium CO2 neutralising reinforced APP 
polymer modified bituminous waterproofing 
membrane, underlays, insulation boards, with 
air and vapour control layers.

Surfaced with a naturally occurring mineral 
upper layer, this layer initiates a chemical 
reaction with CO2 from rainwater, irreversibly 
neutralising the pollutant on contact.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

19

Strategic Report

Operating Segments continued

Housebuilding 
Products

Opportunities and potential
•  Outperformance relative to the UK 
construction market with continued 
market share growth through product 
range development and best-in-class 
customer service

•  Leveraging strong sales channels through 

product portfolio development and 
excellent customer service

•  Margin improvement through operational 
efficiency and additional operational 
flexibility, utilising the new factory 
commissioned in early 2018 and 
ongoing investment in new machines 
and automation

Growth drivers
•  Growth in UK housebuilding demand 
and current under-supply of houses
•  Legislation and building regulations
•  Ease of construction

Operations and supply chain
•  Nearly all in-house manufacture

Routes to market
•  Merchants and distributors
•  House builder specification 

Our brands

Timloc Building Products’ ability to deliver 
products next day with low carriage paid 
order values is what sets them apart 
from competitors and has enabled them 
to become market leaders within their 
sector. Timloc is also at the forefront 
of sustainability within their industry. 
Manufacturing multiple-use products that 
are designed for the lifespan of a building 
and are recyclable at the end of the building 
life. Currently 75% of Timloc products are 
manufactured from recycled materials.

Timloc Building Products is the first building 
products manufacturer in the UK to achieve 
a carbon neutral status after implementing 
various ‘green’ initiatives to reduce and offset 
their carbon emissions to zero. The carbon 
neutral status follows Timloc also becoming 
the first building products manufacturer in 
the UK to use electricity generated from 
100% renewable sources.

Timloc’s continued innovation and 
development has seen the introduction 
of various products to market over the last 
12 months, including the expansion of the 
InVentive range of tile and slate vents.

Financial Highlights 2022/23

Revenue

Underlying operating margin*

£14.7m

2021/22: £12.4m

23.9%

2021/22: 19.7%

Underlying operating profit*

Operating profit

£3.5m

2021/22: £2.4m

£3.3m

2021/22: £2.4m

*  Prior to restructuring costs of £0.2 million (2021/22: £nil).

20

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

We continually expand our product range, 
manufactured at our carbon neutral facilities in 
East Yorkshire, to help our customers consolidate 
suppliers and enjoy our industry-leading next-day 
service. We offer sustainable building products 
from ground level right up to the roof ridge.“

Michael Leaf
Executive Director and Housebuilding  
Products Divisional Managing Director

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

21

Strategic Report

Strategy

Sustainability at the heart 
of our strategy

Our strategic objectives

Our measures 

Ambition

•  Revenue 
growth

•  Faster growth than the 
UK construction sector

Accelerating organic 
revenue growth
•  Attractive positions in markets, 

underpinned by building regulations/
legislation

•  Differentiation through market-leading 

customer service and support

•  New product development
•  Cross-selling and geographical 

sales expansion

Driving margin improvement
•  Agile and flexible production capacity
•  Operational efficiency improvements

•  Underlying 
operating 
margin

•  Underlying operating 
margin maintained 
between 15-20% 

Championing sustainable 
building products
•  Long-term environmental growth drivers
•  Durable and low maintenance products
•  Recycled and recyclable materials

Investing in value-enhancing 
opportunities
•  Capability and new product 

development

•  People development
•  Bolt-on synergistic M&A

•  Revenue from 
environmental 
solutions
•  Materials 

from recycled 
sources
•  Recyclable 
materials

•  Investment 
to support 
organic growth

•  Vocational 

and leadership 
training activity

•  Level of M&A 

activity

•  >80% of revenue 

from environmental 
solutions

•  >50% of material from 

recycled sources
•  >80% of materials 

recyclable

•  Organic growth in 

profits, supported by 
synergistic M&A

22

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Building products for a sustainable future
by delivering on our purpose to provide high-quality, 
low carbon, sustainable products and solutions.

FY23 progress

Revenue

£89.1m

2021/22: £89.4m

Compound annual growth FY18-23:

UK construction growth 

4.4%

Alumasc revenue 

6.5%

Underlying operation margin

13.6%

2021/22: 14.9%

Revenue from 
environmental solutions 

Materials from 
recycled sources 

27%

2021/22: 27%

89%

2021/22: 77%

Recyclable materials 

80%

2021/22: 77%

•  Investment supported the organic growth at 

Building Envelope and Housebuilding products

•  Future leaders programme initiated
•  Acquisition of ARP Group announced July 2023

UK sales grew strongly in FY23, but Group sales 
declined due to delays in export projects. These 
are expected to resume and contribute to further 
progress in FY24.

FY23 margins were impacted by inflation and 
lower export volumes, but remained strong 
and  should progress towards the target 
range next year.

Revenues remain strongly aligned to the 
Group’s strategic market drivers. Availability 
of certain materials remains limited, but 80% 
or more of our aluminium and polymers are 
recycled at the point we use them.

Our performance in a challenging market was 
supported by targeted investments in equipment 
and capabilities, particularly in sales and NPD.

Occupational training continued throughout 
the Group, and our future leaders programme 
started in the year, with the first two candidates 
attending external leadership training.

The planned acquisition of ARP Group (subject to 
CMA approval) should accelerate growth in the 
Water Management division.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

23

Strategic Report

Strategy in Action

Accelerating organic 
revenue growth

We service markets where demand is underpinned by building regulations and legislation. Within these markets we build share by delivering 
market-leading customer service, and leveraging cross-selling opportunities between our businesses to generate outperformance. We seek 
to continuously innovate; launching new and improved products, enhancing the environmental benefits from our products, and accessing 
adjacent markets. We target further penetration of the global markets for certain of our water management products with increased sales 
presence and marketing capabilities.

Group Revenue
Continuing operations

100

80

60

40

20

0

65.1

71.3

60.3

89.4

89.1

77.8

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY22

FY23

Driving Margin 
improvement

We operate a lean customer-focused business, and look to continually simplify and streamline our processes to reduce our fixed overhead 
base. We have agile and flexible production capacity across the Group, and use our process expertise to maintain efficient operations and 
reduce scrap and waste.

15

10

5

9.8%

8.4%

8.4%

13.5%

13.6%

14.9%

FY18FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

FY22

FY23

24

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Investing in value-
enhancing opportunities

Our strong balance sheet and operating cash generation allows us to invest for organic growth and through acquisitions, while maintaining 
adequate headroom on our financial facilities. We generate organic growth by investing in operational capability, research and development/
new product development, sales and marketing resources and people development. We also look for bolt-on acquisition opportunities in our 
existing or adjacent markets, which offer strategic benefits such as extending our market presence or product range, providing consolidation 
or scaling potential, and/or bringing new technologies into the Group. Companies joining the Group enjoy a supportive environment which 
encourages autonomy and entrepreneurship, while benefiting from the Group’s financial, IT and business resources.

Championing sustainable 
building products

We are passionate about manufacturing durable, low maintenance, environmentally efficient products, which help to address some of the 
environmental challenges facing the building industry: building decarbonisation, water management and providing urban green spaces 
which improve occupant wellbeing and urban biodiversity. We look to minimise our environmental impact by embracing the circular economy; 
maximising the use of recycled materials to create long-lasting products which are themselves recyclable at the end of their life. This helps to 
maximise resource efficiency and to reduce a building’s whole-life carbon footprint from its material sourcing and construction, maintenance, 
repair and replacement, through to its eventual demolition, dismantling and recycling or disposal.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

25

Strategic Report

Strategy in Action continued

Sustainable Solutions 
and our Brands

•  All Alumasc businesses have strong 

positions and brands in their individual 
specialist markets

•  Over 80% of Group revenues are linked 

to specification and regulation

•  Over 89% of Group revenues derive 

from environmental products, systems 
and solutions

•  Long-term strategic environmental 

growth drivers:
 – Water management
 – Energy management
 – Occupant wellbeing/
urban biodiversity

26

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Alumasc in action: 

ESG Achievements 
at Building 
Envelope

Empowering the education sector
As the government reiterates its commitment 
to reaching net zero carbon emissions 
by 2050, extensive work is underway to 
decarbonise the UK.

UK local authorities have an increased 
focus on developing strategies and 
delivering ambitious targets for net zero, 
including the introduction of greenhouse 
gas removal technologies which will be 
key in achieving targets.

Working alongside Sycamore Square 
Group, Alumasc has delivered several 
successful projects across a number of high-
profile universities and college campuses. 
One project included a 2,500m2 roofing 
refurbishment for Bradford University.

Funding for the project was secured from 
a central government scheme provided 
incentives for the education sector to move 
away from non-sustainable fossil fuels and 
supports new technology to reduce its 
carbon footprint. 

Reducing carbon footprint
The Derbigum Olivine system reduces CO2 
emissions associated with the university’s 
locations. Due to the system’s underlays and 
insulation, Alumasc could demonstrate that 
buildings would be increasing the thermal 
efficiency beyond the requirement of Part 
L, well in excess of the Department of 
Education’s minimum quality standards.

By installing Derbigum Olivine we would 
provide the campus with maximum long-
term performance and a low maintenance 
solution going forward.

Derbigum Olivine innovation
Alumasc’s innovative roofing system 
comprises a CO2 neutralising APP/
TPO plastomer-modified bituminous 
waterproofing membrane, underlays, 
insulation boards, with air and vapour 
control layers.

The system was surfaced with a granulated, 
naturally occurring, mineral upper layer 
that initiates a chemical reaction with CO2 
dissolved in rainwater, irreversibly neutralising 
it on contact. This reaction leaves behind 
silicon dioxide (sand) and magnesium 
carbonate, two elements totally harmless to 
the environment.

Its high performance means that 1m2 
of olivine has the capacity to capture 
approximately 1.75kg of CO2. In addition 
to its CO2 neutralising capabilities, the 
underlays and insulation boards deliver 
impressive energy savings. After installation, 
Bradford University experienced increased 
thermal efficiencies, keeping heat flow 
through the structure to a minimum, 
therefore reducing their energy costs.

Derbigum Olivine, complete with its BBA 
certification, is a 25-year fully warranted 
system that requires minimal routine 
maintenance with a life expectancy of up to 
50 years. The olivine grains decrease in size 
during their useful life, but are large enough 
to remain active for 30 years. 

•  Supporting our sustainability goals 

and our strategy



See pages 22 to 23 and 40

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

27

Strategic Report

Strategy in Action continued

The addition of a solar offering to the range of Roofing’s 
solutions was integral to securing one of their flagship 
projects – £1.4 million Bonnington Road, Edinburgh. 
Other flagship projects that have continued Roofing’s 
growth include Smugglers Way, Pen-Y-Dre school, Galileo 
Multi Academy Trust, Battersea Power Station, and Sony 
where the use of energy-saving and carbon-reducing 
systems proved influential in them being secured.”

Gilbert Jackson
Executive Director and 
Building Envelope Divisional 
Managing Director

Galileo Multi 
Academy Trust
Enhanced environment 
for education
Galley Hill Primary School, Ings Farm Primary 
School, and Westgarth Primary School.
Alumasc Roofing were commissioned to 
survey five of the ten schools in the Trust and 
we identified solutions for each school. We 
provided a watertight roofing solution that 
was durable and enhanced the environment 
for the students and staff, by increasing 
access to natural light.

With the addition of the rooflights we were 
able to flood the structures with natural light, 
creating a bright interior space for the pupils, 
teachers, and visitors.

Strength and aesthetics combined
John Emmerson Batty Primary School
Aesthetically pleasing Airtile systems are 
a versatile, simple, and elegant modern-
day version of a traditional slate tile. Being 
100% recyclable, the Airtile has all the 
characteristics of a traditional roof tile with 
authentic finish and riven edges. Due to its 
novel design, unlike a normal roof tile it will 
not crack, break, chip or delaminate.

Alumasc used Derbigum Olivine built-up warm 
roof system, Alumasc Rooflights, ProDrain 
Outlets, together with Alumasc gutters.

Manufactured from Lightweight Aluzinc Steel 
(up to seven times lighter than a traditional 
tile), the product has excellent and long-
lasting strength and performance.

Derbigum by Alumasc’s most environmentally 
focused product is Derbigum Olivine. 
Olivine (magnesium iron silicate) granules 
cause a chemical reaction which removes 
atmospheric CO2. One square metre of 
Derbigum Olivine will neutralise approx. 
1.75kg of CO2 over its lifetime.

Our technical experts were able to design 
a solution to meet the Trust’s demanding 
warranty and quality expectations. The 
system provides a waterproofing solution and 
increases the thermal efficiency of all buildings. 

The Lakes Primary School
The Trust required a quality, non-disruptive 
waterproofing solution. We were able to 
design a refurbishment plan using Caltech 
UV and our range of accessories to minimise 
disruption to the pupils.

Caltech UV is a single-component, 
cold applied membrane combining 
waterproofing, insulation, and air and 
vapour control layers. Applied in two layers 
with an embedded reinforcing glass fibre 
matt to form a seamless, durable, smooth 
waterproof finish, it will provide up to 20 
years’ protection.

28

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Collaboration
Working together with the Trust and our 
approved contractors we have delivered a 
single source solution across several different 
projects. All projects came with their own 
specifications, objectives, and challenges. 
By utilising our expertise, and applying our 
market-leading product portfolio we delivered 
impressive performance and high-tech 
design, alongside exceptional customer 
service.

•  Supporting our sustainability goals 

and our strategy



See pages 22 to 23 and 40

 
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Alumasc in action: 

Gatic drainage 
solution 
Farnborough Airport development
Gatic Slotdrain from Alumasc Water 
Management Solutions (AWMS), has 
been successfully installed at Farnborough 
Airport’s innovative new hangar facility. 
The sustainable £55 million development 
adds 175,000 square feet to the existing 
site, further supporting Farnborough 
Airport as the business gateway to 
Europe and beyond, and the UK’s 
largest business aviation hub. 

Farnborough is the latest addition to 
Gatic’s long and successful track record 
in the aviation sector, which also includes 
installations at Manchester and Gatwick. 
Sustainability is key to Farnborough; in 2018 
it became the first business aviation hub to 
attain carbon-neutral status, and five years 
later became the UK’s first business aviation 
hub to achieve the highest level of carbon 
accreditation: Level 4+. 

In accordance with the sustainable 
requirements of the project, water 
management on site was carefully 
considered. The installing contractor 
specified Gatic UltraSlot from the 
Slotdrain range, for the new runway 
slabs and taxiways. 

UltraSlot is designed for use in external 
concrete areas subject to F900 loading, by 
ensuring sufficient depth of concrete over 
the main body of the system to withstand 
ultra heavy-duty loads. However, the 
Farnborough project presented a number of 
depth restraints which required a bespoke 
solution. The Gatic technical team developed 
a new patented design, enabling the 
efficient and more environmentally friendly 
installation of a ‘suspension system’ known 
as Slotdrain-e. This comprises a system 
of brackets running along the channel, to 
accommodate a change in the design of the 
reinforcement mesh cage. The new design 
allows a reduction of mesh which not only 
accommodated the restrictions posed by 
the project, but also saved excavation time 
and labour costs on site while reducing 
the amount of concrete required during 
installation. Slotdrain-e will provide users 
with an average cost saving of 25% per 
installation.

UltraSlot units are available from 100 to 
600mm wide, the largest unit having a 
capacity of 405 l/m. Slotdrain can also be 
supplied in stainless steel. 

The range can be installed in areas likely 
to experience extreme temperatures, and 
is designed to perform for the lifetime of 
the site. 

•  Supporting our sustainability goals 

and our strategy



See pages 22 to 23 and 40

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

29

Strategic Report

ESG Report

Supporting our purpose 
and our people

Environmental
Sustainability is at the core of our business model. Most of our products are 
sustainable and are designed to combat environmental challenges facing 
the built environment. We have a sustainability framework and roadmap 
that covers our supply chain, businesses, energy, and our conduct. Our 
sustainability approach allows us to plan for the future, to set targets and 
metrics as part of our journey to net zero. We have also developed key 
metrics to help us monitor our ESG journey. Our strategy has three pillars: 

Our Products

Our Planet

Our People

Environmental 
Applications

Carbon Reduction

Material Sustainability

Waste & Packaging

Health & Safety 
and Wellbeing

Equality, Diversity 
& Inclusion

Code of Conduct

Proportion of revenue from 
environmental solutions

89%

2021/22: 77%

GHG intensity

Days lost to accidents

19.45tC02e

2021/22: 20.62 tC02e

65

2021/22: 89



See pages 32 to 33

for more on our 
Sustainable products



See pages 34 to 37

for more on our 
Environmental commitments



See pages 38 and 39 

for more on our People

30

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

ESG targets – Roadmap to 2050

Roadmap measure

2021 data

2022 data

2023 progress 2030 target

2050 target

Sustainable 
products

Turnover derived from 
environmental solutions

Product recycled content

Product recyclability

GHG emissions

GHG emission2 

Waste reduction

Waste diverted from landfill

Plastic packaging

Reduction of preventable 
plastic packaging

Health & Safety

Lost days due to accidents

Diversity & 
Inclusion

Gender diversity3

77%

27%

74%

1,804

–

–

83

3:1

77%

27%

77%

1,843

99%

50%

891

3:1

89%

27%

80%

1,734

99%

55%

651

3:1

>80%

>80%

>40%

>80%

763

100%

100%

0

2:1

>50%

>90%

Net zero

100%

100%

0

1:1

1 51 days lost related to one accident in 2022, 64 days lost related to one accident in 2023.

2 Market-based emissions (scope 1, 2 & partial scope 3) expressed as tonnes of CO2 equivalents.
3 Male : Female.

Solar panels

Wade have had solar panels in place for ten years, reducing our GHG emissions. 
Following our Energy Saving Opportunity scheme we are looking to replace gas boilers 
and roll out solar panels to other parts of our estate where we own the freehold.

How this aligns with our Sustainable  
Development Goals

See page 40

for more

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

31

 
Strategic Report

ESG Report continued

Our Products

We create long lasting, low maintenance, environmentally efficient products which help tackle some of the 
largest challenges faced by the built environment: building decarbonisation, climate resilience, occupant 
wellbeing and improving biodiversity.

Environmental Applications

Building Envelope

Water Management

Housebuilding Products

Environmental benefits:

Environmental benefits:

Environmental benefits:

Make cities and human 
settlements inclusive, safe, 
resilient and sustainable

Energy efficient buildings/ 
decarbonisation (improved 
insulation, carbon absorbing roofs)

Green roofs (urban green 
spaces – occupant wellbeing 
and biodiversity)

Stormwater management (blue 
roof water retention systems)

Market-leading warranties 
and durability

Water management (urban and 
building drainage solutions)

Stormwater management 
(attenuation valves) 

Energy efficient buildings/ 
decarbonisation (improved 
insulation/ventilation)

Conservation/biodiversity

Typical service lives 20-50+ years

Ensure availability and sustainable 
management of water

Demand drivers:

Demand drivers:

Demand drivers:

Building legislation (UK 
building regulations, Future 
Homes Standard, fire/health & 
safety regulations)

Sustainability standards 
(LEED, BREEAM)

PassivHaus standard goals

Sustainability standards 
(LEED, BREEAM)

Climate change/resilience 
(flooding risk)

National/regional drainage/ 
wastewater management plans

Building legislation (UK building 
regulations, Future Homes 
Standard, fire safety regulations)

Sustainability standards 
(LEED, BREEAM)

Material Sustainability

Ensure sustainable consumption 
and production partners

Building Envelope

Water Management

Housebuilding Products

Principal materials:

Principal materials:

Principal materials:

Membranes, insulation, steel, PVC

Aluminium, steel, iron

Polymers (PP, PVC), steel

32

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

We manufacture our products using materials which achieve the 
desired balance of environmental and operational performance, 
cost effectiveness, durability, aesthetics and weight. 

Our principal materials are metals (primarily aluminium, steel and 
iron), polymers (polypropylene and PVC) and roofing membranes 
and insulation.

Using recycled materials is energy and resource efficient. We work with 
our supply partners to maximise the recycled content of our raw materials, 
and invest in equipment to allow our manufacturing processes to efficiently 
use recycled material. The longevity of our products means that products 
need replacing or repairing less frequently, further reducing the energy 
needed over a building’s lifespan. The majority of our products are also 
fully recyclable at the end of their useful lives, contributing to responsible 
consumption patterns.

Metals
Metals tend to be energy intensive to extract and process, but their 
durability and almost infinite recyclability helps to offset this. Using 
recycled metals significantly reduces their carbon footprint – in the 
case of aluminium, recycled material takes up to 95% less energy to 
produce than primary aluminium. We therefore seek to maximise the 
proportion of recycled content in our products – as an example, 80% 
of our aluminium is derived from recycled sources. We use metals in 
demanding applications where their durability means lower ongoing 
maintenance and a significantly longer lifespan than competing/
alternative products.

Plastics
Plastics products are cheaper and less energy intensive than 
alternative materials such as metals, although they are less durable, 
subject to environmental degradation, are derived from limited 
petrochemical resources, and many can only be recycled a number 
of times before performance deteriorates. Using recycled materials 
is resource-efficient; 80% of the polymers we use are recycled rather 
than virgin material. We use plastic where cost efficiency is paramount, 
and in applications where the products will typically last as long as the 
building they are attached to.

Roofing membranes and insulation
The membranes and insulation materials supplied by our 
Building Envelope division help to protect buildings under some 
of the industry’s leading warranties while contributing significantly 
to their energy efficiency. We work with our suppliers to maximise 
the recycled content and lifespan of our products and systems. 
Cold-applied and self-adhesive installation methods reduce 
health and safety risks and the energy consumed during installation. 
We also supply olivine mineral membranes which absorb CO2 
from the atmosphere and helps to offset a building’s greenhouse 
gas emissions. Alongside blue roof and green roofing technologies 
we strive to improve construction performance whilst considering 
the wellbeing of the people who inhabit and use these buildings. 
Increasingly we provide non-combustible materials which are 
being demanded by our client base to improve building safety.

LSE Green Economy Mark

Alumasc has been recognised by the London Stock Exchange 
as a contributor to the global green economy. This is awarded 
to companies and funds that derive more than 50% of revenues 
from environmental solutions. We provide high-quality, low 
carbon, sustainable building products, systems and solutions 
which help manage the scarce resources of energy and water 
in the built environment and improve the quality of life for the 
owner/occupier. 

How this aligns with our Sustainable  
Development Goals

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

33

Strategic Report

ESG Report continued

Our Planet

Carbon reduction
Alumasc appointed Compare Your Footprint/Green Element, a leading carbon and 
energy management company, to independently assess its greenhouse gas (GHG) 
emissions in accordance with the UK Government’s ‘Environmental reporting guidelines: 
including Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting requirements’. 

The assessment has used the 2022 emission conversion factors published by the Department 
for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra) and the Department for Business, Energy 
& Industrial Strategy (BEIS) as well as supplier-specific embodied carbon of sold products 
complemented by average construction materials carbon intensities from the Compare 
Your Footprint database. The assessment follows the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting 
and Reporting methodology specification for dual reporting for Scope 2 – this involves 
reporting both the location-based and market-based emissions from electricity usage. 

GHG emissions and net zero
The table opposite summarises the GHG emissions for the reporting year 1 July 2022 to 
30 June 2023. The figures cover our direct emissions (Scope 1 and 2) and those associated 
with our business travel (partial Scope 3), and are expressed both in absolute terms and per 
£ million of revenue, which is the most appropriate method to capture levels of business 
activity. Capturing full Scope 3 emissions, covering our entire value chain, is more challenging, 
and there is currently no regulatory requirement to publish these. We have however been 
working with Green Element to identify and quantify them, to aid our decision making 
processes and determine our journey to net zero, and will publish them in due course.

We have reduced our 
GHG emission intensity 
by 69% since 2018.”

Simon Dray
Group Finance Director

We have continued to focus on reducing our GHG emission intensity, and our location-based emissions (which recognise that 100% of our 
electricity is derived from renewable sources) have reduced by 57% in absolute terms, and 69% in intensity, since 2018. This has resulted from 
investments in more efficient plant and machinery, the installation of solar PV systems, rationalisation of our sites, a reduction in business 
travel and the gradual electrification of our vehicle fleet.

We have developed near-term targets, which aim to reduce our current level of GHG emissions by a further 42% by 2030, consistent with the 
Science Based Target Initiative (SBTi) targets for limiting global warming to below 1.5C. This will be achieved by further investment in low-carbon 
plant and machinery and the full conversion of our vehicle fleet (including forklift trucks) to electric, hydrogen or other low-carbon power. 

In the coming year we will seek to verify these with the SBTi, while developing plans and targets to achieve company-level net zero by 2050 or earlier.

We are also in the process of preparing Environmental Product Declarations (EPDs) for the Group’s product range. These reports detail a 
product’s lifetime environmental impact, including its carbon footprint, ecotoxicity and contribution to ozone depletion, and allow customers 
to compare different suppliers and materials.

34

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Streamlined energy carbon reporting (SECR 2023)
Mandatory reporting as follows: 

Streamlined Energy & Carbon Reporting

2016/17

Factor Year

Energy consumption (kWh)

Electricity

Gas

Transport fuels

Other stationary fuels

Total energy consumption (kWh)
Emissions (tCO2e)
Scope 1

Emissions from combustion of gas in buildings

Emissions from combustion of fuel for transport purposes

Emissions from combustion of other stationary fuels

Total Scope 1

Scope 2

Emissions from purchased electricity (location-based*)

Emissions from purchased electricity (market-based**)

Scope 1 & 2

Total Scope 1 & 2 emissions (location-based*)

Total Scope 1 & 2 emissions (market-based**)

Scope 3

Category 6: Emissions from business travel in rental cars 
(fuel purchased) 

Category 3: Upstream emissions from purchased fuel and energy 
(location-based*)

Category 3: Upstream emissions from purchased fuel and energy 
(market-based**)
Total emissions tCO2e 
(location-based*)
Total emissions tCO2e 
(market-based**)

Intensity (Scope 1 & 2 only)
Intensity ratio: tCO2e / £ million turnover 
(location-based*)
Intensity ratio: tCO2e / £ million turnover 
(market-based**)

2021/22

2022

2022/23

2023

% Annual 
Change 
 (21/22 v 22/23)

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 3,381,655.60 

 3,066,029.73 

 6,198,885.75 

 6,303,347.24 

 1,331,086.03 

 94,968.16 

 1,057,180.11 

 63,737.42 

 11,006,595.54 

 10,490,294.50 

 4,115.39 

 2,655.61 

 2,527.65 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 1,900.99 

 1,749.33 

 – 

 3,650.32 

 – 

 1,131.54 

 166.56 

 21.38 

 1,319.48 

 658.99 

 22.50 

 1,978.48 

 1,341.99 

 1,153.06 

 141.29 

 13.63 

 1,307.99 

 641.74 

 6.85 

 1,949.73 

 1,314.83 

-9%

2%

-21%

-33%

-5%

-5%

2%

-15%

-36%

-1%

-3%

-70%

-1%

-2%

 465.07 

 203.93 

 139.63 

-32%

 – 

 – 

 473.20 

 439.12 

 297.00 

 279.35 

 4,115.39 

 2,655.61 

 2,528.47 

 – 

 1,842.92 

 1,733.82 

34.84 

 20.35 

 13.80 

 21.87 

 14.75 

-7%

-6%

-5%

-6%

7%

7%

Methodology

Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate Greenhouse Gas Accounting and Reporting Standard

The energy data for some activities at some of our sites was not accessible when calculating emissions totals for last year’s SECR. Alumasc has since deployed a more 
detailed methodology and worked to fill the gaps in last year’s data to present a like-for-like comparison with FY22/23 data collection methodology. Alumasc’s new data 
collection process yielded a near-complete data set for this financial year. Estimations based on Alumasc’s available data were made when activity data was absent in 
FY21/22 and FY22/23.

Definitions
*Location-based approach – reflects the emissions from electricity coming from the national grid energy supply.  
**Market-based approach –  reflects the emissions from the electricity sources or products (energy tariffs), that the consumer has 

specifically chosen.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

35

Strategic Report

ESG Report continued

Our Planet continued

Waste and packaging
Scrap and waste
Our manufacturing operations produce very 
little raw material waste, as it is typically 
collected, reprocessed and reused in our 
production processes. Timloc, our most 
intensive user of plastics, is a signatory to 
Operation Clean Sweep®, an industry-led 
programme to prevent plastic particulates 
from reaching the environment.

Substantially all of our waste streams are 
now diverted from landfill.

Packaging
The majority of waste we produce is in 
the form of packaging. We are a member 
of Valpak for compliance reporting and 
comply with our obligations under the 
Producer Responsibility Obligations 
(Packaging Waste) regulations.

We have targeted a reduction in single-use 
plastics and an increase in the proportion of 
recycled packaging we use. Our Housebuilding 
Products division and Wade and Rainclear, 
within the Water Management division, now 
exclusively use packaging made from 100% 
recycled paper for shipping, which is itself 
100% recyclable. 

We continue to implement measures to 
reduce the quantity of packaging used 
and to improve its recyclability.

We will focus our attention on the following environmental and sustainability goals:

Area

Related risks

Alignment to SDGs

Carbon and 
energy reduction

Waste management 
and recycling

People and wellbeing

Climate change
Environmental harm
Legal and regulatory

Environmental impact
Sales costs
Raw materials
Legal and regulatory

Legal and regulatory
Climate change

Environmental 
highlights

GHG reduction this year

3%

Reduction in total market-based 
emission intensity

GHG reduction since 
2017/18

69%

Reduction in total market-based 
emission intensity

Renewable energy

100%

Electricity from renewable sources

36

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Kerbdrain

Kerbdrain is manufactured using 70% recycled polymers, with every 
500mm unit deriving from 199 plastic bottles, caps, and closures. 
The result is a product offering exceptional strength (compliant 
with BS EN 1433:2002 Group 3 kerb side installations) and improved 
impact resistance provided it is installed in accordance with Gatic’s 
(Gas and Airtight Inspection Covers) installation details. End-of-life 
units are 100% recyclable.

The carbon impact of each Kerbdrain product represents only 7.65 
Kg CO2eq throughout its life cycle: from raw material through to end 
of life. This equates to just 1.06 kg CO2eq per kg of the product. Zero 
emissions are produced as a result of factory waste.

Electric Vehicle (EV) charging points 

We have installed EV charging points at our Burton Latimer, Halstead, Howden and 
St Helens sites.

How this aligns with our Sustainable  
Development Goals

Hedgehog Highway

The Hedgehog Highway by Timloc helps to support hedgehog 
populations, both directly and indirectly. From every sale of the 
Hedgehog Highway a donation is made to hedgehog conservation 
organisations to help continue their work in rescuing, rehabilitating 
and releasing sick or injured hedgehogs. Timloc Building Products 
has donated over £1,750 to various hedgehog charities across the UK 
so far.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

37

Strategic Report

ESG Report continued

Our People

Health & Safety
Alumasc has a clear primary focus to ensure the Health & Safety of 
our employees, and this is always the first item at our plc Board and 
subsidiary meetings. Our CEO is responsible for Health & Safety. All 
significant incidents are discussed weekly and are reviewed. This ensures 
that Health & Safety policy implementation and near-miss reporting is 
discussed. We have a target of zero harm and as part of our targets we 
report on lost days and the learning from any incident. We recognise 
the importance of understanding and continually strive to improve 
our Health & Safety culture. Health & Safety training programmes are 
delivered to our staff to build on our compliance with industry best 
practice and to ensure that focus is on continuous improvement.

Our culture is to ensure that all employees understand the 
importance and take shared ownership to enhance our Health & 
Safety performance. Engaged and informed employees help us 
improve our Health & Safety and environmental performance. 

Targeted role-related training includes, e-learning to promote employee 
awareness of their responsibilities, hazards associated with operations 
and safe ways of working. We operate a formal method of reporting 
and recording near-misses, hazards, and lost days. Near-miss reporting 
is encouraged across the business at all levels, and has remained at a 
high level. Reporting assists with continual improvements and provides 
information to management on how to improve processes and to 
ensure safe ways of working. The number of days lost due to accidents 
during the year was 65 (FY2021/22: 89 days). 

Our main Health & Safety KPI, the performance rate index (a relative 
measure capturing the total amount of lost time and other safety 
incidents, relating the result to the overall number of hours worked). This 
is used to measure improvements in our Health & Safety performance. 
The cumulative PRI score in 2023 was 3.79 compared to 5.03 in 2021/22.

Our sites and operations have Health & Safety Committees. We are 
audited by specialist external Health & Safety consultants and the 
results of these audits are provided to the plc Board. Any resulting 
actions are also discussed at the Board and at management meetings.

There has been an overall trend of Health & Safety improvements, due 
to the focus on our zero-harm target and to continuous improvement by 
employees and management. The risks encountered arise due to working 
with machinery, materials handling, operating forklift trucks, and car and 
lorry use. The business carries out robust Health & Safety risk assessments 
and oversight ensures that recommendations are implemented.
Wellbeing
We have continued to support hybrid and flexible working where 
appropriate. This has helped employees with flexibility and improves 
their work-life balance. We have an app to provide help and 
assistance with wellbeing – Help-at-hand. This app is available to 
all employees to download and join, it provides a 24/7 GP service, 
physiotherapy, counselling, and nutrition advice. Our divisions 
conduct staff surveys and a note about this in Building Envelope 
is on this page. The Alumasc benefits hub; also provides discount 
vouchers for a range of services and goods, it is an app that can be 
downloaded by all staff. We also offered a Mental Health first aider 
course (see page 39), that helps to identify and know what to say 
when people face anxiety, stress or other mental health challenges.
Equality, Diversity and Inclusion
Alumasc is an equal opportunities employer. We are committed 
to providing an inclusive workplace, encouraging and welcoming 
diversity, with zero tolerance of harassment or discrimination. Our 
culture is friendly and welcoming to all. We provide many training 
opportunities to encourage learning and development for all staff. 
38

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

We are proud to support staff having training and undertaking 
studies for qualifications to progress their careers.

Recruitment, training, and development is regardless of religion, 
ethnicity, gender and sexual orientation. Employees with disabilities 
are given equality of opportunity with respect to entering and 
continuing employment with Alumasc. We have examples in the 
year where adaptions of the workplace or working environment 
have facilitated opportunities for disabled staff. The Group aims to 
provide training opportunities that are identical, as far as possible, 
for disabled and non-disabled employees. Should employees become 
disabled after joining the Company, every effort is made to ensure 
that their employment continues, and appropriate training is given. 
A formal Equality and Diversity Policy has been approved by the 
Board and applies to all our businesses.

Alumasc recognises the benefit of having the widest range of 
experience, knowledge, and skills. Management undertakes reviews 
of staff performance and recognises their achievements. Career 
progression is extremely important to us for succession planning. 
Promotions are usually announced at the end of the financial year. 
For further information see page 39. 

Headcount by gender

Non-executive Directors

Executive Directors

Senior managers

Employees

Total

Male

Female

Total

2

4

31

272

309

1

0

11

99

111

3

4

42

371

420

Code of conduct
Our Governance is built on the expected ethical standards and 
behaviours of our employees as outlined in our Code of Conduct. 
We expect employees to have a high degree of integrity and to be 
honest, responsible, and trustworthy in what they say and do. Upon 
joining, all employees are provided with the Employee Handbook 
that incorporates our Code of Conduct. We remind staff of this 
requirement through training and briefings.
Anti-modern Slavery and Human Trafficking
Our Anti-modern Slavery and Human Trafficking Policy (see –  
www.alumasc.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/Anti-Modern-
Slavery-and-Human-Trafficking-Policy.pdf) and annual statements 
for the Group on anti-modern slavery is published on the UK 
government site and on our website www.alumasc.co.uk in line 
with Home Office guidance, along with our previous disclosures. 
Our Statement for this year will be published in compliance with 
government requirements before the deadline. 

Alumasc expects its suppliers and those in the supply chain to 
confirm that they have the same or very similar policies in place 
for anti-modern slavery.
Anti-bribery and corruption
Alumasc has a zero-tolerance approach towards bribery and corruption. 
Our Anti-bribery Policy gives straightforward and clear advice on the 
ethical standards and the compliance required. We have long-term 
relationships with our suppliers that are built on trust and reliability. 
During the year, Alumasc refreshed its Anti-Fraud Policy and this was 
reviewed and approved by the Board. A report this year was made 
on our Anti-bribery programme to the Audit Committee, please see 
page 75 for further information.

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Talent, training 
and development

Staff health, safety 
& wellbeing

During the year, Alumasc sent 44 people on NEBOSH and 
ISOH training courses.

Noel James, QHSE Manager at Wade, successfully passed all 
elements and received his NEBOSH National General Certificate 
in Health & Safety. Noel said, “The quality of the instruction was 
superb. Although there was an immense quantity of information 
to digest and homework to complete every evening, I thoroughly 
enjoyed the course. The practical application of the course 
content was one of my favourite elements”.

I am proud to be a Mental Health First Aider with the 
business, within my role in Human Resources I had a good 
understanding of wellbeing, but attending the MHFA training 
was a huge insight to all the different things to think about and 
how different everyone is. I do think this training is invaluable 
for businesses, which also shows a commitment to mental 
health and how we support employees. I have been able 
to bring the training into practice for many situations and 
I think employees appreciate having someone trained to 
point them in the right direction and to just listen to them. 

How this aligns with our Sustainable  
Development Goals

Natasha Blades
HR, Alumasc Water Management Solutions 

How this aligns with our Sustainable  
Development Goals

Colchester Pride

How this aligns with our 
Sustainable Development Goals

Last year we held a fundraiser – a cakes 
and sausage rolls sale - for Colchester Pride 
at our Wade site in Halstead. We are proud 
to support the LGBTQ+ community and we 
ran a campaign across our business during 
Pride month this year. 

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

39

Strategic Report

ESG Report continued

UN SDGs

Sustainability at the heart of everything we do
Our purpose is to make building products for a sustainable future.

Our Sustainability programme has made progress with the assistance of Green Element, our Environmental Social and Governance (ESG) 
consultants who are in the process of assessing Scope 3, understanding our products and helping us with our targets and metric setting.

Strategy link

Action in the year 

UN Sustainable development goals

Performance

Governance of sustainability

 See pages 30 to 36

Protecting our 
environment 
and the planet

Setting metrics and targets

Building ESG into our 
reward programme

Reviewing our supply chain  
as part of Scope 3

Improving reporting and disclosure

Housebuilding Products  
certified as a carbon-neutral 
manufacturer

Collecting emission data for Scope 3

Carrying out an Energy 
Saving Opportunities audit and  
actioning recommendations  
for energy savings

Transitioning to an electric 
motor fleet and installing EV 
charging points

Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

100% renewable electricity

Tree planting as offsets (Timloc)

Reviewing waste management 
and water consumption

 See pages 34 to 36

Efficiency and 
people

Focus on health & safety

 See pages 38 to 39

Sustainability is our purpose and a 
strong part of our culture

Agile and efficient operations

Focus on training and development, 
career progression

Strong connections to the local 
communities where we operate

40

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

High level summary of climate-related material risks and opportunities
Through our climate change-related risk workshops we identified our risks and opportunities, that were part of our planning in 2023. At each 
stage we had input from our advisers, Green Element, about the potential climate-related risk impacts on our buildings, work force, supply 
chain, stakeholders, and customers.

We identified our risk horizon timeframes as: short term as one year; medium term as up to five years; and longer term as ten years.

Climate-related risks 
and opportunities

Potential 
financial 
impact

Strategic response/ 
mitigations/opportunities

Short 
term

Medium 
term

Long 
term

TCFD

Transitions risks

Policy & 
Legal

Reporting 
obligations.

Enhanced reporting is 
required by government, 
regulators, investors, 
customers, sector 
associations and 
to align with our 
strategic framework.

Low risk: 
Increased 
compliance 
costs, but 
low impact.

Mandates 
on and 
regulation 
of existing 
products 
and services.

Increased 
pricing 
of GHG 
emissions.

Risk: Mandates must be 
factored into making 
our products meet 
legislative requirements.

Opportunities: Our 
product sales are often 
a result of regulation 
and specifications.

Carbon taxes are likely to 
increase and impact cost 
of production. 

Opportunity: To sell more 
energy-efficient systems 
(e.g. Roofing see pages 27 
and 28).

Carbon 
pricing 
mechanisms.

Risk that higher carbon 
pricing may increase the 
cost of production.

Low risk: If not 
anticipated 
and factored 
into design 
and processes, 
these types 
of changes 
could impact 
our sales and 
order books. 

Low risk: Due 
to rise of 
renewables 
and efficiency 
strategies.

Low risk: We do 
not anticipate 
this will be 
a major risk 
due to our 
low usage 
of energy.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Implementing robust and 
repeatable reporting systems with 
guidance from climate change 
and environmental reporting 
experts, who also alert us to 
future reporting requirements 
to enable strategic planning 
to fulfil all our mandatory 
reporting responsibilities.

We will continue to follow our 
building products regulations 
and any updates assiduously 
and to communicate upcoming 
legislation and guidance as 
soon as it becomes available to 
ensure future-proofing and to 
meet the market need of new 
product designs.

Use of new technology to reduce 
energy use. Innovative sustainable 
building products coupled with a 
purpose to promote low carbon 
products ensuring any carbon 
taxes will be minimised. 

Our commitment to a low/zero 
carbon target minimises the 
future cost of carbon.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Low risk

Financial impact from nil to <£50,000, minor legal or regulatory matter, no risk to staff or business activity.

Medium risk

Financial impact from £50,000 to £250,000, potential regulatory, H&S requirements, single incident or one-off.

High Risk

Financial impact >£250,000, potential risk to the Company, employees, customers.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

41

 
 
Strategic Report

ESG Report continued

TCFD

Technology

Climate-related risks 
and opportunities

Potential 
financial 
impact

Strategic response/ 
mitigations/opportunities

Short 
term

Medium 
term

Long 
term

Risk: Cost to transition to 
new machinery.  

Opportunity: Newer 
machinery lowers carbon 
emissions and reduces 
production costs.

Medium risk: 
Potential of an 
impact on sales 
if costs rise 
and if new low 
energy using 
technology 
is not 
implemented 
quickly enough.

Risk: New technology does 
not perform as expected.

Low risk.

Costs to 
transition 
to lower 
emissions 
technology, 
for example, 
electric 
vehicles.

Unsuccessful 
investment 
in new 
technology.

Energy-efficient newer 
machinery results in lower 
carbon, cheaper more efficient, 
production opportunities.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

A strict QA process involved with 
procurement ensures that this 
would not occur. 

All prototypes and new machinery 
are tested. Capital expenditure 
requests require a return on 
investments and payback.

IT transition/
pace.

Risk: Failure to act quickly 
for IT transitions.  

Opportunity: To gain a 
deeper knowledge about 
our customers, sales and 
markets to enable us to 
focus on these areas.

Risk: Increase in demand 
for low carbon materials, 
coupled with volatility 
in raw material prices, 
could increase costs. 

Markets

Increased 
costs of raw 
materials. 
Uncertainty 
in market 
signals.

Rise in risk-
based pricing 
of insurance 
policies 
(beyond 
demand 
elasticity).

Insurance for Alumasc 
could be at risk of 
potential future premium 
increases (depending on 
location/design etc.) due 
to climate change.

Low risk: Fast 
speed of 
change needed 
to reduce costs.

Experienced IT team enables the 
business to be nimble/agile in 
making changes. 

Need to be agile and act quickly 
in gathering data.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Material costs are factored into 
our pricing model. Continue to 
follow our risk-related processes 
for horizon scanning and receiving 
alerts for any potential future 
materials pricing increases.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Unlikely to be a risk in the 
short term due to current and 
short-term future insurance 
premium pricing levels (which 
have recently dropped back). 
Alternative insurance offerings 
are available if needed.

Low risk: 
Forecast 
material costs 
are priced into 
the business 
model and 
production 
costs.

Low risk: In 
the medium 
to longer term 
the risks of 
some increases 
in specific 
insurance 
premiums 
could be 
correlated 
with physical 
climate 
change risks 
to properties.

 See pages 57 to 60 for Principal risks and uncertainties.

42

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Potential 
financial 
impact

Strategic response/ 
mitigations/opportunities

Short 
term

Medium 
term

Long 
term

Medium to 
high risk: Need 
to maintain 
market position 
and protect 
our reputation 
by meeting 
metrics 
and targets.

Continually seeking to improve 
products for sustainability and 
low carbon content. Need to 
meet targets to ensure we 
maintain our status of being an 
attractive employer. 

Work with our environmental 
partners to attain incrementally 
improving sustainability, social 
and governance scores.

Low risk: 
Potential risk to 
market share.

Innovating and improving 
products to provide these to 
the market as needed.

Climate-related risks 
and opportunities

Low risk as part of 
our purpose. 

Opportunity: Growing 
markets and demand.

Risk: Potential loss of 
market share to others.  

Opportunity: To innovate 
and provide more 
desirable products and 
solutions to combat 
climate change. 

TCFD

Reputation

Increasing 
stakeholder/
employee 
pressure to 
meet higher 
and harder 
ESG targets.

Changes in 
customer 
preferences.

Negative 
press 
coverage 
related to 
support of 
any projects 
with negative 
impacts 
on the 
environment 
(e.g. 
deforestation) 
and then 
damage the 
brand.

Risk: Association or 
procurement for a project 
with negative press 
comment. Continue 
to be a top brand for 
sustainable and low 
carbon products to keep 
market share.

Low risk: Given 
our customer 
base due to 
the types of 
goods we sell 
from this is 
unlikely to be 
problematic.

Physical Risks 

Acute

Increase 
of severity 
of weather 
events, 
droughts, 
heatwaves.

Risk: Impact on employees 
getting to work, impact 
on customers and power 
supply. Potential impact 
on the ability to operate, 
depending on location.  

Medium risk. 

Opportunities: To help 
our customers and 
communities to combat 
climate change with our 
products and solutions.

Review and consideration of 
supply chain, and customers 
to avoid projects/partnerships 
that could result in negative 
media coverage.

Training of staff on climate-
related risk to remove this risk and 
establishing a risk culture. Ensure 
the right QA and certifications are 
offered on products. To mitigate 
this risk, the business will need 
to ensure the right accreditation 
for products and to ensure 
they are supplied to approved 
programmes/projects.

Adaption needed and new 
ways of working with more self-
sufficient technology to drive 
increased production.

Backup systems to be created to 
deal with extreme weather events.

Cooling systems in place in 
most of our properties. As 
part of our Energy Saving 
Opportunity Scheme (ESOS) and 
property audit, we consider the 
necessary changes.

No

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

43

 
 
 
Strategic Report

ESG Report continued

TCFD

Climate-related risks 
and opportunities

Potential 
financial 
impact

Strategic response/ 
mitigations/opportunities

Short 
term

Medium 
term

Long 
term

Heavy 
precipitation.

Landslip/
subsidence, 
increased risk 
of wildfires.

Logistics and possibly the 
ability of staff to travel for 
work may be affected by 
floods and landslides.  

Opportunities: We 
sell products to assist 
efficient drainage that are 
sustainable and durable.

Risk to property and 
customer buildings. 
Logistics and staff 
travel. Opportunities: 
To have solution such as 
Bluroofs to assist with 
water storage.

Coldwaves/
frost.

Potential impact 
on logistics.

Low risk: 
Unlikely to 
financially 
impact 
business 
operations 
in the UK, 
continuity plans 
are in place.

Low risk: 
Property 
insurance 
inspections 
help us to 
mitigate risk/
potential 
impacts.

Low risk.

Buildings are reviewed for 
resilience and business continuity 
plans are in place for alternative 
transportation of goods. Most of 
our employees are located nearby 
our operations or, where possible, 
have the ability to work from 
home if needed.

All areas of operation are 
reviewed as part of an annual 
exercise to review our business 
continuity plans as part of our 
insurance programme.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Plan to undertake more climate 
change risk studies and to 
enhance the future required 
adaptations and business 
continuity plans.

Yes

Yes

Yes

Medium risk.

Property and machinery are 
reviewed for resilience. 

No

No

Yes

Chronic

Heat 
stress and 
permafrost 
thawing, 
water stress, 
rising sea 
levels.

Impact on transport 
networks, roads 
and harbours.  

Opportunity: To further 
develop products 
and solutions to meet 
customer requirements.

A small amount of water is used 
in the manufacturing process. 
We could use grey water for some 
internal facilities, where possible.

Some offices have water storage 
and zip taps. Ensure water meters 
are situated where they can be 
monitored and recorded.

Ensure continued innovation for 
production of weather-resistant 
and climate change adaptive 
products. Ensure continued  
long-term durability.

Ensure that plants used for 
green roofs are resilient against 
soil degradation.

No

No

Yes

No

No

Yes

Changing 
wind and 
temperatures.

Potential impact on the 
supply chain. Potential 
risks to energy suppliers. 

Medium risk: 
Potential 
impact on 
logistics.

Soil 
degradation.

Risk to some projects and 
customer concerns.

Low risk.

Plans for 2023/24
•  Enhance business continuity planning to cover in more detail 
plans for chronic risk, especially with respect to medium and 
long-term horizons;

•  Focus on embedding climate change initiatives and risk 

management within the business so that management of 
climate change risks becomes part of the Group’s culture;
•  Hold another workshop on climate change risk analysis and 

include mitigation training;

•  Create a climate change ‘tool kit’ of resources for use across 

the business;

44

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

•  Share best practice planning across the business;
Innovation to create more sustainable products; and
• 
•  Consider further opportunities to accelerate growth.

As a business we understand climate-related risk as we innovate 
and design products to help our customers combat this in the built 
environment. In view of the increase in demand that will occur to 
cope with, for example, increased precipitation, we aim to grow 
organically and inorganically. New business buildings will be energy 
efficient, and we will seek to mitigate any climate-related risks 
that emerge.

 
 
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Employee Engagement

At Building Envelope we conducted a survey focused on six 
main areas to provide a rounded overview of participants’ 
thoughts, namely: around the demands of their job role, how 
much control or autonomy individuals feel they have, how 
supported they feel when they are at work, relationships and 
forging positive working environments, an understanding of 
their role in the Company and how this fits within the wider 
Company. 

Building Envelope is actively seeking feedback and expect the 
results to provide the division with a greater understanding 
of employee wellbeing, as well as areas where there may be 
opportunities for improvement.

Movember

James Cramp, Regional Manager at Building Envelope 
(Roofing), completed his 11th year of Movember. So far James 
has raised £3,500 in aid of men’s prostate cancer research and 
men’s mental health, two major killers of men in the UK.

How this aligns with our Sustainable  
Development Goals

Kettering Rugby 
Football Club

Our Burton Latimer site has good connections with 
Kettering Rugby Football Club and are silver sponsors of the 
club.

How this aligns with our Sustainable  
Development Goals

Twinkling Stars

In support of a colleague, AWMS has supported the Twinkling 
Stars Appeal: It is based at Kettering General Hospital and 
supports families through bereavement.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

45

Strategic Report

ESG Report continued

Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD)

Our Boards and divisions recognise the substantial commitment required within the construction industry, as well 
as our own responsibility as a manufacturer, to produce an expanded range of climate-resilient building products. 
Alumasc has evolved to become a leading provider of water management and sustainable building products. 

Our primary objective is to deliver the most environmentally friendly products possible to our customers and through our distribution channels. 
To support us in this endeavour, we have engaged the services of Green Element. We have agreed to utilise OneClick, a software system, to 
provide Environmental Product Declarations (EPDs) for our manufactured products. By adopting the climate reporting frameworks of both 
the TCFD (Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures) and SBTi (Science Based Targets initiative), we aim to provide our stakeholders 
with deeper insights into the progress of our climate change mitigation strategy. 

In the previous year, we voluntarily disclosed our approach through the TCFD, and this year we dedicated time to assess climate change 
risks and conduct workshops with our business partners to shape our approach. The workshops were instrumental in identifying key risks 
and evaluating corresponding opportunities ranked against the risks. We also ensured alignment of climate change risks with our Group’s 
risk framework by incorporating them into our overall risk management approach. Furthermore, Alumasc has developed scenario analyses 
for specific risks. 

Outlined below is a summary of our achievements during the 2022-23 period and our plans for the upcoming year.

TCFD element and disclosure

Governance

(a)   Describe the Board’s 
oversight of climate-
related risks and 
opportunities

(b)   Describe management’s 
role in assessing and 
managing climate-
related change risks 
and opportunities

Current approach:  
The Board oversees climate change-related risks and opportunities as part of its risks reviews and strategy 
meetings which encompass ESG considerations as well as innovation and ESG practices in the built 
environment. Each of the divisions has a lead for ESG or a designated head of sustainability, whose 
role is to focus on ESG targets and to ensure metrics are reported to the divisional boards.

Future plans:  
Reportable metrics are to be discussed at the Board together with a reporting cycle as part of the 
rolling agenda.

 See pages 41 to 44, and 56 

Current approach:  
Climate-related matters are considered as part of our business continuity planning. 

Our progress on greenhouse gas (GHG) monitoring is already tracked as part of our Streamlined Energy 
and Carbon Reporting (SECR) reporting obligations. This ensures we have a systematic approach 
to measuring and reporting our GHG emissions annually. This year, we with our new partner Green 
Element, have adopted a more sophisticated approach and methodology for this reporting.

Future plans:  
As part of our plans, reportable metrics related to climate risk will be presented and discussed at Board 
meetings. These reporting metrics will be part of our reporting cycle and part of our rolling agenda. 
We will have a regular structured consideration and consideration at Board and divisional Board 
meetings. Climate change-related risk is discussed as part of the risk management process together 
with transitional risks and regulatory policy and compliance risks are captured as part of the risk 
management process, non-financial disclosures, and annual reporting. 

 See page 56

46

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

At Alumasc, we have a profound understanding 
of the climate risks that affect both people and 
our planet. We firmly recognise our responsibility 
to mitigate these risks by driving reductions in our 
business processes and practices. In addition, we 
are highly focused on fostering innovation and 
developing sustainable products that directly 
combat climate change.

Strategy

(a)   Describe the climate-
related risks and 
opportunities the 
organisation has 
identified over the short, 
medium and long term

(b)   Describe the impact 
of climate-related 
risks and opportunities 
on the organisation’s 
business, strategy, and 
financial planning

Current approach:  
As part of our comprehensive approach, we have conducted cross-departmental training and workshops 
involving business units and leadership. In these sessions we have successfully identified climate-related risk 
over our short, medium and long-term horizons (one, five and ten years). This assessment encompasses a 
detailed list of transitional, acute physical and chronic physical risks.

We have identified climate-related opportunities that align with our core business model, which revolves 
around the design and provision of sustainable and climate-resilient building products. Our aim is to 
enable our customers and stakeholders to thrive in a changing climate and to support the transition 
to net-zero homes. The risks and opportunities are listed in the table on pages 41 to 44.

Future plans:  
We will refine our business plans, continually revisit and improve the evaluation of the risks so far 
identified, and commence assessing the financial burden of each risk in more depth. We will implement 
further risk workshops to communicate these improvements and changes with each of the divisions with 
their sustainability leads to ensure that the Company’s overarching climate-related risk strategy is known 
at all levels.

Progress:  
During the year we developed our climate-related risk register with our divisional representatives and 
considered transitional, acute and chronic risks.

 See Strategic Report pages 3, 22 to 23, and 41 to 44 

Current approach:  
Following our workshops, we have begun to identify the potential impact of climate-related risks and 
opportunities. The pace of action needs to be swift to avoid any impact on our reputation and to reflect 
the speed of the development of new approaches in the built environment, the expectations of our 
customers, and stakeholders. The Board recognises the pace of change required to respond to climate 
change and requests of our shareholders, stakeholders and to be part of the transition to a low carbon 
future. Alumasc’s business model is designed to provide products to enable our customers to have 
sustainable and low-carbon products that enable them to also make the transition.

Future plans:  
The timescales of climate-related risk, the impact, and mitigating measures will need to be reviewed and 
scheduled as part of the Board’s rolling agenda.

 See Strategic Report pages 22 to 44   See Risk Management page 56

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

47

Strategic Report

ESG Report continued

Strategy continued

(c)   Describe the 

organisation’s strategy, 
taking into consideration 
different climate-related 
scenarios, including 2°C 
or lower

Risk Management

Current approach:  
We have identified various scenarios following workshops. To enhance our risk assessments, we have 
evaluated the resilience of climate risks identified under three plausible climate-related scenarios: 
1.5oC, 2oC, and 3oC. This assessment was conducted with our partners, Green Element, to ensure a 
comprehensive analysis of our risk landscape.

Future plans:  
Following our initial approach to TCFD, business continuity plans have been reviewed to ensure they 
consider these plausible risks, and that the climate change risk is reflected in each business plan.

 See Scenarios page 50

(a)   Describe the 

organisation’s approach 
for identifying and 
assessing climate-
change related risks

Current approach:  
The Board is responsible for overseeing climate-related risk and opportunities. With our business 
sustainability partners, Green Element, we initiated a workshop and liaised with each business to identify 
climate change risk. As part of the overall risk management process this will be provided to the Board. 
Internally, senior management reviews climate-related risks and opportunities. 

Future plans:  
During the next year, the Group will implement ways to monitor and implement processes to accompany 
the overall risk management process. It will include reviews of short, medium and long-term risk and 
ensure that climate change risk is also included as part of any M&A opportunities.

 See ESG metrics and targets page 56

(b)   Describe the 

organisation’s processes 
for managing climate-
related risks

Current approach:  
Following the identification of climate-related risks and opportunities in 2022, Alumasc has identified 
as part of the Energy Saving Opportunities Scheme, ways to reduce its emissions, either as part of 
manufacturing processes or in fleet initiatives with electric vehicles. The process involved the review 
and development of initiatives with individual business units. 

Future plans:  
Following the quantification of climate-related risk in 2022/23, the assessment of the risk of flooding and 
wildfires was considered. The focus will be on transition and short-term plans as this works alongside our 
business model. We will also consider our products and strategy in light of these changes.

 See climate-related material risks and opportunities pages 41 to 44, and 56

(c)   Describe how processes 
for identifying and 
assessing, and 
managing climate-
related risks are 
integrated into the 
organisation’s overall 
risk-management

Current approach:  
Climate change risk is a principal risk and is evaluated as part of our risk-management framework, 
business continuity planning and our internal controls process. Risks are discussed by management 
teams, divisional boards and then provided to the main plc Board. Climate-related risks are managed 
in the same ways as other risks (e.g., cyber, people, etc).

Future plans:  
We are planning to ensure that briefings and training accompanies information on climate change 
risk scenarios provided to our people. We will continue to seamlessly incorporate reporting on climate 
change risks into our current processes.

 See Risk Management page 56

48

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Metrics and targets

(a)   Disclose the metrics 

used by the organisation 
to assess climate-
related risks and 
opportunities in-line 
with its strategy and risk 
management process

Current approach:  
We have agreed to use science-based targets, and these will be as follows: Scopes 1 & 2 – a reduction of 
42% in emissions by 2030. Our baseline year is 2016/17.

Future plans:  
We will expand our targets to assess climate risks and opportunities. Once the work to assess Scope 
3 has been complete there will be an opportunity to consider a science-based Scope 3 emissions 
reduction near-term target.

 See ESG targets page 31

(b)   Disclose Scope 1, Scope 
2 and if appropriate 
Scope 3 GHG and 
related risks

Current approach:  
We have disclosed Scopes 1, 2 (and limited Scope 3) in prior years in our SECR report (see pages 34 to 35). 
We are currently completing an assessment for a full Scope 3 emissions and a target for reduction will be 
set. Our climate-related risks are listed in our material risks and opportunities register on pages 41 to 44.

Future plans:  
The methodology for calculating Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions will be refined, and we will establish a faster 
way to track and report on this.

 See pages 34 to 35

(c)   Describe the targets used 
by the organisation to 
manage climate-related 
risks and opportunities

Current approach:  
We will set a target to reduce our Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 42% by 2030; once we have established 
our total Scope 3 emissions we will also set a target for reduction. We expected to have gathered all our 
Scope 3 data later on this year. 

Future plans:  
Our Board and management teams will look for further actions that can be taken to add to our 
decarbonisation plans.

 See pages 34 to 35

Strategy
Alumasc is exposed to risks and opportunities from climate change. Our purpose – to create building products for a sustainable future – 
clarifies our position in terms of opportunities, as a provider of climate change adaptation solutions. Alumasc seeks to mitigate the physical 
and financial risks. Solutions/products to mitigate climate-related risk are part of our core business to help others manage their transitional 
risks. While Alumasc is focused primarily on the UK, the business also exports goods abroad and will plan to grow global markets for key 
products that help manage some of the built environment challenges from climate change.

Climate-related risk has been assessed over three different time horizons, and we have as a start focused on shorter-term mitigation 
strategies as everyone seeks to implement plans and mitigations to reduce climate-related risk in a move to keep climate change to 
1.5o Celsius or below.

The assessment of risk was guided by risk scenarios discussed with the business and those risk scenarios available from outside agencies 
(Met Office UKCP18). We looked at three climate change scenarios, incorporating both physical and transitional risks, one from 1.5o to 3oC.

For the summary of climate-related material risks and opportunities see pages 41 to 44.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

49

Strategic Report

ESG Report continued

Scenario 
1 - 1.5° C

Some changes 
have taken place 
and to achieve 
this goal there 
has been an 
unprecedented 
change in 
behaviour.

Potential materiality

2023-30 
(short term)

2031-40
(medium term)

2041-50
(long term)

 Strategic response and mitigations

25%

50%

50% Strategic response developed in the roadmap and 

developing a data strategy for metric reporting. 
Data on water use being collected. 

Renewable energy in place together with a plan to 
reduce energy use being developed.

Using machinery using lower energy use, understanding 
Scope 3 to develop reduction targets. Target of 
enhancing our sustainable product portfolio to be 
developed by 2024/25 and putting in place EDPs 
for product categories during 2024. Our adoption of 
OneClick will support this aim.

Continued investment in new manufacturing machinery 
and processes, including a focus on reduction.

Scenario 
1.5 - 2° C

Some challenges 
to mitigate.

0%

50%

75% Continued investment in R&D to develop new products 

and to research potential new materials for use in the 
built environment.

Scenario 
2 - 3° C

High degree of 
challenges to 
mitigation.

0%

50%

75% Further development of new products and 

innovation to provide resilience to cope with the 
changing environment.

Consideration has been given to IEA scenarios and RCP2.5 and RCP 8.5, and the financial impacts are deemed to be the same.

easyHotel, Cardiff
Environmentally focused solution

Extreme weather events are now the new normal, says the World Meteorological 
Organisation. Our rainfall patterns are becoming increasingly unpredictable, and 
we must plan accordingly to adapt the built environment to help alleviate flood risk. 

The solution used was an Alumasc BluRoof technical specification, project design, 
and support service for stormwater management. The products used were: 400m2 
Derbigum BluRoof built-up system with 150mm thermal insulation.

50

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Priorities for 2023/24

Priorities for 2023

How these have been/will be delivered

References

Revisiting the list of perceived risks and opportunities: 
We will provide more data on these and integrate 
these concerns more with our strategic plans and 
financial analysis.

An initial workshop and review of the risks has taken place. 
We propose to have follow-up workshops and to integrate 
our climate-related risk process with the Group-wide risk 
registers process. 

See pages 
46, 56

Climate-related scenario risks: There will be a 
further review of these with the businesses with 
further focus on the acute and chronic risks and this 
will have further attention within the combined risk 
approach for our new product innovation plans.

We are planning further calls with our Sustainability leads 
across the business and we will be incorporating climate-
related risk reporting into our risk management process.

See pages 
41 to 44

Supply chain resilience: We are training and 
providing additional know-how on improving 
resilience and enhancing our supplier questionnaires 
to evaluate sector exposure and resilience. 

Sustainability leads in the business and procurement 
personnel have joined the Supply chain School 
of Sustainability.

See pages 
54 to 55

Impact assessments and scenario analysis: 
These will be further developed in 2023.

We are comfortable that the impact assessments reflect the 
climate-related risks, however, this will be refined in 2023/24 
as part of our Sustainability and reporting plans.

See page 
50

Priorities for 2024

Our plans

Horizon scanning for future risks and opportunities

Metrics and targets

We will ensure that our climate-related plans and risks are 
incorporated into the Board’s rolling agenda, our divisional 
Board meetings and the information is shared top-down.

Once we have collected and analysed the full Scope 3 
emissions data, we will set reduction targets for all our 
businesses.

Our suppliers

Our partnership with suppliers plays an important part in our business, and we 
expect them to act ethically and share in our sustainability journey. Given a proportion 
of our Scope 3 emissions will come from our suppliers, we have been collecting data 
from them to determine our Scope 3 baseline emissions inventory. We will continue 
to work with them to ensure that they use recognised Environmental, Social and 
Governance standards. We continue to ensure that our suppliers support our aim of 
recognition under the SDGs and support our ESG journey.

How this aligns with our Sustainable  
Development Goals

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

51

Strategic Report

Section 172 Statement

Our Section 172 
statement for the year 
ended 30 June 2023, 
helps us to understand 
the needs of our 
stakeholders, enabling 
Alumasc to create 
long-term value.

A key focus for the Board is to understand 
the impact its decisions or actions could 
have on stakeholders under s.172 of the 
Companies Act 2006. The Board looks 
to promote the success of the Company 
for the benefit of its members as a whole, 
and the Board confirms that during the 
financial year it has given consideration to 
the following (in addition to other matters): 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the likely consequence of any 
decisions in the long term; 
See pages 41 to 44, 67 to 70
the interests of the Company’s 
employees; 
See pages 38 to 39, 52, 53, 71
the need to foster the Company’s 
business relationships with suppliers, 
customers and others; 
See pages 54 to 55, 67 to 70
the impact of the Company’s 
operations on the community 
and the environment; 
See pages 6 to 7, 34 to 36, 
54 to 55, 68

•  maintaining a reputation for high 

• 

standards of business conduct; and 
See pages 38, 67 to 70
the need to act fairly between 
members of the Company. 
See pages 6 to 7, 52 to 53, 67 to 70

Shareholders

Why we engaged

How we engaged

What was discussed

Value created

Actions/decisions taken

•  To explain our strategy, business model, 

•  Alumasc is keen to know its investors’ views. We 

•  Financial results and performance

•  Progressive dividend policy 

•  Continued oversight of sites and  

new innovations and growth opportunities

•  To give details about our ESG programme, 
and how sustainability is at the core of 
our business

•  To explain the return on investment 

and our performance

•  Transparent risk management and the 
addition of climate-related risk for TCFD

•  To provide information about our 
leadership and division leadership

•  Managing our reputation

•  Statutory and legal duty to update 

the market

hold analysts’ presentations and investor briefings 
at year end and half year for existing and 
potential investors. Our Annual General Meeting is 
also an opportunity to meet the Board in person. 
We also offer one-to-one meetings in person or 
via Zoom/Teams as required. Our Investor section 
of our website is updated with news, and we also 
provide information via LinkedIn, Facebook, X 
(formerly Twitter) and Instagram. Contact can be 
made with us via our contact email – alumasc@
camarco.co.uk 

•  At our Capital Markets Day we had the 

opportunity to introduce the whole Board 
to our visitors and investors

•  We also engaged with shareholders in 

respect of our new Remuneration Policy 
via our Remuneration Committee Chair 
(see pages 76 to 78)

•  Held strategy meetings to discuss 

•  Provided more information on our ESG 

longer-term strategy

organic opportunities

•  Capital Markets Day held at our factory 

in Howden

• 

Investment opportunities

•  New innovations and products, to support the 

metrics and targets, and our core purpose 

• 

Including dividends proposed considered the 

to provide sustainable building products

policy, impact as cash and investment needs

•  Engaged with a wider investment 

• 

Included Investor Meet platform for retail 

community and retail shareholders 

•  Received valuable feedback to inform 

shareholders and added a video of this 

presentation to our website and YouTube

our strategy

•  Provided more information on our products 

via LinkedIn, Facebook

•  Provided information on X (formerly Twitter) 

to link to our results

built environment

•  Sustainability and ESG

•  Support for M&A activity

•  Short-term need for higher stocking, due to 

supply chain matters

Employees

Why we engaged

•  To provide a safe working environment

•  Good working culture and appropriate 

reward/incentivisation

•  Newsletter communications

•  Training and development, an opportunity 

to support development

•  Wellbeing and mental illness

•  Communications

•  Sponsoring diversity and inclusion

•  Workshops on sustainability

•  Aim to make employees feel content 

and supported

How we engaged

What was discussed

Value created

Actions/decisions taken

•  We engage with our employees and provide 
communications about results and Board 
changes. Divisions hold meetings with staff to 
ensure they are aware of any activities and to 
receive feedback

•  We work to protect our employees’ Health & 

Safety, and wellbeing. As well as this we provide 
courses and training to aid understanding and 
development, with Health & Safety being the 
first item on parent and subsidiary company 
Board meetings

•  We regularly review remuneration at all 

levels in the Group and some of our colleagues 
participate in incentive arrangements to share 
rewards and align shareholder and staff interests 

•  We provide a wellbeing app to staff and this 
was changed in the year to a new provider 
with wider services to staff

•  Extra investment into Health & Safety 

•  Health & Wellbeing improvements 

•  Board agreed to recruit more new apprentices 

training, supervisor courses, and qualifications 

helping to reduce sickness and absences, 

and to hire graduates (where possible) to fill 

supporting our zero harm policy

and dissatisfaction

•  Communicated our vision for the strategy of 

•  Motivated workforce

Alumasc with colleagues

•  Management training and development 

the talent pool for the future

external courses for senior leadership

•  Positive culture of honesty and trust 

•  Providing appraisals, career planning, and 

and teamwork

•  Foster expertise and knowledge to enlarge 

to foster this

vacancies. Steps to improve the diversity of 

the workforce were also considered together 

with the steps being taken by the business 

•  Statistics on gender ratios are now presented 

to each subsidiary board

• 

Importance of culture was discussed

•  New benefits from our Group Injury 

Policy provider

•  Retain colleagues due to increased 

engagement and satisfaction and 

we have awarded a 6% pay rise in 

general. Additional benefits via hub, 

including discounts, 24/7 GP services and 

counselling services 

opportunities for career progression

•  Enhancing working conditions

• 

Improving processes and initiatives

•  Supporting staff with our wellbeing app

•  Strategy

•  Customer wins and results

•  Mental and physical wellbeing

•  EV charging points

Pension Trustees

Why we engaged

•  Triennial valuation

•  Reducing the deficit through investment 
strategy and company contributions

•  Long-term strategy and consider steps to 
move towards a low dependency basis

•  Protecting the pensioner members 

and deferred members

How we engaged

•  The Trustees of the Alumasc Group Pension 
Scheme have a collaborative relationship 
with the Company 

•  Alumasc makes sure that the Trustees are 

advised in respect of any significant changes 
in the Company 

•  We work with the Trustees and have 

Company representatives on the Investment 
Sub-Committee

What was discussed

Value created

Actions/decisions taken

•  Following the triennial valuation Alumasc 

•  Liability reduction helping the members 

•  The Group has had a collaborative relationship 

engaged with the Pension Trustees in 

of the pension scheme (both current and 

with the pension Trustees 

connection with contributions and other 

deferred) and all other stakeholders

•  The Company has worked with the Trustees on 

matters. We have achieved an early resolution 

of the Contributions Schedule following good 

engagement with the Trustees

•  Balance achieved between pensioner, 

its investment strategy and long-term aims 

shareholder and other stakeholder interests

•  Company contributions have been reduced 

•  Providing a secure future for the pension 

and this is in line with the improved scheme 

scheme and the pensioners

funding position

52

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

How we engaged

What was discussed

Value created

Actions/decisions taken

•  Financial results and performance

•  Progressive dividend policy 

•  Continued oversight of sites and  

•  Held strategy meetings to discuss 

•  Provided more information on our ESG 

organic opportunities

•  Capital Markets Day held at our factory 

metrics and targets, and our core purpose 
to provide sustainable building products

•  Engaged with a wider investment 

community and retail shareholders 

•  Received valuable feedback to inform 

longer-term strategy

• 

• 

Including dividends proposed considered the 
policy, impact as cash and investment needs

Included Investor Meet platform for retail 
shareholders and added a video of this 
presentation to our website and YouTube

our strategy

•  Provided more information on our products 

via LinkedIn, Facebook

•  Provided information on X (formerly Twitter) 

to link to our results

in Howden

• 

Investment opportunities

•  New innovations and products, to support the 

built environment

•  Sustainability and ESG

•  Support for M&A activity

•  Short-term need for higher stocking, due to 

supply chain matters

How we engaged

What was discussed

Value created

Actions/decisions taken

•  To provide a safe working environment

•  We engage with our employees and provide 

•  Extra investment into Health & Safety 

•  Health & Wellbeing improvements 

training, supervisor courses, and qualifications 
supporting our zero harm policy

helping to reduce sickness and absences, 
and dissatisfaction

•  Communicated our vision for the strategy of 

•  Motivated workforce

Alumasc with colleagues

•  Management training and development 
external courses for senior leadership

•  Foster expertise and knowledge to enlarge 

the talent pool for the future

•  Positive culture of honesty and trust 

•  Providing appraisals, career planning, and 

and teamwork

opportunities for career progression

•  Enhancing working conditions

• 

Improving processes and initiatives

•  Supporting staff with our wellbeing app

•  Strategy

•  Customer wins and results

•  Mental and physical wellbeing

•  EV charging points

•  Retain colleagues due to increased 
engagement and satisfaction and 
we have awarded a 6% pay rise in 
general. Additional benefits via hub, 
including discounts, 24/7 GP services and 
counselling services 

•  Board agreed to recruit more new apprentices 
and to hire graduates (where possible) to fill 
vacancies. Steps to improve the diversity of 
the workforce were also considered together 
with the steps being taken by the business 
to foster this

•  Statistics on gender ratios are now presented 

to each subsidiary board

• 

Importance of culture was discussed

•  New benefits from our Group Injury 

Policy provider

What was discussed

Value created

Actions/decisions taken

•  Following the triennial valuation Alumasc 
engaged with the Pension Trustees in 
connection with contributions and other 
matters. We have achieved an early resolution 
of the Contributions Schedule following good 
engagement with the Trustees

•  Liability reduction helping the members 
of the pension scheme (both current and 
deferred) and all other stakeholders

•  Balance achieved between pensioner, 

shareholder and other stakeholder interests

•  Providing a secure future for the pension 

scheme and the pensioners

•  The Group has had a collaborative relationship 

with the pension Trustees 

•  The Company has worked with the Trustees on 
its investment strategy and long-term aims 

•  Company contributions have been reduced 
and this is in line with the improved scheme 
funding position

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

53

•  To explain our strategy, business model, 

•  Alumasc is keen to know its investors’ views. We 

new innovations and growth opportunities

hold analysts’ presentations and investor briefings 

Shareholders

Why we engaged

•  To give details about our ESG programme, 

and how sustainability is at the core of 

our business

•  To explain the return on investment 

and our performance

•  Transparent risk management and the 

addition of climate-related risk for TCFD

•  To provide information about our 

leadership and division leadership

•  Managing our reputation

•  Statutory and legal duty to update 

the market

Employees

Why we engaged

•  Good working culture and appropriate 

reward/incentivisation

•  Newsletter communications

•  Training and development, an opportunity 

to support development

•  Wellbeing and mental illness

•  Communications

•  Sponsoring diversity and inclusion

•  Workshops on sustainability

•  Aim to make employees feel content 

and supported

at year end and half year for existing and 

potential investors. Our Annual General Meeting is 

also an opportunity to meet the Board in person. 

We also offer one-to-one meetings in person or 

via Zoom/Teams as required. Our Investor section 

of our website is updated with news, and we also 

provide information via LinkedIn, Facebook, X 

(formerly Twitter) and Instagram. Contact can be 

made with us via our contact email – alumasc@

camarco.co.uk 

•  At our Capital Markets Day we had the 

opportunity to introduce the whole Board 

to our visitors and investors

•  We also engaged with shareholders in 

respect of our new Remuneration Policy 

via our Remuneration Committee Chair 

(see pages 76 to 78)

communications about results and Board 

changes. Divisions hold meetings with staff to 

ensure they are aware of any activities and to 

receive feedback

•  We work to protect our employees’ Health & 

Safety, and wellbeing. As well as this we provide 

courses and training to aid understanding and 

development, with Health & Safety being the 

first item on parent and subsidiary company 

Board meetings

•  We regularly review remuneration at all 

levels in the Group and some of our colleagues 

participate in incentive arrangements to share 

rewards and align shareholder and staff interests 

•  We provide a wellbeing app to staff and this 

was changed in the year to a new provider 

with wider services to staff

Pension Trustees

Why we engaged

•  Triennial valuation

•  Reducing the deficit through investment 

strategy and company contributions

•  Long-term strategy and consider steps to 

move towards a low dependency basis

•  Protecting the pensioner members 

and deferred members

How we engaged

•  The Trustees of the Alumasc Group Pension 

Scheme have a collaborative relationship 

with the Company 

•  Alumasc makes sure that the Trustees are 

advised in respect of any significant changes 

in the Company 

•  We work with the Trustees and have 

Company representatives on the Investment 

Sub-Committee

Strategic Report

Section 172 Statement continued

Customers

Why we engaged

•  Seek to address climate change in the built 
environment by innovating new solutions 
and by assessing the carbon content in 
our products

•  Durable and long-lasting products 
providing quality and a fair price

•  First class customer service

•  To ensure we make and source 

the products our customers need

Suppliers

Why we engaged

How we engaged

What was discussed

Value created

Actions/decisions taken

•  We have good relationships with our customers and have dedicated account managers in place

•  Customers provide feedback on products, their 

• 

Increased revenue and profit growth

•  Listened to feedback and created new 

•  Collaborate with customers and provide training and events for customers, simultaneously 

developing products/services tailored to customer needs

•  We are present at trade events and can provide information and expertise to assist customers

•  We are interested in customers’ requirements for building products to manage wastewater, 

drainage, housebuilding, and roofing requirements, and products to manage new regulations

•  By listening to our customers’ needs through key account relationships, and attending trade 

events and liaison with industry bodies

use and we in turn consult with customers when 

we develop new products. New products are often 

launched after customer requests and feedback

•  We seek to collaborate with customers on 

significant projects

•  We continue to prioritise customer services and 

look to make continuous improvements, with 

targets to increase order fulfilment 

•  Working with customers on sustainability or their 

ESG consultants and looking for innovative ways to 

be part of their zero-carbon journey

•  Greater understanding of our clients’ 

needs regarding sustainability and 

products such as tile vents and other roofing 

products following requests from customers

product requirements

•  Designing new sustainable products to meet 

•  Helping to improve the built environment

•  Competitive advantage created through 

relationships and service

• 

Innovative new products

requests and demand

•  Oversight of the level of inventory that needs 

to be held to meet demands

•  New processes and machinery considered to 

meet market demand

How we engaged

What was discussed

Value created

Actions/decisions taken

•  Supply chain resilience and excellent 

•  We form long-term supplier relationships, often seeking solutions and partnering for new ideas 

•  Reliable sourcing of products

•  Key supplier data, particularly 

•  We are engaged with suppliers in 

logistics for supply chain management

and product accreditation e.g. solar panels

•  Sourcing quality products/raw materials 
and materials for new product lines

•  We ask our key suppliers to confirm compliance with our code of ethics, including providing 

environmental data and sustainability assurance

•  Sustainability

•  We have assurance to ensure our raw materials and products are of the highest quality and 

•  Environmental and ethical sourcing

•  Quality assurance gained via accreditation 

and product certification

appropriately certified and assured

•  Regular meetings, face-to-face or via virtual meetings

•  Reduction in waste and landfill from packaging 

changes and other initiatives to protect 

sustainability assists with disclosures 

connection with their carbon footprint 

to end customers and investors

and sustainable materials

the environment

•  Plastic reduction

•  Strong supply chain logistics, quality, and 

•  Gathering carbon content data 

timely delivery services

• 

Innovation and new products

from suppliers as part of our 

sustainability programme

•  Stable and reliable production and supply of goods 

from vendors

•  Ethical and sustainable supply chain

•  Quality assurance and confirmation that, on a 

•  End Producer Declarations or low carbon 

risk basis, suppliers comply with our ethical and 

information about products supplied

•  Have in place targets for performance

•  Quality and assurance criteria, including 

certification to UK standards

environmental requirements

Local communities and the environment

Why we engaged

How we engaged

•  Sustainable business operation, 
with low environmental impact

•  Charitable giving

•  Sports sponsorship

•  Future local employment opportunities, 
for example by hiring new apprentices

•  Engagement with Kettering Town Football Club, rugby, and cricket teams, and local clubs 

•  Making donations to local charities and other  

•  Creating awareness of Alumasc 

•  We have supported local community 

supporting diversity and inclusion such as Colchester Pride and Kettering Hospital. We look 
to reduce our environmental impact year-on-year. We also seek to help with biodiversity 
where possible and details about our hedgehog highway and support of World Nature 
Conservation Day

•  Sponsorship of local matters that help improve the environment (e.g., Halstead in Bloom) and 

consideration of local amenities

Environment
Why we engaged

How we engaged

•  This is important to our core purpose 

•  We used industry bodies, our consultants, and other bodies such as The Supply Chain Sustainability 

and to our industry

School (via individual membership), our customers and employees

•  We want to make a positive contribution 
to our environment and sustainability of 
our products

•  Our customers and investors also engage on environmental matters and our ESG programme

54

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

What was discussed

Value created

Actions/decisions taken

not-for-profit organisations (see pages 37, 39, and 45)

in local communities and creating 

organisations and further information about 

•  Long-standing supporter of local sports clubs 

and charitable events

job opportunities

•  Brand awareness

•  Fundraising takes place for staff-nominated local 

•  Creating jobs for low socio-

charities and not-for-profit organisations

economic families

• 

Increasing awareness for recycling and the need 

• 

Improving the environment

this can be found on pages 37 to 39

•  Focus on hiring apprentices and trainees from 

our nearby communities

•  Cycle-to-work scheme

for staff in UK manufacturing

•  Supporting the creation 

See Strategic Report pages 1 to 60 

•  Creating apprenticeships to employ local people

of apprenticeships

What was discussed

•  Scope 3 emissions

•  TCFD scenarios analysis and the impact of 

climate change

•  Short and longer-term energy saving opportunities

•  Expectations with the supply chain in respect of 

environmental performance

•  Providing carbon content for our products and end-

producer declarations

Value created

Actions/decisions taken

•  We are working towards protecting our 

•  Approval of our TCFD reporting and 

planet and combating climate change. 

ESG reports

We also care passionately about 

biodiversity (see pages 34 to 37) 

• 

Improving lives through protection of 

the environment

•  Gathering full specification Scope 3 data 

and will use this information to set targets

•  Reviewing and adopting OneClick as part 

of the programme to increase the speed 

to provide EPDs

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Capital Markets Day
We held a Capital Markets Day at Timloc in October 2022.  
As part of our presentations we: 

•  Outlined Alumasc’s market opportunity
•  Reaffirmed our strategy to deliver growth

•  Demonstrated and advised about our innovative and 

sustainable products

•  Gave an insight into our business with a tour of the manufacturing site
•  Provided an opportunity to meet the wider management team

How we engaged

What was discussed

Value created

Actions/decisions taken

•  Customers provide feedback on products, their 
use and we in turn consult with customers when 
we develop new products. New products are often 
launched after customer requests and feedback

•  We seek to collaborate with customers on 

significant projects

•  We continue to prioritise customer services and 
look to make continuous improvements, with 
targets to increase order fulfilment 

•  Working with customers on sustainability or their 

ESG consultants and looking for innovative ways to 
be part of their zero-carbon journey

• 

Increased revenue and profit growth

•  Listened to feedback and created new 

•  Greater understanding of our clients’ 
needs regarding sustainability and 
product requirements

•  Helping to improve the built environment

•  Competitive advantage created through 

relationships and service

• 

Innovative new products

products such as tile vents and other roofing 
products following requests from customers

•  Designing new sustainable products to meet 

requests and demand

•  Oversight of the level of inventory that needs 

to be held to meet demands

•  New processes and machinery considered to 

meet market demand

•  Supply chain resilience and excellent 

•  We form long-term supplier relationships, often seeking solutions and partnering for new ideas 

•  Reliable sourcing of products

•  Key supplier data, particularly 

•  We are engaged with suppliers in 

How we engaged

What was discussed

Value created

Actions/decisions taken

logistics for supply chain management

and product accreditation e.g. solar panels

•  Sourcing quality products/raw materials 

•  We ask our key suppliers to confirm compliance with our code of ethics, including providing 

and materials for new product lines

environmental data and sustainability assurance

•  Reduction in waste and landfill from packaging 

changes and other initiatives to protect 
the environment

•  Sustainability

•  We have assurance to ensure our raw materials and products are of the highest quality and 

•  Plastic reduction

•  Environmental and ethical sourcing

•  Quality assurance gained via accreditation 

and product certification

appropriately certified and assured

•  Regular meetings, face-to-face or via virtual meetings

•  Stable and reliable production and supply of goods 

from vendors

•  Quality assurance and confirmation that, on a 
risk basis, suppliers comply with our ethical and 
environmental requirements

sustainability assists with disclosures 
to end customers and investors

connection with their carbon footprint 
and sustainable materials

•  Strong supply chain logistics, quality, and 

timely delivery services

• 

Innovation and new products

•  Gathering carbon content data 
from suppliers as part of our 
sustainability programme

•  Ethical and sustainable supply chain

•  End Producer Declarations or low carbon 
information about products supplied

•  Have in place targets for performance

•  Quality and assurance criteria, including 

certification to UK standards

What was discussed

Value created

Actions/decisions taken

•  Making donations to local charities and other  

•  Creating awareness of Alumasc 

•  We have supported local community 

not-for-profit organisations (see pages 37, 39, and 45)

•  Long-standing supporter of local sports clubs 

in local communities and creating 
job opportunities

organisations and further information about 
this can be found on pages 37 to 39

and charitable events

•  Brand awareness

•  Focus on hiring apprentices and trainees from 

•  Fundraising takes place for staff-nominated local 

•  Creating jobs for low socio-

charities and not-for-profit organisations

economic families

• 

Increasing awareness for recycling and the need 
for staff in UK manufacturing

• 

Improving the environment

•  Supporting the creation 

•  Creating apprenticeships to employ local people

of apprenticeships

our nearby communities

•  Cycle-to-work scheme

See Strategic Report pages 1 to 60 

What was discussed

•  Scope 3 emissions

•  TCFD scenarios analysis and the impact of 

climate change

•  Short and longer-term energy saving opportunities

•  Expectations with the supply chain in respect of 

environmental performance

•  Providing carbon content for our products and end-

producer declarations

Value created

Actions/decisions taken

•  We are working towards protecting our 
planet and combating climate change. 
We also care passionately about 
biodiversity (see pages 34 to 37) 

• 

Improving lives through protection of 
the environment

•  Approval of our TCFD reporting and 

ESG reports

•  Gathering full specification Scope 3 data 
and will use this information to set targets

•  Reviewing and adopting OneClick as part 
of the programme to increase the speed 
to provide EPDs

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

55

•  Seek to address climate change in the built 

•  We have good relationships with our customers and have dedicated account managers in place

•  Collaborate with customers and provide training and events for customers, simultaneously 

developing products/services tailored to customer needs

•  We are present at trade events and can provide information and expertise to assist customers

•  We are interested in customers’ requirements for building products to manage wastewater, 

drainage, housebuilding, and roofing requirements, and products to manage new regulations

•  By listening to our customers’ needs through key account relationships, and attending trade 

events and liaison with industry bodies

Customers

Why we engaged

environment by innovating new solutions 

and by assessing the carbon content in 

our products

•  Durable and long-lasting products 

providing quality and a fair price

•  First class customer service

•  To ensure we make and source 

the products our customers need

Suppliers

Why we engaged

Local communities and the environment

Why we engaged

How we engaged

•  Sustainable business operation, 

with low environmental impact

•  Charitable giving

•  Sports sponsorship

•  Future local employment opportunities, 

for example by hiring new apprentices

•  Engagement with Kettering Town Football Club, rugby, and cricket teams, and local clubs 

supporting diversity and inclusion such as Colchester Pride and Kettering Hospital. We look 

to reduce our environmental impact year-on-year. We also seek to help with biodiversity 

where possible and details about our hedgehog highway and support of World Nature 

•  Sponsorship of local matters that help improve the environment (e.g., Halstead in Bloom) and 

Conservation Day

consideration of local amenities

Environment

Why we engaged

How we engaged

•  This is important to our core purpose 

•  We used industry bodies, our consultants, and other bodies such as The Supply Chain Sustainability 

and to our industry

School (via individual membership), our customers and employees

•  We want to make a positive contribution 

•  Our customers and investors also engage on environmental matters and our ESG programme

to our environment and sustainability of 

our products

Strategic Report

Risk Management

Alumasc’s risk  
management process 
The Group’s risk management process is 
designed to ensure that material risks to 
the business are identified, considered, 
analysed, and managed as part of our 
strategy and business decisions. The Board 
has overall responsibility for Alumasc’s risk 
management. Day-to-day risk management 
is delegated to the appropriate personnel 
throughout the organisation and they 
are responsible for monitoring risk and 
mitigation strategies.

Risk appetite
Although some risk is inherent in doing 
business. Alumasc’s risk appetite reflects the 
amount of risk that the Board is prepared 
to accept to achieve our strategic goals. 
The business recognises, discusses, and 
agrees the amount of strategic risk that it 
is prepared to take to achieve its strategic 
goals. Risk mitigation and avoidance 
strategies are put in place to minimise any 
impacts from those risks should they arise. 
Cost-effective insurance is maintained to 
pass risk on to third parties. The recognition 
of risk and its impact is part of the decision-
making process. Risk registers are also used 
as part of project management.

Risk identification 
Risk identification is part of day-to-day 
operations and business activity. Business 
leaders and line managers are empowered 
to manage risk on a day-to-day basis, and 
it forms part of business team meetings. 
Identified risks are assigned business owners 
who are responsible for ensuring that the risk 
mitigation strategies are in place. Significant 
projects, including property moves, installation 
of new manufacturing equipment, or new 
product launches specific registers relating 
to these matters are established. 

The Board formally reviews the risk register 
and considers any material changes and the 
related changes to mitigations or controls. 
In addition, any accidents, or significant 
commercial, financial or regulatory matters 
are reported to the Board as they arise.

As part of the process, the operational risks 
are determined by the trading business 
units in consultation with their local teams. 
The Strategic Risks are managed by the 
Leadership teams and the Executive 
Directors, and those risks are discussed  
at the plc Board.

Climate-related risk
As part of our approach to manage  
climate change risks, Alumasc is using 
our framework in order to shape its 
environmental response internally and 
to consider market impacts that has 
implication for new product development. 
Alumasc has as part of its approach already 
used its disclosures and data collection to 
help shape its policy as part of TCFD. We use 
the following information and report further 
on pages 41 to 44.

•  During the year, we considered  

climate-related risk and have prepared a 
summary risk register on pages 41 to 44 
We will during 2023/24 further develop 
our approach in order to assimilate our 
climate-related risk reporting as part of 
our risk management process

•  For greenhouse gas emissions on Scope 
1, 2 and 3, the data reported has been 
verified by Green Element; this information 
has to date informed our policy of using 
100% renewable energy and helped us to 
consider future policies including our fleet 
moving to electric vehicles (see our ESG 
Report on pages 30 to 45 and our SECR 
report on page 35

•  Senior leadership, including Executive 
Directors, have considered climate 
change and governance is in place 
via our subsidiaries and divisional 
management and The Alumasc 
Group plc Board

•  Scenarios are being developed using 

workshops in 2022/23, to cover buildings, 
weather and other implications resulting 
from climate change (see page 50 in the 
TCFD section)

See Principal Risks and Uncertainties on 
pages 57 to 60 and our Audit Committee 
Report on pages 72 to 75 for more detail on 
our approach.  

Emerging risks
These are considered by the Executive 
Directors and the subsidiary boards, 
and local management teams, and with 
professionals on the leadership teams  
who can consider emerging risks that  
could potentially adversely impact the 
business or its stakeholders; steps are  
taken to mitigate these emerging risks  
as appropriate. As part of the process,  
the leadership and management have 
contact with customers and suppliers. 
During 2023, we enhanced our risk reporting 
process to include climate-related risk both 
in divisional risk registers and business 
continuity plans.

Our risk process is as follows:

1.  Identification (by the local 

management teams)

•  Each risk from the prior year is reviewed 
to see if it is still valid or requires updating

•  Emerging risks analysed
•  Major regulatory changes – new plans 

and initiatives

•  Complex processes considered
•  The external environment

2.  Discussion at subsidiary  

and Group boards

•  Registers are reviewed with Management 

and Leadership teams

3.  Prioritisation 
•  Rank and priorities risks-based  

• 

Impact/Likelihood
Likelihood: the chance of the 
risk occurring

•  The impact of a risk (should it arise)  
on the division’s financial targets

4.  Mitigation process
•  Creation of an action plan for high  

and medium-level risks
 – Noting what actions are needed
 – Risk ownership recorded
 – What new activity needs 

to be implemented

5.  Mitigation actions
•  Subsidiary companies/divisions plan 

the necessary mitigation

•  Determination of ownership of the 

mitigation process

•  Recording of what needs to happen  

and the frequency

56

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Key for change since last year
 Increased   Decreased 

 No change

Risks and uncertainties

Mitigating actions taken

Climate change
Risk/impact
Potential to impact our supply 
chain and increase volatility in 
the prices of raw materials, and 
other supplies.

Sudden climate change 
events, such as increased 
severe weather conditions and 
storms, could impact our supply 
chains and shipments, and 
business processes.

Regulations increasing 
costs could be imposed 
on manufacturing, certain 
processes, fuels/goods used, 
impacting prices for products 
that customers require.

Geopolitical and 
macroeconomic 
uncertainty
Risk/impact
Macroeconomic uncertainty on a 
global basis post pandemic, and 
global geopolitical uncertainty.

Markets are not settled post 
Brexit and ongoing potential 
for delays due to strikes and 
disruption from other services.

Continuing inflationary pressures 
on raw material, energy supplies 
and services, also impacting pay 
and other costs.

Supply chain/inflation
Risk/impact
International supply chain risks 
had increased following the 
pandemic and geopolitical 
uncertainty. The residual issue 
is price inflation, skilled staff 
shortages, increased tariffs/
duties, Brexit risks in Europe 
and geopolitical uncertainty 
following the war in Ukraine. 

Change

Increased

No change

•

Improving partnerships and relationships in our supply chain to combat disruption
and potential price increases

• Greater resilience by using suppliers from different geographical locations

• Ensuring suppliers and logistics partners understand the risks of climate change

• Strategic buying of core products and careful stocking

• Development of targets for reducing our Scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas emissions

•

Investment in new technology to manufacture new products to address the needs
of climate change, with improved energy efficiency

• Our strategy includes helping customers address climate change, by selling and

creating innovative products with sustainable qualities and eco-friendly credentials

• Providing environmental data for our customers, employees, investors and stakeholders

• Strategic positioning in export markets/sectors anticipated to grow faster than

the UK construction market

• Revenues are derived from a variety of end-use construction markets –

this proves resilience

• Development of added value systems and solutions that are underpinned by
legislation, building regulation and/or specified by architects and engineers

• Continuous development and introduction of innovative green products,

systems, solutions, and services that are market leading and differentiated
against the competition

•

Increasing supply chain flexibility

• Limited exposure to currency risk, mainly the euro and US dollar. These exposures
are for the most part hedged, with hedging percentages increased to manage
potential FX volatility

• Robust management has ensured cost increases are passed on to customers

• Annual strategic reviews, including supplier, quality, reliability, and sustainability

• Brand and product strength has allowed cost increases to be largely recovered

through higher prices

No change

• Regular key supplier visits, good relationships maintained including quality control

reviews and training

• Supply chain flexibility to avoid strategic dependence on single sources of supply

• Supplier questionnaires and export checks are completed to ensure compliance

with Group policies, including anti-bribery, anti-modern slavery and ESG

• Training provided on customs duties, particularly on managing evolving

arrangements post Brexit

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

57

Strategic Report

Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Risks and uncertainties

Mitigating actions taken

Cyber security and business 
interruption
Risk/impact
Cyber security risks and business 
interruption risks are increasing 
globally and have increased 
during the Covid-19 pandemic 
and following recent geopolitical 
events globally.

The risk of a cyber threat 
from increased failure/and/or 
ICT cyber crime could cause 
interruption or loss.

• 

IT disaster plans are in place for all businesses and tested regularly

•  Business continuity plans are in place at each business, and are tested for ICT

•  Awareness training and management briefings held on cyber security risks and actions 

taken as preventative measures

•  New security protocols and software are installed and continually updated to mitigate 

evolving cyber threats

•  Regular reviews of cyber security, including external penetration testing and reviews 

with external IT professionals

•  Critical plant and equipment are identified, with associated breakdown/recovery 

plans in place

•  Employee awareness of potential risks are mitigated through cyber training

•  Further systems are being implemented to improve resilience, support growth plans 
and drive efficiency. Implementation risks are mitigated via the use of third-parties, 
qualified project managers, and increased user testing

Change

Increased

Credit risk
Risk/impact
The risk is that credit is 
extended and customers are 
unable to settle invoices. The 
Group manages credit risks 
and the contribution from 
the UK Government Export 
Credit Scheme for overseas 
opportunities has supported 
export opportunities.

Health & safety risks
Risk/impact
Health & safety incident/injury 
could occur despite a strong 
culture and previous management 
performance. Consequential 
reputational risk and legal costs.

•  Most credit risks are insured

•  Large export contracts are backed by letters of credit, performance bonds, guarantees 

or similar, where possible

No change

•  Any risks taken above insured limits are subject to strict delegated authority limits

•  Credit checks performed when accepting new customers/new work

•  The Group employs experienced credit controllers and aged debt reports are 

reviewed at monthly subsidiary Board meetings

No change

•  Health & safety and the wellbeing of staff is a core value of management and the first 

Board agenda item 

•  H&S commitment communicated to all levels of the business

•  Risk assessments are carried out and safe systems of work documented 

and communicated

•  All safety incidents and significant near misses are reported at Board level monthly, 

with appropriate remedial action taken

•  Group Health & Safety best practice days are held twice a year, chaired by the 

Chief Executive

•  Annual audits of health & safety are conducted in all Group businesses by independent 

consultants and other specialist advisers

•  Health & Safety training is provided, and implementation is monitored, there has been 
a focus on increasing the number of staff being trained in H&S across the business

•  Specific focus on improving safety of higher risk operations, with external consultancy 

support as needed

•  Serious near misses are reported to the Board

58

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
 
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Key for change since last year
 Increased   Decreased 

 No change

Risks and uncertainties

Mitigating actions taken

Staff recruitment and 
retention risks
Risk/impact
Potential lack of skilled employees 
being available for recruitment 
and risk of loss due to wage 
inflation in the jobs market. Risk of 
not being able to take on/retain 
key skilled staff.

• Remuneration packages are appropriate to the position: staff are encouraged and

supported to grow their careers through training and development

• Board and Executive Committee focus on staff retention and reward, supported by HR

and external advice

• Employee numbers and changes monitored in monthly subsidiary Board meetings

• We offer competitive wages, training and development

• Retention plans for key, high-performing, and high-potential employees

• The Remuneration Committee considers retention and motivation when considering

Change

No change

Product/service 
differentiation relative to 
competition not developed 
or maintained 
Risk/impact
Failure to innovate. New products 
are required to grow and maintain 
competitive advantage.

Loss of key customers
Risk/impact
The risk is the loss of markets 
or customers. Risk of loss of 
customers to competitors, project 
delays and reduced spending.

the remuneration framework

• Succession planning

• New training and development courses have been added to the list of

programmes available

• A devolved operating model with both Group and local management responsible for
developing a deep knowledge of our specialist markets and identifying opportunities
and emerging market trends

No change

•

Innovation best practice is planned at Group level and carried out more regularly in
each business. New product ideas are discussed as part of the businesses’ strategy

• Annual Group strategy meetings encourage innovation and ‘blue sky’ thinking

• New product introduction/development KPI used to monitor progress

• Monitoring the market for potentially new and/or disruptive technologies

• Customer feedback considered in the design and/or supply of additional products

and services

• Devolved structure allows an agile approach to business and an ability to meet

increasing demand for products

• Employed new product managers to help identify gaps in the market and to ensure we

have a leading-edge portfolio of products and services

• Cross selling of products encouraged to grow revenues, and to introduce customers to

all our product ranges

• Develop and maintain strong customer relationships through service excellence and

No change

dedicated account management

• Product, system, and service differentiation and reliability

• Project tracking and enquiry/quote conversion rate KPI

• 

Increasing use of, and investment in, customer relationship management (CRM) software

• Organisational and business agility to understand and adapt to changing and

emerging customer needs

• Developing new products for new customers/markets

• Outstanding service and innovative products protect and help to retain customers

• The Group operates credit insurance to cover the potential impact of bad debts.

Service and client relationships also need to be maintained to retain and grow the business

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

59

Strategic Report

Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued

Risks and uncertainties

Mitigating actions taken

Change

Decreased 

• Continue to grow the business so that the relative affordability of pension deficit

contributions is improved over time

• Continue to maintain constructive relationship with Pension Trustees to enable active

management of scheme liabilities and assets to reduce deficit

• Affordable pension funding commitments agreed to eliminate the deficit over a

reasonable timeframe

• Regular review at Group Board level

• Use of specialist advisers

•

Investment performance and risk/return balance overseen by an Investment
Committee that receives specialist investment advice

• The Trustees are pursuing a lower risk investment strategy to match liability risks and

reduce future volatility

• Robust internal quality systems, compliance with relevant legislation, building
regulations and industry standards (e.g., ISO, BBA etc.), and product testing, as
appropriate, meeting global standards

No change

• Group insurance programme to cover larger potential risks

• Back-to-back warranties obtained from suppliers where possible

Legacy defined benefit 
pension obligations
Risk/impact
The long-term funding of the 
pension scheme removes funds 
that need to be re-invested to 
grow the business. The pension 
scheme’s obligations need to 
reduce by investments and by 
the maturity of the Scheme.

Product warranty/recall risks
Risk/impact
Risk is one of Product recall 
risks with subsequent cost and 
reputational risks; however, the 
Group does not have a history 
of significant warranty claims 
or product recalls.

Key for change since last year
 Increased   Decreased 

 No change

60

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

6 to 7

56 to 60 

41 to 44

30 to 37

36 to 37

38 

52 to 53

52 to 55

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Non-Financial Information Statement

The table below provides the non-financial information required by Section 414CB of the Companies Act 2006 and highlights where the 
references can be found:

Non-financial information 
Reporting requirement 

Business model

Development and actions

Page no.s

Sustainability is our focus, our model for products to tackle climate-related 
risk challenges in the built environment.

Description of management of principal 
risks and impact of business activity

Full description of key risks and our risk assessment processes. 
Climate-related risk register has been developed.

Environmental matters
• Climate change principal risk
•

Providing sustainable solutions
for the built environment

Employees
• Health & Safety, and wellbeing
Engaged, motivated, and
•
diverse workforce
Training and development
Apprenticeships

•
•

Social and community
• Developing sustainable
long-term actions
Brand awareness

•

Respect for human rights 
•

Ensuring compliance with
legislation and protecting people

Solutions to help solve environmental challenges of our customers resulting 
from climate-related change. Seek to reduce emissions with targets for 
year-on-year reductions. Reductions in material to landfill. 

Focused on the Health & Safety and wellbeing of staff, motivation, and 
retention. Motivating and making employees feel engaged and promoting 
a transparent and open culture. Recruiting and retaining a diverse 
workforce is critical for the Group’s sustainability and innovation.

As a responsible business, we promote sustainable operations and ensure 
our operations respect the environment. We encourage employees  
to raise funds for local groups and charities.

The Group does not have a separate Human Rights policy; however, we 
have an  
Anti-slavery and Human Trafficking Policy and this can be found on our 
website.  
The Group has a zero-tolerance policy to modern slavery and human 
trafficking. We provide training to staff to help identify any incidence of 
forced labour.

See https://www.
alumasc.co.uk

Anti-bribery and anti-corruption 
•
Promoting ethical behaviour

The Group has a zero-tolerance policy for any form of bribery or corruption.  
The Group’s Anti-Fraud Policy was reviewed and updated.

72 to 75

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

61

Strategic Report

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
regulations. Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have 
elected to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards and the Company 
financial statements in accordance with UK Adopted International Accounting Standards and applicable law. Under company law the 
Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the 
Group and the Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that year. The Directors are also required to prepare financial statements 
in accordance with the rules of the London Stock Exchange for companies trading securities on A.I.M. 

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•
• make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
•

state whether they have been prepared in accordance with UK Adopted International Accounting Standards, subject to any material
departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and

• prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions 
and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial 
statements comply with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities. 

The Directors confirm that: 

•
•

so far as each of the Directors is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and
the Directors have taken all steps that they ought to have taken as Directors to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information
and to establish that the auditors are aware of that information.

The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual Report and the financial statements are made available on a website. Financial 
statements are published on the Company’s website in accordance with legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements, which may vary from legislation in other jurisdictions. The maintenance and integrity of the Company’s 
website is the responsibility of the Directors. The Directors’ responsibility also extends to the ongoing integrity of the financial statements 
contained therein.

The Strategic Report was approved by the Board on 5 September 2023. 

Signed on behalf of the Board.

Paul Hooper
Chief Executive Officer
5 September 2023

62

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Corporate 
Governance

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

63

Governance

Board of Directors

Committed and 
experienced leadership

A

N

R

Vijay Thakrar 
BSc, FCA

Chair

Appointed: 2019

Paul Hooper
BSc, MBA, DipM

Chief Executive Officer

Appointed: 2001

Experience: Vijay Thakrar is a chartered 
accountant who was a partner at Deloitte and 
EY before taking up a number of non-executive 
director (NED) roles. He has served as NED on 
various boards, including Quorn Foods and The 
Quoted Companies Alliance. He is currently on 
the boards of Alpha Group International plc, 
RSM Group and Treatt plc where he is Chair.

Experience: Paul Hooper joined Alumasc as 
Group Managing Director in April 2001. His earlier 
career included a first Managing Director role with 
BTR plc in 1992. He subsequently joined Williams 
Holdings plc in Special Operations, implementing 
acquisitions in Europe and North America, prior 
to joining Rexam PLC as a Divisional Managing 
Director with responsibility for operations in Europe 
and South East Asia. Paul is also a non-executive 
director on the board of Titon Holdings plc.

Key

A

Audit Committee

N Nomination Committee

R

–

Remuneration Committee

Chair of Committee

64

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Simon Dray 
BSc, FCA

Group Finance Director

Appointed: 2021

Experience: Simon Dray has a 30-year career 
in a range of senior finance functions with 
multinational companies. After qualifying as 
a chartered accountant with Deloitte, Simon 
moved to work in industry. From 2002 to 2008 
he worked at Halma plc as Group Financial 
Controller, before joining Low & Bonar plc in 
2008, working in a variety of senior finance roles, 
including interim CFO, before becoming Director 
of Strategy and M&A. Simon brings experience 
of heading up finance departments for publicly 
listed companies and significant M&A experience.

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Board Tenure

Stephen Beechey 
BSc, MA, MRICS, MCIOB, MAPM

A

N

R

Karen McInerney 
BA Hons, FCA

A

N

R

>15 Years: 1

<5 Years: 6

Non-executive Director

Appointed: 2019

Non-executive Director

Appointed: 2022

Experience: Steve has worked in the construction 
industry for over 35 years and he has a broad 
understanding of all aspects of business and 
corporate governance. He is also an executive director 
of the Wates Group, one of the largest privately-
owned construction, development and property 
services companies in the UK, where he sits on the 
Group Executive Committee and the Construction 
Group Board. He is also a Director of Construction 
Skills Certification Scheme Ltd. He also works closely 
with Government as a member of the Construction 
Leadership Council and was a member of the 
taskforce that developed the Construction playbook.

Experience: Karen McInerney is a qualified 
chartered accountant with 27 years’ experience 
at Computacenter plc, where she currently 
leads financial operations as Group Financial 
Controller. Karen has a wealth of experience in 
accounting, financial reporting, acquisitions, as 
a pension trustee, tax and treasury management, 
audit committee/governance matters, and 
is also a member of the risk committee at 
Computacenter plc. 

Gilbert Jackson
Executive Director

Appointed: 2019

Michael Leaf
Executive Director

Appointed: 2019

Experience: Gilbert Jackson, currently responsible 
for the Building Envelope division of Roofing, has 
extensive experience in building products and the 
construction industry. He championed the idea 
of specification-led cross-selling of a warranted 
system approach. Gilbert joined Alumasc in 2011, 
having previously worked at Polypipe Civils Ltd, 
Marley Waterproofing and IKO.

Experience: Michael Leaf joined Alumasc in 2011 
as Managing Director of Timloc Building Products 
where he has overseen significant growth in both 
the revenues and profitability of the business. Michael 
has also performed a number of other roles during 
his time with Alumasc, including the management 
of the Pendock and Engineering businesses prior to 
their sale. Michael is currently the Divisional Managing 
Director of the Housebuilding Products division. For 
the last 25 years Michael has held a number of senior 
positions within the building products industry and 
prior to joining Alumasc, Michael was a director at 
Ideal Standard (UK) Ltd.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

65

Governance

Corporate Governance Statement

Our Corporate governance framework is designed to 
promote decision-making to support our strategy to be 
a growing sustainable building products business for the 
benefit of our stakeholders.”

Vijay Thakrar
Chair

Our governance framework

The composition of the Board and its Committees as at 5 September 2023 is as follows:

The Board adopted the QCA Corporate 
Governance Code 2018 (the QCA Code) 
on 25 June 2019 pursuant to Rule 26 
of the AIM rules and a summary of our 
approach is set out on pages 67 to 70. 
The following section outlines how the 
Group fully complies with the QCA  
Code and how the Board and 
Committees operate.

The Alumasc Group Plc Board Of Directors
(Biographical details can be found on pages 64 and 65)

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Membership as at 
5 September 2023:

Membership as at 
5 September 2023:

Membership as at 
5 September 2023:

Karen McInerney 
(Chair) 
Stephen Beechey
Vijay Thakrar

Stephen Beechey
(Chair)
Karen McInerney 
Vijay Thakrar

Vijay Thakrar 
(Chair)
Stephen Beechey 
Karen McInerney

see pages 72 to 75

see pages 76 to 86

see page 71

Executive Committee

Further information on our Corporate Governance can also be 
found on our website (www.alumasc.co.uk) 

66

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Summary of Board activity

Governance

People matters

Strategy

Financial

•  Reviewed reporting 
changes as required 

•  Conducted an annual Board 

Evaluation – feedback, 
considered the output and 
developed an action plan
•  Reviewed the Risk Register 

and climate change-
related risk

•  Total carbon footprint 
disclosure reviewed

•  Updated existing Policies 
and adopted new policies
•  Considered and approved 

the 2022 Modern 
Slavery Statement

•  Resilience and succession 

•  Strategy days were held, 

plan considered and action 
plans developed

•  Training and development 

of future leaders considered 
and action plans developed

•  Equality, diversity and 

inclusion plans discussed, and 
the steps that needed to be 
taken/considered

•  Gender Pay – the findings of 
the report were reviewed and 
actions to enhance discussed

•  Health & Safety training 
programmes monitored 

•  Health & Safety performance 
discussed at every Board 
meeting with actions to 
continue enhancement

with the senior management 
teams, reviewed progress 
against objectives

•  Review of management’s 
proposal to purchase ARP 
Group Holdings Limited and 
decision agreed subject to 
CMA approval

•  Efficiency projects were 
discussed covering 
machinery, estate usage, 
opportunities and efficiency 
opportunities

•  Capex approvals for 
new IT software and 
manufacturing machinery

•  Approved investment 
in people and product 
development to accelerate 
organic growth

•  Received regular business 
and financial updates
•  Approved the FY23/24 

budgets and discussed the 
three-year plan

•  Reviewed and approved 
half-year and full-year 
announcements and the 
Annual Report

•  Approved incentive plans 
•  Considered requests for 
Capital expenditure
•  Approved bank finance
•  Approved dividends

Deliver growth

Principle 1:
Establish a strategy 
and business model 
which promotes  
long-term value  
for shareholders.

Our approach 
Our Strategy is designed to deliver long-term growth by providing sustainable building products. Our business model is 
outlined on pages 6 to 7 and is focused on bringing innovation, new products and inorganic growth to grow our business. 
The Executive team led by the Chief Executive recommends the strategy to the Board. Our strategic focus also reflects and 
considers views of the Group’s key stakeholders: its shareholders; employees; Pension Scheme Trustees; customers; suppliers; 
bankers and our communities. The Board reviews, challenges and approves the strategic approach.

What we did in FY22/23 
The Board held a strategy day with senior leaders in the business in November 2022 and time was also devoted to discussing 
the strategic actions arising and progress against targets in February and June 2023. Strategy for the Group is presented 
to the Board and the strategic discussions involve the leadership and representatives of those businesses. In the year, we 
reviewed our strategic alignment with environmentally sustainability products and considered how Alumasc could accelerate 
organic and non-organic growth, (the acquisition of ARP, subject to regulatory approval, being an example).

See pages 8 to 60 for more information.

Principle 2:
Seek to understand 
and meet shareholder 
needs and 
expectations.

Our approach 
Communication with shareholders is given a high priority. Paul Hooper, Chief Executive, and Simon Dray, Group Finance 
Director, communicate and speak with institutional investors sell-side analysts via presentations, press releases and general 
presentations at the time of annual and interim results. There are also additional meetings held during the year and our 
Chair, Vijay Thakrar, is also available to engage with investors. Investor and analyst feedback is shared with the Board 
to enable a clear understanding of our investors’ views. We welcome shareholders who wish to attend our AGM and the 
meeting will be held this year at our Alumasc Water Management Solutions – Wade site in Halstead. 

What we did in FY22/23 
After the full-year and half-year results, roadshows were held, including meetings or calls with investors and potential 
investors in the Group. Calls and presentations are made to major investors and to retail investors via InvestorMeet, 
which is available via our website or YouTube. We have regular dialogue with existing and potential investors.

We held a Capital Markets Day for Investors on 27 October 2022 immediately after our Annual General Meeting at our 
Timloc site, at Ozone Park, Howden. The visit included presentations and a tour of the Timloc factory – see page 55 for 
more information.

We have a dedicated email for contacting any member of the Board at alumasc@camarco.co.uk.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

67

Governance

Corporate Governance Statement continued

Deliver growth

Principle 3:
Take into account 
wider stakeholder 
and social 
responsibilities and 
their implications for 
long-term success.

Principle 4:
Embed effective 
risk management 
considering both 
opportunities and 
threats throughout 
the organisation.

Our approach 
We take our wider stakeholder views seriously and have effective working relationships with our shareholders, customers, 
business partners, suppliers, bankers and Pension Trustees. We have a number of ethical codes in place that govern our 
relationships with our stakeholders (see pages 38 and 75).

What we did in FY22/23 
The Board held site visits at Timloc and St Helens and at those meetings and events there has been an opportunity to 
meet employees as part of a site tour. There is also a rolling programme to invite staff to meet with the Board as part of 
our scheduled events. Staff surveys are conducted by division, and these are considered by the Executive Directors of those 
businesses. Additionally, a key network of staff are involved in Alumasc’s ESG programme. Our Strategy Days allow the 
Board and the wider leadership team from our divisions to have valuable dialogue on business opportunities/risks as well 
as social and community issues in a formal and informal setting.

Our s.172 Statement on pages 52 to 55 and our ESG report on pages 30 to 51 provides more information on how we take 
into account our responsibilities to our various stakeholders.

Our approach 
The Board’s policy on risk management encompasses all significant business risks to the Group, including strategic, 
commercial, financial, operational, and Health & Safety risks, which could undermine the achievement of business objectives. 

Our principal risks and risk management approach is outlined on page 56.

The Board maintains overall responsibility for the Group’s approach to risk management; however, it has also delegated 
some responsibility in respect of financial controls to the Audit Committee. Any new and material risks identified by 
management are communicated promptly to the Board.

In addition, the Board regularly reviews in depth Alumasc’s financial position. The Board actively challenges the annual 
budgeting process prior to approval. The Executive Directors regularly provide updates on financial performance and non-
financial matters such as people, and Health & Safety issues.

What we did in FY22/23 
The Board reviews and considers its risk register on an annual basis. Additionally, following our Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) report, the risk registers have been expanded to include climate-related risk. This year we have 
included our climate-related risk registers on pages 41 to 44.

Please see pages 56 to 60 for more information.

Principle 5:
Maintain the Board 
as a well-functioning, 
balanced team led  
by the Chair.

Our approach 
Clear separation of roles between the Chair and the Chief Executive Officer is in place. The Chair takes responsibility for 
the running of the Board, and the Chair ensures that all Board members are properly briefed on all key matters. 

Board agendas are approved by the Chair. Directors are provided with regular, timely information on the performance of 
the divisions within the Group. The Chair facilitates the meetings and ensures there is time for each Director to contribute. 
Directors contribute their independent judgement and experience to challenge and explore key matters. The Board is 
provided with a Health & Safety report, finance, management and people reports and other information on a regular 
basis. The balance of the Board is considered and reviewed by the Nomination Committee (see page 71), and this year 
our Resilience plan for leadership roles, was reviewed.

The Chief Executive Officer, with the other Executive Directors, is responsible for implementing the strategy of the Board and 
for managing day-to-day business activities. The Company Secretary is responsible for ensuring that Board procedures are 
followed together with all applicable rules and regulations.

All Non-executive Directors have confirmed and demonstrated that they have adequate time available to meet the 
requirements of the role and they have no conflicts of interest. Any change in commitments is notified as soon as possible 
by the Directors to the Chair and Company Secretary. Non-executive Directors are expected to devote such time as is 
necessary for the proper performance of their duties, including preparation for and attendance at Board, Committees 
or shareholder meetings.

68

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Deliver growth

Principle 5: 
continued

Our approach continued 
The Board has delegated authority to the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees to support the work of the 
Board in the performance of its duties. The Committee Reports are on pages 71 to 92, and their terms of reference can 
be found at www.alumasc.co.uk. The Board checks annually and can confirm that it believes that the members of the 
Committees have the appropriate skills and knowledge to carry out their roles.

In accordance with the articles of association, any Director who served three years is required to retire and seek election 
by shareholders at the next Annual General Meeting (AGM). This year, Mr Gilbert Jackson and Mr Michael Leaf will retire 
by rotation and seek re-election. 

What we did in FY22/23 
During the year, the Nomination Committee considered the skills and balance on the Board together with a resilience plan. 
Further, the Board considered a resilience plan that covered, immediate, short-term and long-term cover and succession 
planning. Resilience is a regular item on the Board agenda.

All Directors have access to independent professional advice if required and at the Company’s expense. This is in addition 
to the access that every Director has to the Company Secretary. 

During the year, the Board had seven scheduled meetings and a number of unscheduled meetings. A summary of 
attendance is shown in the table below.

Scheduled Board meeting attendance

Directors

V Thakrar

S Beechey

Position

Chair 

Non-executive Director

K McInerney

Non-executive Director

P Hooper

S Dray

G Jackson

M Leaf

Chief Executive Officer

Group Finance Director

Executive Director

Executive Director

(Attended/eligible to attend)

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

Profiles of the Board members appear on pages 64 and 65 of this report and on our website  
(www.alumasc.co.uk/investors/board-directors). These profiles detail the high level and range of business experience 
which enables the Group to be managed effectively.

Principle 6:
Ensure that 
between them the 
directors have the 
necessary up-to-date 
experience, skills 
and capabilities.

Our approach 
The Board consists of three Independent Non-executive Directors (one of whom is Chair), along with the Chief Executive, 
Group Finance Director and two Executive Directors (each of whom is the Managing Director of a Division). This combination 
provides the Board as a whole with appropriate understanding of the Company’s business balanced by independent 
challenge/perspectives from the Non-executive Directors.

What we did in FY22/23 
During the year, the Board carried out a review of the Directors’ skills and experience, covering a range of areas considered 
necessary for the Directors, as a group, to be able to provide appropriate leadership to the Company (see Principle 7).

The Board received briefings from relevant personnel in the business units to enhance its understanding of digital risks and 
opportunities, along with latest approaches to marketing and social media. These will continue going forward and the Board 
is also encouraging sharing of best practice across our divisions in these important areas.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

69

Governance

Corporate Governance Statement continued

Deliver growth

Principle 7:
Evaluate Board 
performance 
based on clear and 
relevant objectives 
seeking continuous 
improvement.

Our approach 
The Board regularly reviews and evaluates its performance, to understand how it can be more effective.

What we did in FY22/23 
Following the evaluation in 2021/22, the Board held its meetings at different sites and engaged with colleagues across our 
different divisions. This enabled dialogue on the Board’s role as well as helping the Board to deepen its understanding of the 
business. Also, approaches to streamline internal governance (e.g. in relation to Health & Safety and environmental matters) 
were discussed to help share best practice and efficiencies.

Following the Board evaluation in 2022/23, which suggested that the Board’s performance is regarded as strong overall, 
the following areas for focus in 2023/24 have been identified which the Board will address:

•  Understanding alignment between our purpose and strategy across all our divisions, to help further develop our 

sustainability initiatives.

•  Achieving visibility on staff engagement processes and feedback across the different divisions, so the Board can support 

any enhancement to retain and develop our people.

Principle 8:
Promote corporate 
culture that is based 
on ethical values 
and behaviours.

Our approach 
All personnel are asked to maintain appropriate standards and to comply with Health & Safety regulations and deal 
ethically with customers and suppliers. The Group has a robust compliance framework with policies that govern its activities 
in respect of zero tolerance towards modern slavery, anti-bribery, whistleblowing and data protection, non-facilitation of tax 
evasion, anti-fraud measures and supplier standards. The Company reviews compliance with these policies. Alumasc has a 
series of requirements for its suppliers, and these are reviewed by internal procurement professionals.

What we did in FY22/23 
Our Chair and Chief Executive Officer lead on corporate culture and encourage the values embodied in the Code of 
Conduct. All employees are expected to maintain an appropriate standard of conduct in all business dealings and the 
Directors set the tone at the top. In the year additional policies were approved to underpin our ethical standards.

Any matters of concern can also be raised to the Chair or to the Chair of our Audit Committee, as appropriate, on 
a confidential basis. Posters advising about the SpeakUp Hotline are on the noticeboards at all of our sites.

Please see page 38 for more information on our culture and ethics.

Principle 9:
Maintain Governance 
structures and 
processes that 
are fit for purpose 
and support good 
decision-making  
by the Board.

Our approach 
The Board is responsible for the overall governance of the Company. Its responsibilities include setting the strategic direction 
of the Company, ensuring there is appropriate leadership to put the strategy into action and to oversee the management of 
the business. Please see pages 66 and 67 for more information about our governance. 

Before each Board meeting an agenda is prepared and circulated to the Directors, together with papers in good time before 
each meeting.

What we did in FY22/23 
There were seven scheduled Board meetings in the financial year, and this was supplemented by non-scheduled meetings to 
discuss key matters. The Board and its Committees were considered to be effective during the year and considered regular 
agenda items as well as ad hoc ones reflecting developments in our business environment. 

Principle 10:
Communicate 
how the Company 
is governed and 
is performing 
by maintaining 
a dialogue with 
shareholders and 
other relevant 
Stakeholders.

Our approach 
We have a dedicated email address for use by current and/or potential investors (alumasc@camarco.co.uk). After the AGM, 
the Company announces the results of the voting, including details of the proxy votes cast or received. In addition, this 
information is available on our investor section of the website (www.alumasc.co.uk).

The Board also receives information on the views of shareholders from its financial PR advisers, brokers and Nominated 
adviser. Feedback from analysts, other advisers and investors is also reviewed.

Information on engaging with wider stakeholders is provided in the s.172 Statement on pages 52 to 55. 

What we did in FY22/23 
We communicated with our shareholders and analysts through: the Annual Report, the half-year announcements, the AGM 
and roadshows/meetings with investors and at analysts’ briefings, and via InvestorMeet.

On our website (www.alumasc.co.uk) the ‘Investors’ section is regularly updated. 

Please see our s.172 statement on pages 52 to 55 for our engagement with other stakeholders.

70

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Nomination Committee Report

Dear shareholders

I am pleased to present the Committee’s report on its work for the 
year ended 30 June 2023, together with additional information about 
its ongoing objectives and responsibilities. 

A key objective of the Committee is to ensure that the Board comprises 
individuals with the necessary skills and experience to ensure that 
the Board is effective and discharges its responsibilities. The terms 
of reference, as updated last year, were approved by the Board 
and these can be found on our website (www.alumasc.co.uk). The 
Committee’s key responsibilities include reviewing Board composition, 
including skills and experience needed, as well as succession/
resilience planning for the Board and Senior leadership positions.

Attendance
During the year, there were two formal scheduled Committee 
meetings. In addition, several unscheduled meetings were held; 
attendance at the scheduled meetings is shown in the table. 
The Group Company Secretary attends all formal meetings of the 
Committee, and the Committee can request executives to attend, 
as necessary.

Activities of the Committee 
During the year, the Committee initiated a review of the resilience/
succession plan for all of our Senior leadership positions. As a result, 
there is now a plan in place to provide short and medium term 
resilience for each of those positions, together with a plan to develop 
next generation leaders. This includes external leadership training at 
Cambridge Judge Business School, which two of our next generation 
leaders attended, with a plan to extend this to others going forward.

The Committee also initiated a Board evaluation and the key themes 
arising from this are summarised in our Corporate Governance 
Report (Principle 7 on page 70).

Diversity
We recognise the importance of diversity and seek to reflect our 
communities and seek to have an inclusive culture that gives each 
person an opportunity to use their talent and abilities, experience 
and skills to help us grow as a business. We support diversity in its 
widest sense. This includes social background diversity, and many 
of our Board and Senior Management come from humble social 
backgrounds. For further information on diversity please see our 
ESG Report on pages 38 and 39.

Board re-appointments
Those Directors who have come to the end of their three-year term 
and will be seeking re-election are referenced on page 69 of our 
Governance report and in the Notice of AGM on page 159. The 
Board recommends the re-election of the Directors standing and 
information on their skills and experience can be found on pages 
64 to 65.

Meeting attendance

Details of the Committee members who served 
during the year can be found below.

Meeting attendance

Mr Vijay Thakrar (Chair)

Mr Stephen Beechey

Mrs Karen McInerney

Attended/ 
eligible to attend

2/2

2/2

2/2

Focus has been on the Board 
effectiveness review and long-term 
succession planning.”

Vijay Thakrar
Chair of the Nomination Committee

Vijay Thakrar
Chair of the Nomination Committee
5 September 2023

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

71

Governance

Audit Committee Report

Meeting attendance
Details of the Committee members who served  
during the year can be found below.

Members

Karen McInerney (Chair)

Vijay Thakrar

Stephen Beechey

Attended/ 
eligible to attend

4/4

4/4

4/4

The Group Chief Executive, Group Finance Director, 
Group Financial Controller and the external auditors 
usually attend the meetings of the Committee by 
invitation. The Committee met four times in the year, 
all of which were attended by the external auditors, 
and a record of the meeting attendance by Committee 
members is set out above. Following each Audit Committee 
meeting that the external auditors attend, the Committee 
meets with the auditors without members of the 
management team being present.

The Committee continues to review 
and challenge management’s key 
estimates and judgements.”

Karen McInerney
Chair of the Audit Committee

72

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Statement from the Chair 
of the Audit Committee

Dear Shareholders

I am pleased to present the Audit Committee’s Report for the year 
ended 30 June 2023, which sets out the responsibilities and work 
carried out by the Committee during the year.

The Committee’s main duties are as follows:
•  monitoring and reviewing the integrity of the financial reporting 
process and reviewing the full-year financial statements, interim 
statements and any trading updates provided to the market, 
including the appropriateness of judgements and estimates taken 
in preparing the financial statements and preparations for the 
introduction of new accounting standards;

•  monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
financial controls, including approval of the resourcing, scope and 
review of the results of the Company’s internal audit activities;
•  monitoring and reviewing the external auditor’s independence and 
objectivity and the effectiveness of the audit process, taking into 
consideration relevant UK professional and regulatory requirements;

•  making recommendations to the Board, for it to put to the 

shareholders for their approval in general meeting, in relation 
to the appointment, re-appointment and removal of the 
external auditor and to approve the remuneration and terms of 
engagement of the external auditor; 
reviewing any proposal for the external auditor to supply non-
audit services, in view of Group policy and relevant ethical 
guidance regarding the provision of non-audit services by the 
external audit firm; and 
reporting any matters to the Board in respect of which it 
considers that action or improvement is needed and making 
recommendations as to the steps to be taken.

• 

• 

Activities of the Committee in the 2022/23 
Financial Year
The main activities of the Committee during the year were:

• 

reviewing and challenging management’s forecasts and scenarios, 
its liquidity position and the appropriateness of adopting a going 
concern basis in these financial statements;

•  monitoring the integrity of the interim and full-year results 

announcements and financial statements, trading statements 
and any other announcements containing financial information, 
and considering the application of key accounting policies and 
accounting standards and the key estimates and judgements 
taken by management in the preparation of those statements and 
the external auditor’s comments in those areas;
reviewing the Annual Report to ensure it is fair, balanced and 
understandable, and recommending its approval to the Board;
reviewing and approving the audit plan of the external auditor, 
including the scope of the work, the key areas of focus in terms 
of audit risk and judgement, and the basis on which the auditor 
assesses materiality; and assessing their independence;

• 

• 

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

• 

• 

• 
• 

reviewing and approving the plan and scope of internal audit 
work, considering internal audit reports issued during the year and 
discussing key matters and improvement points arising from those 
audits with management;
interaction with the Financial Reporting Council following their 
enquiries into the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts;
reviewing and approving the revised anti-fraud policy; and
reviewing the plan for the final stage of implementation of the 
Group’s Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) upgrade, to ensure 
continuity of accounting records and financial controls.

Activities of the Committee in the 2023/24 
Financial Year
The additional objectives of the Committee during the coming 
year are:
• 

reviewing the scope of the internal audit work programme and 
its resourcing; and
receiving progress reports on the Group’s Enterprise Resource 
Planning (ERP) upgrade, to ensure adequate financial controls 
remain in place.

• 

Financial Reporting Council (FRC) review
In May 2023, the Alumasc Group received a number of queries from 
the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) concerning the disclosures 
relating to the discontinued operations in the Group’s 2022 Annual 
Report and Accounts. As a result of the review, and as explained 
in the Accounting Policies, the Group’s Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position for 2022 has been restated to present the assets 
and liabilities of the discontinued operation as separate held for sale 
items within the Statement of Financial Position. 

The Committee reviewed all correspondence between the Alumasc 
Group and the FRC and also discussed the matter with our external 
auditor. The FRC’s enquiries, which were limited to a review of the 
Group’s 2022 Annual Report and Accounts, are now complete. The 
FRC review does not benefit from detailed knowledge of our business 
or an understanding of the underlying transactions entered into, and, 
accordingly, the review provides no assurance that the Annual Report 
and Accounts are correct in all material respects.

Significant areas of judgement considered in relation 
to the financial statements
The Committee considered, in conjunction with management and the 
external auditor, the significant areas of estimation, judgement and 
possible error in preparing the financial statements and disclosures, 
discussed how these were addressed and approved the conclusions 
of this work. The principal areas of focus in this regard were:

(i) Defined benefit pension scheme valuation
As described in the risk review on pages 57 and 60, Alumasc has 
relatively significant legacy defined benefit pension obligations in 
the context of the overall size of the Group. Therefore, relatively 
small changes to market assumptions (particularly the discount 
rate and inflation rate); and actuarial assumptions used to value 
defined benefit pension obligations under IAS 19 can have a 
material impact on the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position and Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

Further details are given in note 23 to the consolidated financial 
statements. Having reviewed the valuation assumptions adopted by 
management, in conjunction with actuarial advice received and the 
review of those assumptions by the external auditors, the Committee 
was satisfied that the Group Statement of Financial Position reflects 
an estimated valuation of the Group’s pension obligations that is 
consistent with IAS 19’s valuation methodology.

(ii) Accuracy and valuation of inventory
The Group’s businesses carry significant levels of inventory, both 
manufactured in-house and bought-in. The accuracy of the records 
of physical inventory on hand and the valuation of that inventory, 
including judgements as to the value of manufacturing cost to be 
absorbed into the inventory valuation and the net realisable value, 
particularly of old and slow-moving inventory, can affect both the 
Group’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and its profit 
for the year. Inventory records, including an analysis of trends and the 
evolution of management judgements on valuation, are reviewed by 
the Executive Directors in monthly meetings with operating company 
management and in associated board reports. Internal audit has 
particular focus on checking the accuracy of the inventory records 
through attendance at stock counts and reviewing the application 
of judgements taken by local management surrounding valuation. 
Physical stock counts are held at the financial year end and half year 
end, and more regularly when needed. The Committee reviews regular 
reports from executive management, internal audit and the results of the 
external audit to satisfy itself that inventory values across the Group are 
materially accurate.

(iii) Going concern
The Committee has reviewed and challenged management’s 
base case trading and cashflow scenarios covering the period to 
September 2024, including stress tested and reverse stress tested 
scenarios as set out on page 105. The Committee has also discussed 
these issues with the external auditors to seek their opinion. In light 
of these actions and taking into account the comments on page 105, 
the Committee did not uncover any material issues or concerns in 
connection with the above matters.

Assessment of the effectiveness of external audit
The Committee assessed the performance of Crowe both through 
formal Committee meetings, Crowe’s reports to the Committee and 
more informal interaction since their appointment. The Committee also 
received structured feedback following the year end audit from senior 
Group level and operational management on such matters as to Crowe’s 
objectivity, proficiency, resourcing and audit strategy and planning. 

Having considered this information, the Committee concluded that 
the external audit continues to be robust and effective. 

Assessment of the independence of the 
external auditor
The Group’s policy on the independence of auditors is consistent with 
ethical standards published by the Financial Reporting Council.

Crowe were appointed as the Group’s external auditors in May 2022. 
The Committee assesses the effectiveness and independence of the 
external auditor every year.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

73

Governance

Audit Committee Report continued

Any non-audit services proposed to be carried out by the external 
auditor are discussed and approved in advance by the Committee. 
During the financial year under review and following their appointment 
as auditors, Crowe did not carry out any non-audit work.

Crowe have confirmed to the Committee that they consider 
themselves to be independent within the meaning of regulatory 
and professional requirements.

In view of all the above, the Committee is satisfied with the 
independence of the external auditor.

Appointment and re-appointment of the 
external auditor
The audit for Alumasc’s financial year ended 30 June 2023 was Crowe’s 
second following their appointment in May 2022. Resolutions are 
being put to the AGM to be held in October 2023 to recommend 
their re-appointment for the 2023/24 financial year.

Effective internal control and risk management
The Alumasc Board as a whole acknowledges that it is ultimately 
responsible for the Group’s system of internal control and for reviewing 
its effectiveness. The system is designed to be robust in its management 
of the risk of failure to achieve business objectives. This risk, however, 
cannot be wholly eliminated and, therefore, the system can only 
provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against the risk of 
material misstatement, fraud or loss.

The Group has an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and 
managing the significant risks faced by the business. The process 
was in place during the year and remained in place on the date that 
the Annual Report and financial statements were approved by the 
Board. The main elements of the Group’s internal control process 
are as follows:

(i) Risk management
Risk management is a continuing activity throughout the year, 
dealt with through the board meetings of operating companies. In 
addition, a formal business risk review exercise is conducted every 
year at each operating company and for the Group as a whole. This 
identifies the most important risks, their likelihood of occurrence and 
possible business and financial implications and the effectiveness 
of mitigating controls. A Group-level summary of these risk reviews 
is provided on pages 56 and 60. Each operating company has 
implemented procedures for controlling the risks relevant to 
their business.

Based on their attendance at the board meetings of each operating 
company, the Executive Directors report periodically to the Board on 
the risk management processes that have been in place during the 
year and the effectiveness of the level of control in managing the 
identified risks. The Board is able to confirm that these procedures 
are ongoing.

(ii) Financial reporting and monitoring
The Board receives regular financial reports, including monthly 
management accounts, quarterly re-forecasts, annual budgets 
and three-year plans. These procedures are intended to ensure 
that the Board maintains full and effective control over material 
financial issues. An Executive Committee, comprising the Group’s 
Executive Directors and the Divisional Managing Directors of the 
Group’s operating segments, reviews trading activities and addresses 
matters of common interest with regard to Health & Safety, 
strategic development, performance, risk and other matters of 
mutual Group interest. 

Day-to-day management of the Group companies is delegated 
to operational management with a clearly defined system of 
control, including:

•  an organisational structure with an appropriate delegation of 

• 

authority within each company;
the identification and appraisal of business and financial risks 
both formally, within the annual process of preparing business 
plans and budgets, and informally, through close monitoring 
of operations;

•  a comprehensive financial reporting system within which actual 

results are compared with approved budgets, re-forecasts and the 
previous year’s figures on a monthly basis and reviewed at both 
local and Group level; and

•  an investment evaluation procedure to ensure an appropriate 
level of scrutiny and approval for all significant items of capital 
expenditure. Capital expenditure plans are discussed during the 
annual budget process and any project costing over £250,000 
requires Board approval.

(iii) Internal controls assurance
The Audit Committee, on behalf of the Board, has reviewed during 
the year the effectiveness of the system of internal financial control 
from information provided by management, the Group’s external 
auditors and the results from internal audits. The Board as a whole 
assessed internal control more generally, including the key risks 
affecting the Group in the delivery of its long-term strategies, 
as summarised on pages 22 and 23. No material weaknesses in 
internal control were identified in the year.

(iv) Internal audit
The Committee’s view is that the size and complexity of the 
Group and the close involvement of the Executive Directors make it 
unnecessary for Alumasc to have a dedicated internal audit function, 
although part of the Group Financial Controller’s role, and that 
of her team, is to carry out internal audits in each of the Group’s 
principal operating locations each year. This position is kept under 
annual review by the Committee, bearing in mind the size of the 
Group at that time, the complexity of its systems and processes, 
and whether the experience of the staff carrying out internal audit 
visits is appropriate for the areas under review.

74

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Tax policy
The Group has in place a tax policy, which sets out the Group’s desire 
to conduct its operations in a tax-efficient manner in compliance with 
all relevant legislation, to engage with tax authorities in an honest 
and transparent way. In accordance with this policy and its Code 
of Conduct, the Group operates a zero-tolerance policy towards tax 
evasion and the activities which facilitate it. The Group is committed 
to ensuring its businesses meet the compliance obligations of the 
UK corporate criminal offences legislation regarding the failure to 
prevent the facilitation of tax evasion.

Copies of the Group’s Code of Conduct and associated policies can 
be found on the Group’s website www.alumasc.co.uk. 

Karen McInerney
Chair of the Audit Committee
5 September 2023

The principal focus of this internal audit work is to check the 
existence and effective operation of key internal financial controls. 

The Committee reviews and approves the proposed scope of internal 
audit activities each year, and ensures that key risk areas are covered, 
and that agreed recommendations arising from previous internal 
and external audits are re-reviewed to assess whether they have 
been implemented. The Committee has requested future work to be 
focused on higher risk areas that could have a material business or 
financial impact.

Code of Conduct
The Group has in place a Code of Conduct, setting out the standards 
of business practice that the Group expects from its executives 
and employees. This policy is subject to periodic review to ensure it 
reflects the operation of the Group and the business environment in 
which it operates.

Whistleblowing policy
The Group has a Whistleblowing policy, which provides a formal 
mechanism whereby every Group employee can, on a confidential 
basis, raise concerns over potential malpractice or impropriety 
within the Group. 

Anti-bribery policy
The Group has in place a policy with regards to compliance with 
the Bribery Act 2010. The Group’s Anti-bribery policy and guidelines 
reflect the Board’s zero-tolerance approach to bribery and corruption 
of all kinds.

This policy has been cascaded down into the operating companies 
with relevant training provided. Any matters of particular concern, 
whether arising from due diligence or otherwise with regard to 
related parties as defined in the Bribery Act 2010, are raised and 
discussed at monthly operating company board meetings.

Fraud policy
During the year, the Group implemented a revised anti-fraud 
policy. This sets out the Group’s expectations of its staff, to act in 
accordance with the Group’s code of conduct and to remain vigilant 
and fraud-aware; its commitment to maintaining control procedures 
which aim to prevent, identify, mitigate and/or deter fraud, and 
its obligation to investigate and, if necessary, take action against 
individuals or organisations perpetrating fraud.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

75

Governance

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Statement from the Chair 
of the Remuneration 
Committee

Dear Shareholders

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report for the financial year ended 30 June 2023.

As an AIM listed entity, the Company is not required to apply the full 
Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority or the requirements 
under SI 2008/410 schedule 8 and hence is not required to present a 
report on remuneration.

However, the Board considers it appropriate for the Company 
to provide shareholders with information in respect of executive 
remuneration that follows the ‘spirit’ of the regulations, given 
previous disclosures before the Company relisted on AIM.

This Remuneration Report comprises three sections:

•  This Annual Statement, which summarises the work of the 

Remuneration Committee (the Committee) in the year and sets 
out the context in which pay decisions were made; 

•  The Annual Report on Remuneration, which provides (i) details 
of the remuneration earned by Directors and the link between 
Company performance and pay for the year ended 30 June 2023 
and (ii) how we intend to implement the Policy in 2024; and
•  The Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the Policy), which is subject 
to approval by shareholders at the 2023 AGM and sets the 
parameters within which Directors are remunerated. An updated 
policy is being put forward for shareholder approval as the 
previous policy, which was approved in 2020, has reached the 
end of its three-year life.

Communications with Investors
In September 2022, we wrote to our major shareholders to consult 
on proposed changes to the remuneration arrangements in the year, 
in order to:

•  Align incentives with our growth strategy;
•  Ensure that the incentives were appropriate for the 

Executive team; and

•  Align our remuneration policies with best practice and 

governance requirements.

There were no changes to the Remuneration Policy structure; 
however, a small number of changes were proposed as follows: 

•  The CEO’s pension provision was reduced from 20% to 10% of 

salary, in line with the other Directors and workforce generally. This 
change reflects shareholders’ views and good practice in this area 
and took effect on 1 January 2023.

•  The bonus opportunity for Executive Directors in 2022/23 would 

be 100% of salary, which is in line with our shareholder-approved 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy. 90% of the bonus would be based 
on underlying PBIT and 10% on ESG objectives. It was further 
recommended that potential rewards would be implemented 
in the wider management team, who are responsible for 
day-to-day management.

Meeting attendance

Details of the Committee members who served during 
the year can be found below.

Members

Stephen Beechey (Chair)

Karen McInerney

Vijay Thakrar

Attended/ 
eligible to attend

3/3

3/3 

3/3

 Notes
•  Additional attendees by invitation include the 
Chief Executive, the Group Finance Director, 
and Company Secretary; they take no part in 
discussions relating to their own remuneration
•  The main duties of the Remuneration Committee 
are set out in the Committee’s terms of reference, 
and these can be found at www.alumasc.co.uk
•  External advice can be sought as required and 
was provided this year by FIT Remuneration 
Consultants LLP. This year, an additional 
unscheduled meeting was also held to discuss 
the updated Remuneration Policy

We have created a reward 
framework that will drive our 
ambitious growth strategy.”

Stephen Beechey
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

76

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

•  The ESG objectives were aligned to reducing greenhouse gas 

(GHG) emissions and reducing Health & Safety lost time incidents, 
in line with our commitment to people and our planet.

•  The Executive Directors, Gilbert Jackson and Michael Leaf, had 

their bonus targets based 25% on Group-wide performance and 
75% on divisional performance.

•  The contribution of the Group Chief Executive in the performance 

during and after the pandemic was recognised. In order to 
remain competitive, align with market levels, to reflect his strong 
contribution to the business and his experience and calibre, his 
salary was increased by 13% to £318,000. The other Directors 
had a pay increase last year of 4.5%, in line with the workforce. 
In future years, it is anticipated that salary increases would be 
in line with the workforce unless there were changes in roles 
and responsibilities. 

Following shareholder consultation and with support from all those 
who responded, the changes were implemented. I would like to thank 
shareholders for their engagement and input.

Performance and remuneration outcomes for the 
year ended 30 June 2023
The performance of The Alumasc Group plc has been resilient and 
momentum has been maintained, in spite of challenging trading 
conditions. The focus of health, safety and wellbeing of our workforce, 
our customers and our communities was a key driver in the year along 
with our drive to improve ESG performance and our net zero planning. 
Our incentives are designed to promote the delivery of the Group’s 
strategic objectives and to promote long-term value and creation.

Group

Divisional

% of Salary

Profit

ESG

Profit

ESG

Total

Paul Hooper

Simon Dray

Gilbert Jackson

Michael Leaf

17.0%

17.0%

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

17.0%

17.0%

60.8%

67.5%

7.5% 68.3%

7.5% 75.0%

Group UPBT did not reach the level required for payment of 
a Group ESG bonus, or for payment of a Group profit bonus 
for the two Divisional Executive Directors (Gilbert Jackson and 
Michael Leaf).

Vesting of the LTIP awards made to the Group Chief Executive in 
October 2020 is subject to Group UPBT growth over the period to 
June 2023 (87% of the award), and TSR performance in the period 
to October 2023 (13% of the award). Vesting of the awards made 
to the two Divisional Executive Directors were based wholly on 
divisional profit growth. The percentage of the award expected to 
vest in October 2023 is as follows:

Group Divisional

% of Award

UPBT

TSR

Profit

Total

Paul Hooper

Gilbert Jackson

Michael Leaf

69.9% 13.3%

–

83.2%

–

–

–

51.8% 51.8%

– 100.0% 100.0%

The TSR measure will be assessed in October 2023; anticipated 
vestings above are based on provisional estimates.

We discussed rewards in view of the impact of the geopolitical situation 
and inflation. The rewards for the workforce were also considered.

Further details of the bonus and LTIP performance targets and 
outcomes are given on pages 80 to 83.

Despite the difficult trading environment, the Group achieved the 
following results for the financial year:

•  Group revenues from continuing operations were maintained at 

£89.1m (2021/22: £89.4m) despite challenging conditions.
•  Underlying profit before tax of £11.2m (2021/22: £12.7m), in 

accordance with market expectations.

•  Building Envelope and Housebuilding Products grew their revenues 
by 18% and 19% respectively, but Water Management revenues 
declined by 16%, reflecting significant export orders in the prior 
year and deferment of a large order into 2024.

•  Underlying earnings per share from continuing operations of 25.0p 

per share (2021/22: 28.6p).

•  The Group’s greenhouse gas emission intensity reduced to 19.4 

tCO2e / £m revenue (2021/22: 20.3 tCO2e / £m), and the number of 
days lost to accidents reduced to 65 (2021/22: 89).

Annual bonus targets were based on UPBT (90% of award) and 
ESG targets (10% of award). The Group Chief Executive and Group 
Finance Director’s targets were based on Group performance; targets 
for the Divisional Executive Directors (Gilbert Jackson and Michael 
Leaf) were based on both Group (25%) and divisional (75%) targets. 
The performance in the year merited the following bonus awards, 
expressed as a percentage of salary:

The Remuneration Committee believes the incentive outcomes 
reflect the performance of the business during this challenging 
period. The Remuneration Committee has not applied its discretion 
during the year to any part of Directors’ remuneration. 

2023 Directors’ Remuneration Policy

An objective of the Remuneration Committee has been to put in place 
a clear set of arrangements that provide strong alignment with our 
shareholders and other stakeholders. As covered in our strategic report 
we are aiming to grow our business. Following consultation with our 
major shareholders, the updated Policy as set out in this report reflects 
both our strategy and commitment to the manufacture and sale of 
sustainable products and also reflects our ESG commitments.

Having reviewed our current policy, we believe the existing structure 
– comprising base salary, benefits, pension contribution, annual 
bonus and Long Term Incentive Plans (LTIPs) remains appropriate. 
The bonus and LTIP maximum limits contained in our 2020 policy 
remain appropriate and therefore are unchanged. We have, 
however, taken the opportunity to update our policy to include 
emerging and current good practice in the policy for the following:

• 

the introduction of shareholding guidelines for Executive 
Directors to further align our senior leaders with shareholders 
•  updating and strengthening the malus and clawback provisions 
attached to our annual bonus and LTIP schemes to align with 
good practice in this area; and

•  alignment of Executive Director pension contribution rates with the 

workforce contribution rate (which was applied from 1 January 2023). 

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

77

Governance

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

The current policy was reviewed with guidance from FIT Remuneration 
Consultants LLP, the Committee’s executive remuneration advisers. 

I would like to thank those shareholders who responded as part of 
the shareholder consultation exercise for their time and valuable 
input into the design of our new policy. I look forward to your 
support at the forthcoming AGM.

2023/24 implementation
Salaries of the general workforce have been increased by 6% with 
effect from 1 July 2023 and Executive and Non-executive Directors’ 
base salaries and fees have also been increased by 6%.

A maximum bonus opportunity of 100% of salary will apply for 
Executive Directors. The metrics selected for the 2023/24 annual 
bonus are 90% in relation to Underlying Profit Before Tax (UPBT) 
and 10% for ESG metrics specifically relating to reducing greenhouse 
gas emissions and for reducing the incidence of, and days lost, due 
to accidents. This is consistent with Alumasc’s commitment to our 
people and our planet.

Consistent with the prior year, our two Divisional Executive 
Directors will have 25% of their bonus opportunity based on Group 
performance and the remainder on divisional performance. This is 
still considered to achieve an appropriate balance between their 
responsibilities as both Group Directors and Divisional Managing 
Directors. As the Chief Executive, Paul Hooper, continues to be 
responsible for the Water Management division, 40% of his bonus 
opportunity will be based on divisional performance and 60% on 
Group performance.

An LTIP award will be granted in 2023 and this award will vest after 
three years subject to UPBT and TSR performance metrics. Details of 
the measures and targets are provided on pages 85 and 86.

The Committee considers that the overall remuneration is fair, 
balanced, and reasonable and takes into account the interests of all 
stakeholders. It is also focused on our long-term growth strategy.

Key decisions
During the year, there were three formal meetings and one 
unscheduled meeting and the following topics were discussed:

review of base salaries of the Group Executive Directors; 
• 
• 
review of the 2023 Remuneration Policy for adoption at the AGM;
•  variable pay, in particular Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) targets 

for the award made during the year;
•  gender pay gap and related actions;
•  consideration of a Group-wide salary increase;
• 
• 

the review of performance criteria for the current LTIP; 
the outcome of the shareholder consultations on proposed 
changes to remuneration arrangements in the year;

•  ESG metrics for bonus targets were considered and agreed; and
the 2022/2023 bonus scheme and future operation of this to 
• 
encourage growth and to implement the stretch targets.

If you have any questions on this report or our approach to 
remuneration more generally, please feel free to contact me via the 
Company Secretary. I would be pleased if you would support both 
the binding Directors’ Remuneration Policy vote and the advisory vote 
for the Remuneration Report at the forthcoming AGM.

Stephen Beechey
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
5 September 2023

78

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Annual Report on Remuneration
The following sections show how the Remuneration Policy approved in 2020 was applied in the year ending 30 June 2023.

Single total figure of remuneration
The remuneration of the Non-executive Directors for the years 2022/23 and preceding year is as follows:

Director

Vijay Thakrar

Stephen Beechey

Karen McInerney

Total

Base salaries/fees

Benefits in kind

of total

Remuneration

Single figure  

2022/23  
£’000

2021/22  
£’000

2022/23  
£’000

2021/22  
£’000

2022/23  
£’000

2021/22  
£’000

104

47

47

198

73

43

23

139

41

–

–

4

2

–

–

2

108

47

47

202

75

43

23

141

1  Benefits in kind related to car insurance and medical insurance.

The remuneration of the Executive Directors for the years 2022/23 and 2021/22 was as follows:

Base salaries/fees

Bonus

Benefits in kind2

Pension contributions 
or payments in lieu of 
pension contributions

Long-term incentives 
with performance 
period ending  
during the year

Single figure of  
total remuneration

Director

Paul Hooper

Gilbert Jackson

Michael Leaf

Simon Dray

Total

2022/23 
£’000

2021/22 
£’000

2022/23 
£’000

2021/22 
£’000

2022/23 
£’000

2021/22 
£’000

2022/23 
£’000

2021/22 
£’000

2022/23 
£’000

2021/22 
£’000

2022/23 
£’000

2021/22 
£’000

3071

216

201

183

907

282

204

192

173

851

50

147

150

31

378

96

–

96

60

252

7

4

1

12

24

19

8

11

12

50

393

19

20

16

94

56

18

20

15

2064

47

83

–

251

97

87

–

609

433

455

242

704

327

406

260

109

336

435

1,739

1,697

 Mr Paul Hooper’s salary was increased from £294,982 to £318,000 pa with effect from 1 January 2023.

1 
2  Benefits in kind includes car allowance, health benefits, life cover and a disability insurance policy.
3  On 1 January 2023, Mr Paul Hooper’s pension payment was reduced to 10% of salary in line with the workforce rate.
4   The three month average price of the shares to 30 June 2023 was 158.1p.

Mr Paul Hooper was appointed a director of Titon Holdings plc on 1 April 2022 and retains the fees from that appointment. Subject to 
Nomination Committee approval, Executive Directors are permitted to accept external board or committee appointments provided they do 
not interfere with their obligations to the Company.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

79

Governance

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Benefits
The Group operates a policy whereby Executive Directors are provided with health insurance, disability insurance and life cover, and are given 
a car or a cash alternative to a company car and associated expenses.

Annual bonus outcome for 2022/23
For the year ended 30 June 2023, the maximum bonus opportunity for Executive Directors was 100% of base salary.

Paul Hooper, Group Chief Executive, and Simon Dray, Group Finance Director
The Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director were set targets based on Group underlying profit before taxation (UPBT) and ESG 
performance, based on reductions in the Group’s greenhouse gas emission intensity (Scope 1, 2 and 3 market-based emissions, expressed as 
tonnes of CO2e per £m of Group revenue), the number of lost time accidents (LTAs), and the number of days lost to LTAs. The ESG bonuses 
were only payable subject to achievement of a minimum Group profit hurdle. The individual targets and performance against them are set 
out in the tables below.

Performance 
measure

Group UPBT

ESG: GHG 
reduction

ESG: number 
of LTAs

ESG: LTA 
days lost

Total

Proportion of 
bonus determined 
by measure

90.0%

5.0%

2.5%

2.5%

100.0%

Threshold performance Target performance

performance Actual performance % of bonus payable

Maximum 

£10.8m
0% earned

£11.4m
30% earned

£12.8m
90% earned

£11.2m

<19.46t CO2e/£m revenue
5% earned

<=2 LTAs
2.5% earned

<60d lost
2.5% earned

19.45t CO2e/£m

2 LTAs

65 days lost

17.0%

0.0%

0.0%

0.0%

17.0%

As the target profit level of £11.4m was not achieved, the ESG bonuses were not payable. Based on the above, Paul Hooper and Simon Dray 
were awarded bonuses of 17% of salary each.

Divisional Executive Directors
The two Divisional Executive Directors were set targets based on divisional UPBT and ESG performance, to a maximum of 75% of award, with 
the remaining 25% based on Group UPBT and ESG performance. Group and divisional ESG bonuses were also subject to minimum Group 
and divisional profit hurdles.

The performance against their targets is shown below, although the individual target and performance levels are considered commercially 
sensitive and have not been disclosed.

Gilbert Jackson, Building Envelope

Performance measure

Proportion of bonus 
determined by measure

Threshold performance

Target performance

Maximum performance

% of bonus payable

Divisional UPBT

Divisional ESG

Group UPBT

Group ESG

Total

67.5%

7.5%

22.5%

2.5%

100.0%

0% earned

7.5% earned

0% earned

2.5% earned

30% earned

67.5% earned

0% earned

22.5% earned

60.8%

7.5%

0.0%

0.0%

68.3%

80

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Michael Leaf, Housebuilding Products

Performance measure

Proportion of bonus 
determined by measure

Threshold performance

Target performance

Maximum performance

% of bonus payable

Divisional UPBT

Divisional ESG

Group UPBT

Group ESG

Total

67.5%

7.5%

22.5%

2.5%

100.0%

0% earned

7.5% earned

0% earned

2.5% earned

30% earned

67.5% earned

0% earned

22.5% earned

67.5%

7.5%

0.0%

0.0%

75.0%

As the breakthrough Group profit level of £12.8m was not achieved, the Group ESG bonuses were not payable. Based on the above, Gilbert 
Jackson and Michael Leaf were awarded bonuses of 68.3% and 75.0% of salary respectively.

2020 LTIP outturn
Awards were made to Paul Hooper under the LTIP in October 2020. These were subject to UPBT and TSR performance criteria. The minimum 
UPBT target required growth of above RPI +2.5% per annum using a base UPBT figure. This target was met (subject to TSR confirmation), and 
awards are expected to vest at 83.2% of the award as per the table below.

Awards were also made to Gilbert Jackson and Michael Leaf under the LTIP in October 2020. These were subject to divisional profit growth. 
The awards will vest at 51.8% of the award for Gilbert Jackson and 100.0% of the award for Michael Leaf as per the table on page 84.

The Committee exercised no discretion in determining the vesting and considered that the formulaic outcome reflected the underlying 
performance of the Group.

2020 Long Term Incentive Plans vesting after the year end

Director

Paul Hooper

Gilbert Jackson

Michael Leaf

Date of vesting1

Oct 2023

Oct 2023

Oct 2023

Percentage of  
award vesting

Number of shares expected to 
vest in October 2023

83.2%

51.8%

100%

130,251

29,510

52,308

1    The outturn of the 2020 LTIP has been provided in the table above. The vesting outturn for the CEO is subject to confirmation of TSR.

The 2019 LTIPs were exercised on 26 July 2023 and the information is included in the table on page 83.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

81

 
Governance

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Pensions
The Group makes provision to pay into a defined contribution pension scheme of each Executive’s choosing or a cash alternative (after 
deduction for employer’s national insurance contributions).

Pension contributions are as follows:

Director

Paul Hooper

Gilbert Jackson

Michael Leaf

Simon Dray

Pension contribution as at 30 June 2023 (% of base salary)

10%1

10%

10%

10%

1 

 As agreed Paul Hooper’s pension contribution was adjusted to align with the workforce rate of 10% for pensions with effect from 1 January 2023. Prior to this date the 
contribution rate had been at 20%.

Payments in compensation to past Directors for loss of office
As set out in last year’s report, Mr Andrew Magson resigned as a Director and left the business on 30 September 2020. As a good leaver, he 
continued to have an interest in the 2019 LTIP awards, and the 22,175 LTIPs vested on 21 October 2022. He has no remaining interests.

Scheme interests awarded during the year
LTIP awards were granted on 31 October 2022 as detailed in the table below.

Scheme

Basis of award granted

Paul Hooper

2022 LTIP

Simon Dray

2022 LTIP

Gilbert Jackson

2022 LTIP

Michael Leaf

2022 LTIP

75% of base salary  
at a price of 150p

40% of base salary  
at a price of 150p

40% of base salary  
at a price of 150p

40% of base salary  
at a price of 150p

1  Based on share price of 150p in accordance with the Scheme rules.

No. of shares 
awarded

147,491

Face value  
of award1

£207,962

48,767

£68,733

57,541

£81,132

53,467

£75,388

% vesting for  

threshold performance

Vesting and 
performance period

25%

25%

25%

25%

3 years

3 years

3 years

3 years

These awards will vest on 31 October 2025 and are subject to two measures and an underpin. The underpin requires UPBT of at least £10.5 
million to be delivered (in the year ending 30 June 2025) below which no award would vest. However, if this is achieved, 65% out of the 75% 
of salary award granted to the Chief Executive and 30% of the 40% salary award granted to the other Directors is based on UPBT growth 
targets (threshold of RPI+ 2.5% p.a. growth and maximum of RPI + 10% p.a.) and the remaining 10% for all Directors is based on relative Total 
Shareholder Return (TSR) performance against the constituents of the FTSE All Share Index. 

Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests
Directors’ shareholdings

Vijay Thakrar

Paul Hooper

Simon Dray

Gilbert Jackson

Michael Leaf1

Stephen Beechey

Karen McInerney

1  Michael Leaf holds shares in part via his PCA.

82

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

At the date of this report

At 30 June 2022

50,000

1,059,486

20,000

22,950

60,621

27,418

Nil

50,000

896,577

20,000

22,950

50,621

27,418

Nil

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Long Term Incentive Plans
The table below reconciles movements in LTIP awards during the year.

Date
of award

Market
price at
award date*

Earliest
exercise
date

Interest as at
1 July
2022

Paul Hooper

Oct 2019

83.5p Oct 2022

Oct 2020

Oct 2021

Oct 2022

79.0p Oct 2023

240.0p Oct 2024

150.0p Oct 2025

148,186

156,5291

90,823

–

vested
in year

148,186

–

–

–

Total

395,538

148,186

Gilbert Jackson Oct 2020

79.0p Oct 2023

Oct 2021

Oct 2022

240.0p Oct 2024

150.0p Oct 2025

Total

Michael Leaf

Oct 2020

79.0p Oct 2023

Oct 2021

Oct 2022

240.0p Oct 2024

150.0p Oct 2025

56,9231

44,503

–

101,426

52,3081

41,156

–

93,464

Total

Simon Dray

Total

Oct 2021

Oct 2022

240.0p Oct 2024

37,538

150.0p Oct 2025

–

37,538

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

of which

exercised
in year

were granted 
in year

lapsed
in year

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

147,491

147,491

–

–

57,541

57,541

–

–

53,467

53,467

–

48,767

48,767

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Interest as at
30 June
2023

148,1862

156,529

90,823

147,491

543,029

56,923

44,503

57,541

158,967

52,308

41,156

53,467

146,931

37,538

48,767

86,305

* 

 The market price at the award date is based on the price on the day the Employee Trust or the Company granted the award. This price can differ from the market 
value at the date the Remuneration Committee recommended the award to the Trust or Company.

1   This award was based on a notional share price of 130p.
2  Exercised after year end on 26 July 2023.

Performance graph
The graph shows the total shareholder return (TSR) on an equivalent holding in the Company compared with the FTSE All Share Index.

i

)
s
d
n
e
d
v
D
s
s
o
r
G

i

(

x
e
d
n

I

n
r
u
t
e
R

l

a
t
o
T

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

3
1
0
2

l

u
J

3
1
0
2

v
o
N

4
1
0
2

r
p
A

4
1
0
2
p
e
S

5
1
0
2
n
a
J

5
1
0
2
n
u
J

5
1
0
2

t
c
O

6
1
0
2

r
a
M

6
1
0
2
g
u
A

6
1
0
2

c
e
D

7
1
0
2

y
a
M

7
1
0
2
p
e
S

8
1
0
2
b
e
F

8
1
0
2

l

u
J

8
1
0
2

v
o
N

9
1
0
2

r
p
A

9
1
0
2
g
u
A

0
2
0
2
n
a
J

0
2
0
2
n
u
J

0
2
0
2

t
c
O

1
2
0
2

r
a
M

1
2
0
2

l

u
J

1
2
0
2

c
e
D

2
2
0
2

y
a
M

2
2
0
2
p
e
S

3
2
0
2
b
e
F

3
2
0
2
n
u
J

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

83

 Alumasc   FTSE All Share

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Governance

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Non-executive Directors
The policy of the Board is that the remuneration of the Non-executive Directors should be consistent with the levels of remuneration paid 
by companies of a similar size and complexity. Non-executive Directors receive an annual fee and are reimbursed expenses incurred in 
performing their duties. They do not receive any performance related remuneration, or pension contributions.

The Chair and Non-executive Directors have letters of appointment and details of their terms can be seen in the Appendix to Schedule 1 
published on our website.

Chief Executive’s remuneration
The following table sets out the total remuneration and the amount vesting under short-term and long-term incentives (as a percentage of 
the maximum that could have been achieved) in each of the past five years for the Chief Executive.

Chief Executive single  
figure of total remuneration  

Annual bonus pay-out against 
maximum opportunity  

Long-term incentive vesting against 
maximum opportunity  

Year

2022/2023

2021/22

2020/21

2019/20

2018/19

2017/18

2016/17

2015/16

2014/15

2013/14

2012/13

£000

609

704

565

352

343

332

510

493

633

323

355

%

17%

68%

100%

3.7%1

3.8%

0%

22%

20%

71%

13%

63%

%

83.2%2

99.4%

75%

0%

0%

0%

72%3

50%

50%

0%

0%

1  This represents a bonus relating to 2019 in respect of the sale of the Façades business.
2  This is based on an assumption TSR will be achieved in October 2023.
3  Adjusted to reflect actual figures following the vesting of the 2015 LTIP award in March 2018.

Percentage change in Chief Executive’s remuneration
The table below shows the percentage change in remuneration (excluding LTIPs) between the years ended 30 June 2022 and 30 June 2023 for 
the Chief Executive and all Group employees. All employees in general received 6% on 1 July 2023.

Salary

Benefits

Bonus

Total

1  This reflects periodic role vacancies and some churn in higher paid roles.

CEO

8.9%

(63.2)%

(47.9)%

(8.3)%

Employees

(0.6)%1

1.1%

(2.9)%

1.1%

84

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Relative importance of spend on pay

2021/22

2022/23

Percentage increase

Total employee pay

18,429

19,124

3.77%

Dividends

3,434

3,597

4.80%

20,000

15,000

0
0
0
£

’

10,000

5,000

0

18,429

19,124

 Total employee pay

 Dividends

3,434

3,597

2021/22

2022/23

Implementation of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy for the financial year 2023/24
The information below sets out how the Company intends to implement the Directors’ Remuneration Policy for the year in 2023/24.

Base salary
The salaries of the Executive Directors have been reviewed and increased in line with the workforce average from 1 July 2023 at the rate of 
6%. The provision of benefits will remain unchanged. 

Non-executive Directors
The Board’s policy is that the remuneration of the Non-executive Directors should be consistent with the levels of remuneration paid by 
companies of a similar size and complexity. Non-executive Directors receive an annual fee and are reimbursed for expenses incurred in 
performing their duties. It was agreed that they would be awarded a 6% pay rise in line with the business as a whole.

2023/24 bonus
Targets for the annual 2023/24 bonus for the Executive Directors will be determined by performance against a sliding scale of demanding 
Underlying Profit Before Tax targets set at the beginning of the financial year and ESG targets related to GHG emissions and Health & Safety/
accident improvements.

The targets themselves are commercially sensitive and will be disclosed for the Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director in next year’s 
Annual Report when reporting on the actual bonus outcomes.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

85

 
Governance

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Long Term Incentive Plan
It is intended that the awards under the 2023 LTIP will be made to the Executive Directors in October 2023.

For any of the 2023 LTIP awards to vest, a Group UPBT underpin will need to be met. That UPBT underpin will be a base of £11.2m, adjusted if 
necessary to include a contribution from the acquisition of ARP Group, plus RPI + 2.5% p.a. in the three years to 30 June 2026.

Subject to achieving the UPBT growth underpin, the awards will vest depending on growth in UPBT and TSR.

Underlying PBT
65% out of the 75% of salary award for the Chief Executive and 30% out of the 40% of salary awards for the other Executive Directors will be 
dependent on Group UPBT growth.

Awards will vest depending on growth achieved using a notional base UPBT figure of £11.2 million plus a contribution, as required, from the 
acquisition of ARP Group. Performance is based on the third year of the performance period, being the financial year ending 30 June 2026.

Awards will vest according to the following targets:

UPBT growth (from a base of £11.2 million)

Less than RPI + 2.5% p.a.

Between RPI + 2.5% p.a. and RPI + 10% p.a.

RPI + 10% p.a. or higher

Proportion of the award that vests

0.0%

25% to 100% on a straight-line basis 

100%

Total shareholder return
10% out of the 75% of salary award for the Chief Executive and 10% out of the 40% for the other Executive Directors is subject to a relative 
TSR measure.

If the Company’s TSR is below the FTSE All Share index, no part of this award will vest. If performance is at median/index, then 25% will vest. 
For performance at upper quartile or higher, this part of the award will vest in full. For performance between median/index and upper quartile, 
vesting will be on a straight-line basis.

Statement of voting – 2022 AGM
At the 2022 AGM the Directors’ Remuneration Report received the following vote from shareholders:

For

Against

Total votes cast (for and against)

Voted withheld

Total votes cast (including withheld votes)

Total number  
of votes cast

18,951,013

113,154

19,064,167

1,000

19,065,167

% of votes cast

99.40%

0.59%

99.99%

0.01%

100%

At the year end, the Employee Benefit Trust, established to hold shares in relation to the ESOS and the LTIP, held 327,495 ordinary shares 
with a late transfer of 5,074 shares on 5 July 2023, making the balance. The market value of the shares held in trust as at 30 June 2023 was 
£483,055 and at 5 July 2023, was £475,571.

This Report was approved by the Board of Directors on 5 September 2023 and signed on its behalf by the Remuneration Committee Chair.

Stephen Beechey
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
5 September 2023

86

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ Remuneration Policy 2023

Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy (Policy) was approved by shareholders at the Company’s AGM on 22 October 2020. The Policy has a 
three-year life and a new Directors’ Remuneration Policy is proposed. This Policy, subject to shareholder approval, shall take effect from the 
close of the Company’s 2023 AGM.

The Remuneration Committee, having reviewed that policy, and taking into account shareholder comments since the last policy vote and 
good practice developments in the market, concluded that, in substance, it remains fit for purpose to support the implementation of the 
Group’s strategy over the next three-year period.

The key changes in the 2023 policy from the 2020 policy are summarised below:

•  Pension – the policy for current and future Executive Directors is to provide a pension contribution no higher than the workforce 

contribution rate

•  Benefits – to include potential participation for Executive Directors in tax-approved all-employee share schemes
•  Malus and clawback – additional triggers have been added to the recovery and withholding provisions applying to the annual bonus 

• 

and LTIP schemes 
Incentive scheme override – consistent with good practice, the Committee retains discretion to adjust LTIP vesting levels in 
exceptional circumstances 

•  Judgement and discretions – inclusion of situations where the Committee may apply judgement and discretion in the operation 

of incentive schemes 

•  Shareholding guideline – introduction of a shareholding guideline for Executive Directors 

Remuneration Policy table

Fixed remuneration

Element

Fixed 
salary

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Provides fixed 
remuneration for the 
Executive Directors, which 
reflects the individual’s 
experience and the 
size and scope of the 
executive’s responsibilities.

Operation

Maximum

Set on appointment and normally reviewed 
annually in July.

Salaries are determined by the Remuneration 
Committee, taking into account a range 
of factors, including, but not restricted to, 
remuneration practices and general salary 
ranges within the Group, changes in scope 
or responsibility, market rates and the 
experience of the relevant Director.

While there is no maximum salary, ordinarily 
salary increases will not exceed the range 
of salary increases (in percentage terms) 
awarded to other employees in the Group. 
However, salary increases may be above this 
level in certain circumstances, for example:

Increase in scope or responsibility;

• 
•  Performance in role; 
•  An Executive Director’s remuneration being 

aligned with changing market rates;

•  An Executive Director being appointed on a 
below-market salary with a view to moving 
to the desired positioning over time.

Retirement 
benefits

To provide competitive 
post-retirement 
benefits and reward 
sustained contribution.

Generally, payment may be made into a pension 
plan or as a separate cash allowance in lieu.

Group contributions are determined as a 
percentage of base salary; for new appointees 
as a percentage of pay aligned to the pension 
contributions of employees.

The maximum company contribution for 
current and new Executive Directors is aligned 
with the contribution rate applying to the 
wider workforce.

The wider workforce rate is currently 10% 
of base salary.

Benefits

Ensures the overall 
package is competitive in 
order to help recruit and 
retain Executive Directors.

Executive Directors are entitled to a range 
of benefits, including, but not limited to, 
membership of the Group’s healthcare scheme, 
disability and life insurance, and car (or car 
allowance) and other associated expenses.

Other benefits may be provided depending 
on individual circumstances, for example 
relocation expenses.

Executive Directors will be eligible to participate 
in any tax-approved all-employee share plan 
operated by the Company, on the same terms 
as other eligible employees.

While the Committee has not set a maximum 
on the level of benefits Executive Directors 
receive, it is based on the value of benefits, 
set at a level that the Remuneration 
Committee considers is appropriate, taking 
into account companies of a similar size 
(and complexity) in the relevant market.

The maximum level of participation in all-
employee share plans is subject to the limits 
imposed by the relevant tax authority from 
time to time.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

87

Governance

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued
Directors’ Remuneration Policy 2023 continued

Variable performance-linked remuneration

Element

Annual 
bonus

Purpose and link  
to strategy

Operation

Maximum

Performance conditions

Rewards the 
achievement of 
financial and/
or strategic 
business 
objectives.

Performance conditions and targets 
are reviewed and set each year by the 
Remuneration Committee. These targets 
will be challenging and will reflect both 
short-term expectations and longer-term 
strategic goals.

The Policy 
allows for up 
to 100% of 
base salary to 
be earned.

Either all or the majority of, the available 
bonus will be based on achievement of 
pre-determined profit targets.

In 2022/23, ESG bonus targets were 
introduced. It is intended that these 
will also be applied in future years, with 
targets designed to incentivise ongoing 
improvements in ESG.

A straight-line bonus entitlement will 
usually apply between the minimum 
threshold and the maximum performance 
target. Typically, bonus will begin 
to accrue from 0% for achieving 
threshold performance.

The Remuneration Committee retains 
flexibility to apply different performance 
measures and weightings for each year 
covered by the Remuneration Policy.

The maximum 
level of award 
under the LTIP 
is up to 100% 
of base salary. 
This is in line 
with the LTIP 
approved by 
shareholders at 
the 2018 AGM.

Awards vest subject to the achievement 
of performance conditions which may 
be financial, non-financial (including 
Sustainability objectives) and/or market-
based performance measures assessed 
over not less than three financial years. 
The performance conditions and targets 
for each set of awards are reviewed 
annually to ensure they remain relevant 
and aligned to the Group’s strategy.

The measures and their weightings 
are determined by the Committee 
in advance of each grant.

Performance measures may be based 
on growth in earnings per share (EPS) or 
underlying profit before tax (UPBT) and 
total shareholder return (TSR).

A minimum threshold of profit must be 
reached before any part of the award 
vests. Up to 25% of the maximum award 
opportunity will vest for achieving the 
threshold level of growth.

Each element of the award will vest 
between threshold and maximum, 
usually on a straight-line basis.

The bonus will be based on the achievement 
of financial and/or non-financial targets 
related to key business objectives.

Other performance metrics that the 
Remuneration Committee considers 
appropriate from time to time, including 
personal objectives, may also be used.

Bonus payout is determined by the 
Remuneration Committee after the 
relevant year end, following an assessment 
of performance against the targets. 
Bonuses are discretionary, including that 
the Committee retains discretion to amend 
the payout should any formulaic output 
not reflect the Committee’s assessment 
of overall business performance.

Malus and clawback provisions apply. 
Bonus may be recovered in cases of serious 
misconduct, corporate failure, reputational 
damage, error in calculation of a bonus and 
material misstatement of financial results.

Awards will be granted under the most 
recent Alumasc Group Long Term Incentive 
Plan (LTIP), or under any new Long Term 
Incentive Plan approved by shareholders 
in due course.

The Remuneration Committee may grant 
awards in the form of conditional share 
awards, nil cost share options or such other 
form as has the same economic effect.

Awards are typically granted annually, 
and vesting is subject to achievement of 
performance measures. The vesting and 
performance period will normally be at 
least three years.

Malus and clawback provisions apply in 
the event of serious misconduct, corporate 
failure, reputational damage, error in 
calculation or material misstatement of 
financial result.

The Committee retains discretion to adjust 
vesting levels in exceptional circumstances, 
including, but not limited to, regard of the 
overall performance of the Company or the 
grantee’s personal performance.

Long 
Term 
Incentive 
provision

Incentivises 
and rewards 
Executive 
Directors and 
other key 
executives to 
achieve higher 
returns for 
shareholders 
over a longer 
time frame.

Encourages 
a long-term 
shareholding in 
the Company 
and strengthens 
alignment 
between the 
interests of 
Executive 
Directors, other 
key executives 
and those of 
shareholders.

88

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Recovery provisions
LTIP
LTIP awards are subject to malus and clawback provisions such that, at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, unvested awards may 
lapse in the event of serious misconduct, corporate failure, reputational damage, error in calculation or material misstatement of financial results.

Following the vesting of an LTIP award and up until the fifth anniversary of its grant, the Committee may reduce the award if not already 
satisfied or require repayment of some or all of the value delivered to the participant by means of a cash payment or the transfer of shares 
or the reduction of subsisting share awards in the event of serious misconduct, corporate failure, reputational damage, error in calculation or 
material misstatement of financial results.

Bonus
A malus provision exists which enables the Committee to cancel or reduce the bonus, before payment in the event of serious misconduct, 
corporate failure, reputational damage, error in calculation or material misstatement of financial results.

For up to two years following the payment of an annual bonus the Committee may require repayment of some or all of the bonus by means 
of a cash payment or the reduction of subsisting share awards in the event of serious misconduct, corporate failure, reputational damage, 
error in calculation or material misstatement of financial results.

Explanation of performance metrics
Performance metrics for the annual bonus and LTIP are selected to reflect the Group’s strategic priorities. Stretching performance targets are 
set, taking into account a number of different factors.

The Committee retains the discretion to change the performance measures and targets and the weightings attached to the performance 
measures and targets part way through a performance period if there is a significant event which causes the Committee to believe the 
original measures, weightings and/or targets are no longer appropriate and/or if the Committee believes that the remuneration outcomes 
would otherwise not fairly reflect business performance. Any adjustments or discretion applied will be fully disclosed in the following year’s 
Remuneration Report.

Flexibility, discretion and judgement
The Remuneration Committee operates the annual bonus and LTIP according to the rules of each respective plan which, consistent with 
market practice, include discretion in a number of respects in relation to the operation of each plan. Discretions include:

•  who participates in the plan, the quantum of an award and/or payment and the timing of awards and/or payments;
•  determining the extent of vesting;
• 
•  whether an Executive Director or a senior manager is a good/bad leaver for incentive plan purposes and whether the proportion of awards 

treatment of awards and/or payments on a change of control or restructuring of the Group;

that vest do so at the time of leaving or at the normal vesting date(s);

•  how and whether an award may be adjusted in certain circumstances (e.g. for a rights issue, a corporate restructuring or special dividends);
•  what the weighting, measures and targets should be for the annual bonus plan and LTIP awards from year to year;
• 

the Committee also retains the ability, within the policy, if events occur that cause it to determine that the conditions set in relation to an 
annual bonus plan or a granted LTIP award are no longer appropriate or unable to fulfil their original intended purpose, to adjust targets 
and/or set different measures or weightings for the applicable annual bonus plan and LTIP awards with, in the case of LTIP awards held by 
Executive Directors, adjusted performance conditions being not materially less difficult to satisfy than the original conditions would have 
been but for the relevant event(s); and
the ability to override formulaic outcomes in line with policy.

• 

All assessments of performance are ultimately subject to the Committee’s judgement and discretion is retained to adjust payments in 
appropriate circumstances as outlined in this Policy. Any discretion exercised (and the rationale) will be disclosed.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

89

Governance

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued
Directors’ Remuneration Policy 2023 continued

Illustration of remuneration scenarios
The balance between fixed and variable ‘at risk’ elements of remuneration changes with performance. Our policy results in a significant 
proportion of remuneration received by Executive Directors being dependent on performance. The charts below illustrate how the Policy 
would function for minimum, on target and maximum performance in 2023/24.

£1,200

£1,000

£800

£600

0
0
0
£

’

£400

£355

£1,032

12%

£912

26%

23%

35%

31%

£554

22%

14%

100%

64%

39%

34%

£200

£0

 Share price growth  

 Long-term incentive  

 Annual bonus  

 Fixed

7%

£583

7%

15%

£539

16%

£334

13%

16%

£237

40%

37%

£311

13%
16%

£221

£501

16%

£541

7%

15%

40%

37%

£467

16%

£504

7%

15%

39%

36%

£293
12%
16%

£211

100%

72%

45%

42%

100%

71%

44%

41%

100%

71%

44%

41%

Minim u m

O n-targ et

M axim u m
M ax with gro w th

Minim u m

O n-targ et

M axim u m
M ax with gro w th

Minim u m

O n-targ et

M axim u m
M ax with gro w th

Minim u m

O n-targ et

M axim u m
M ax with gro w th

Paul Hooper

Simon Dray

Gilbert Jackson

Michael Leaf

Assumptions for the chart above:

•  Minimum: comprises fixed pay for the year made up of base salary levels (applying from 1 July 2023, the value of pension at 10% of annual 

basic salary and the estimated value of benefits (using 2023 values))

•  On-target: bonus achieved at 25% of the maximum opportunity, i.e. 25% of salary and with the on-target level of vesting under the LTIP 
taken to be 50% of the face value of the award at grant, i.e. 37.5% of salary for the CEO and 20% of salary for other Executive Directors
•  Maximum: full bonus achieved and LTIP vesting in full, i.e. 100% of salary bonus payout and LTIP awards to the value of 75 % of salary for 

the CEO and 40% of salary for other Executive Directors

•  Share price appreciation of 50% has been assumed for the LTIP awards under the final ‘Max with growth’ scenario

Shareholding requirement
Executive Directors should build up and maintain an in-employment shareholding worth 100% of salary over a reasonable period of time 
in accordance with the shareholding guidelines. Executive Directors should retain at least 50% of their net of tax vested awards until the 
shareholding guideline is met.

Nil cost options which have vested but are yet to be exercised may be considered to count towards the shareholding on a notional  
post-tax basis.

Change of control policy
LTIP
Awards may vest early on a change of control (or other relevant event) subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions at the change
of control date and pro-rating for the proportion of the three financial years served, although the Remuneration Committee retains discretion 
to determine otherwise.

Bonus
Awards may vest only to the extent that performance conditions have been satisfied or are reasonably expected to be satisfied up to the 
change of control date and pro-rated for the proportion of the financial year served, although the Remuneration Committee retains discretion 
to determine otherwise.

90

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Policy for Non-executive Chairman and Directors’ fees

Element Purpose and link to strategy Operation

Maximum opportunity

Fees are subject to an overall cap as 
set out in the Company’s articles of 
association from time to time.

Fees are appropriately positioned 
against comparable roles in 
companies of a similar size and 
complexity in the relevant market.

Fees

The sole element of Non-executive 
Director remuneration is fees, set at a 
level that reflects market conditions 
and sufficient to attract individuals 
with appropriate knowledge 
and experience.

Fees are reviewed periodically and are 
determined by the Chairman and the Executive 
Directors in the case of the Non-executive 
Directors and the Remuneration Committee in 
respect of the Chairman.

The Chairman is paid a single consolidated 
fee and receives reasonable benefits in kind as 
agreed by the Company. This includes private 
medical cover and participation in an electric 
vehicle scheme by ‘salary sacrifice’.

The Non-executive Directors are paid a basic 
fee plus additional fees for chairmanship 
of a Committee, or for any additional work 
undertaken on behalf of the Company.

The Non-executive Directors do not participate 
in any of the Group’s share incentive plans 
nor do they receive any pension contributions. 
Non-executive Directors may be eligible to 
benefits/expenses such as the use of secretarial 
support, travel costs or other benefits that may 
be appropriate.

How the Executive Directors’ remuneration policy relates to the wider Group
Both executives, and employees below executive level, have their base pay reviewed each year taking into account wage and general inflation, 
affordability to the Group/relevant operating company, performance/development of the individual in their role and general market rates for 
specific skills. Employees below executive level have lower proportions of their total remuneration subject to incentive-based rewards. Long term 
incentives are reserved for those judged as having the greatest potential to influence the Group’s earnings growth and share price performance.

Recruitment policy for Directors
The remuneration package for a new Executive Director would be set in accordance with the terms of the Company’s prevailing approved 
Remuneration Policy at the time of appointment and taking into account the skills and experience of the individual, the market rate for a 
candidate of that experience and the importance of securing the relevant individual.

Salary would be set at the level required to attract the most appropriate candidate. It may be set initially at a below mid-market level on 
the basis that it may progress towards the mid-market level once expertise and performance has been proven and sustained. Under the 
terms of this policy, the annual bonus potential for executives is limited to 100% of salary, and the maximum value of awards under a long-
term incentive scheme is limited to 100% of salary. In addition, the Committee may offer additional cash and/or share-based elements to 
replace deferred or incentive pay forfeited by an executive leaving a previous employer. It would seek to ensure, where possible, that these 
awards would be consistent with awards forfeited in terms of vesting periods, expected value and performance conditions. Other elements of 
remuneration may be included in the following circumstances:

•  an interim appointment being made to fill an executive role on a short-term basis;
• 
• 

if exceptional circumstances require that the Chairman or a Non-executive Director takes on an executive function on a short-term basis;
if an Executive Director is recruited at a time in the year when it would be inappropriate to provide a bonus or long-term incentive award 
for that year as there would not be sufficient time to assess performance. Subject to the limit on variable remuneration set out above, the 
quantum in respect of the months employed during the year may be transferred to the subsequent year so that reward is provided on a 
fair and appropriate basis.

The Committee may also alter the performance measures, performance period and vesting period of the annual bonus or LTIP, subject to the 
rules of the LTIP, if the Committee determines that the circumstances of the recruitment merit such alteration. The rationale will be clearly 
explained in the next Directors’ Remuneration Report.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

91

Governance

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued
Directors’ Remuneration Policy 2023 continued

For an internal Executive Director appointment, any variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role may be allowed to pay out 
according to its terms, adjusted as relevant to consider the appointment. In addition, any other ongoing remuneration obligations existing 
prior to appointment may continue. For external and internal appointments, the Committee may agree that the Company will meet certain 
relocation and other incidental expenses as appropriate.

The fees for a new Chairman or Non-executive Director will be reflective of experience, time commitment, responsibility and scope of the role, 
and will be consistent with the approved Remuneration Policy at the time.

Policy on payment for loss of office
The Committee’s policy on service contracts for Executive Directors is that they should provide for termination of employment by either side 
giving 12 months’ notice. The Group’s policy going forward will be that no Executive Director should be entitled to a notice period or payments 
in excess of their contractual arrangements.

Provision

Terms

Notice period

12 months

Termination 
payment

LTIP

Base salary plus pension contributions and benefits accrued to date of cessation. A payment in respect of bonus may 
also be made at the discretion of the Committee, taking into account the circumstances of the departure, the extent 
to which performance conditions are satisfied and the contribution of the Executive to the business during the bonus 
period in question. Any bonus would typically be pro-rated for time in service to termination and paid at the usual time, 
although the Committee retains discretion to pay the bonus earlier in appropriate circumstances.

If a participant ceases employment due to death, redundancy, retirement, injury, disability or any other reason at the 
discretion of the Committee any unvested award the participant holds shall continue and be released at the normal 
release date to the extent the performance condition is satisfied and, unless the Committee determines otherwise, 
reduced to reflect the proportion of the performance period for which the participant was in service, although the 
Committee will retain discretion to release the award sooner.

If a participant ceases employment for any other reason, any unvested award they hold will lapse on cessation.

If a participant ceases employment for any other reason, any award they hold under the Company’s current LTIP shall 
lapse on cessation.

Other payments

In appropriate circumstances, payments may also be made in respect of accrued holiday and outplacement and legal 
fees. The Committee reserves the right to make additional exit payments where such payments are made in good 
faith in discharge of an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) or by way of 
settlement or compromise of any claim arising in connection with the termination of a Director’s office or employment.

Payments in  
lieu of notice

The Committee reserves the right to make a payment in lieu of some or all of the notice period. Such a payment would 
consist of salary for the notice period (or remaining portion of the notice period) and may also include a payment in 
respect of benefits (including pension contributions or cash allowance) for the applicable period.

How employees’ pay is taken into account
Pay and employment conditions elsewhere in the Group continue to be considered in relation to the implementation of this policy.

How shareholders’ views are taken into account
The Committee considers shareholder feedback received in relation to the AGM each year. This, plus other feedback received during the year, 
is then considered as part of the Group’s annual review of remuneration policy. The Committee will continue to review the Remuneration 
Policy to ensure it takes due account of best remuneration practice and that it remains aligned with the interests of shareholders.

Legacy remuneration arrangements
The Committee reserves the right to make remuneration payments and payments for loss of office notwithstanding that they are not in line 
with the Policy set out above where the terms of payments were agreed:

(i)  before the 2023 Policy came into effect; or
(ii)  at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of the Company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in 

consideration for the individual becoming a Director of the Company.

For these purposes, ‘payments’ includes the satisfaction of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over shares, the terms of the 
payment are ‘agreed’ no later than the time the award is granted.

92

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Directors’ Report

The Directors present their Annual Report and the consolidated financial statements for The Alumasc Group plc for the financial year ended 
30 June 2023. The report also includes the Corporate Governance Report on pages 64 to 95 and the Audit Committee Report forms part of 
the Directors’ Report and is incorporated by reference.

Results and dividend
The results of the Group for the year ended 30 June 2023 are set out on pages 101 to 153.

The Directors are recommending a final dividend of 6.9 pence per ordinary share (2022/23: 6.65 pence) which will, if approved at the AGM, 
be paid to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 29 September 2023, being a total of 10.3 pence for the year. The interim 
dividend of 3.4 pence was paid on 6 April 2023.

The Company operates a dividend re‐investment plan; details are available from Equiniti Registrars.

The right to receive any dividend has been waived by the Trustees of the Company’s Employee Benefit Trust over any shares that the Trustees 
may hold from time to time. Details of the Employee Trust’s current holding can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 86.

Strategic Report
The Companies Act 2006 (CA 2006) requires this Annual Report to present a fair, balanced and understandable view of Alumasc’s business 
during the year ended 30 June 2023 and of the position of the Group at the end of the financial period, together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties facing the business. The Company has taken advantage of section 414C (11) of the CA 2006 to include 
disclosures in the Strategic Report on these items and the further items listed in the ‘Additional Shareholder information’ section on pages 154 
to 155. The Strategic Report can be found on pages 1 to 62. Our principal risks and uncertainties are set out on pages 57 to 60 and include 
each risk and details on how we manage or mitigate these risks. The Directors carried out an assessment of how we manage these risks, 
including those that could threaten our business model, future performance, or liquidity. 

Corporate Governance Statement
Certain information needs to be included in a corporate governance statement in the Directors’ Report. Information that fulfils these 
requirements can be found in the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 64 to 95 and is incorporated into the Directors’ Report 
by reference.

Management report
For the purposes of compliance with Accounts Regulations Schedule 7 para 1A, the required content of the management report can be found 
in the Strategic Report and this Directors’ Report, including the sections of the Annual Report incorporated by reference.

Directors
The Directors who served during the financial year were:

Vijay Thakrar (Chair)
Paul Hooper
Stephen Beechey
Karen McInerney 
Simon Dray 
Gilbert Jackson
Michael Leaf

The biographies of the Directors can be found on pages 64 to 65. Details of the Directors’ service agreements can be found on our website at 
www.alumasc.co.uk. Information about Directors’ interests in the Company’s shares are shown on page 82. In accordance with the articles of 
association, standing for election at the AGM will be Mr Gilbert Jackson and Mr Michael Leaf. The articles of association require Directors to 
be reappointed on the third anniversary of the AGM which they were appointed or re-appointed.

Directors’ & Officers’ Insurance
The Company maintains a Directors’ & Officers’ Insurance Policy for the Directors and the Company Secretary, officers, and those in a position 
of management supervision of Alumasc and its subsidiaries, which is reviewed annually. This insurance is to protect against legal actions 
brought against Directors and Officers in a personal capacity.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

93

Governance

Directors’ Report continued

Companies Act s.172
The Directors are mindful of the requirements of s.172 of the Companies Act 2006 and take these into account when fulfilling their duties 
to promote the long-term success of the Group.

Information about how the Company considers its obligations under s.172 of the Companies Act are discussed in the Strategic Report 
(on pages 52 to 55).

Conflicts of Interest
No Director had any interest in any contract of significance in the year. The Group has procedures for managing Conflicts of Interest, 
which are set out on page 154.

Employees
The Group is an equal opportunities employer and its policies for recruitment, training, career development and promotion are based on the 
aptitude and abilities of the individual regardless of religion, gender, and sexual orientation, educational or professional backgrounds. An analysis 
of our employees by gender at 30 June 2023 can be found on page 38. Information about employees can be found on pages 38 to 39. 

In the Corporate Governance Report and Strategic Report, there are disclosures on how the Company provides information to employees, 
how the views of employees are taken into account in decision‐making and how strategic information is shared (see pages 52 to 53). 
Information on the Group’s policies on recruitment and the employment of disabled persons can be found on page 38.

Energy and carbon emissions reporting
In accordance with the Streamlined Energy & Carbon Reporting guidelines we are required to disclose the annual quantity of emissions in 
tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalents. Our data covers Scope 1 & 2 energy usage and Scope 3 (defined scope). Details of our emissions are 
on page 35 of our ESG report.

Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (SECR) Compliance 
In compliance with the SECR requirements, energy consumption and reduction initiatives are reported in the Sustainability section of this 
Report on pages 30 to 35.

Political donations
The Group has a policy to not make any political donations. No political donations were made during the year by the Company and its 
subsidiaries (2021/22: £nil).

Research and development
The Group continues to devote effort and resources to the research and development of new products and solutions. The Group uses strong 
technical capabilities to design and make new products for housebuilding and rainwater solutions. This area is essential for future growth and 
to maintain our market position. Please see note 7 to the financial statements for details of our research and development expenditure.

Disclosure of information to the auditor
As far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; and each Director has 
taken all reasonable steps that they ought to have taken as a Director to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Company’s Auditor is aware of that information.

94

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Other information
Other information relevant to the Directors’ Report can be found in the following sections of the Annual Report:

Information

Articles of association

Directors’ interests

Long Term Incentive Plans

Financial risk management

Page no.s

Location in Annual Report

154

82

Additional information for shareholders

Directors’ Remuneration Report

82 to 83 and 86 Directors’ Remuneration Report

56 and 72 to 74 Note 22 and the significant accounting policies sections, 

Financial Statements

Future developments

2 to 62

Strategic Report1

Health & Safety and employee-related policies

Major shareholdings

Movements in share capital

Purchase of own shares

Share capital – structure, voting, restrictions and 
other rights

38

155

154 to 155

154 to 155

154

Strategic Report: Environmental Social & Governance Report1

Additional information for shareholders

Notes 26 and 27, Financial statements

Additional information for shareholders

Additional information for shareholders and in  
notes 25, 26 and 27 to the Financial Statements.

1  The Board has taken advantage of section 414C(11) of the Companies Act 2006 to include disclosures in the Strategic Report on these items.

Auditor
Crowe U.K. LLP has indicated its willingness to continue in office. On the recommendation of the Audit Committee, as set out on page 74, 
resolutions are to be proposed at the Annual General Meeting for the re-appointment of Crowe U.K. LLP as Auditor of The Alumasc Group plc 
and its subsidiaries, and to authorise the Board to fix their remuneration.

Annual General Meeting (AGM)
The notice convening the AGM, to be held on 26 October 2023 at 10.00am at Wade, Third Avenue, Halstead, Essex C09 2SX, is included within 
this document at the end of the Annual Report on pages 159 to 164 together with an explanation of the business to be conducted at the 
meeting. The Notice of the AGM contains the information about the arrangements for the meeting. The notice of the Annual General Meeting 
specifies the deadline for exercising voting rights.

The Directors believe that the proposals set out for approval at the AGM will promote the success of the Company. Accordingly, they 
recommend unanimously that members vote in favour of each resolution. Members who are in any doubt as to what action to take are 
advised to consult appropriate independent advisers.

The Directors’ Report was approved by the Board on 5 September 2023. 

Signed on behalf of the Board.

Helen Ashton
Group Company Secretary
5 September 2023

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

95

Financial Statements

Financial 
Statements

& Company Information

96

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report

Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of The Alumasc Group plc (the “Parent Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) for the 
year ended 30 June 2023, which comprise:
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended 30 June 2023;
the Consolidated and Parent Company statements of financial position as at 30 June 2023;
the Consolidated and Parent Company statements of cash flows for the year then ended;
the Consolidated and Parent Company statements of changes in equity for the year then ended; and
the notes to the financial statements, including significant accounting policies.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law and 
UK-adopted international accounting standards. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the 
Parent Company financial statements is to UK-adopted international accounting standards.

In our opinion:
• 

the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 30 June 
2023 and of the Group’s profit for the period then ended;
the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards; 
the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK adopted international 
accounting standards; and
the financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

• 
• 

• 

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of 
the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s and Parent 
Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:
•  Reviewing management’s financial projections for the Group and Parent Company for the period 1 July 2023 to 30 September 2024;
•  Checking the numerical accuracy of management’s financial projections;
•  Challenging the key assumptions used in the forecasts, including downside sensitivities of reduced sales volumes and the impact 

of any potential acquisition; 

•  Reviewed the availability of facilities and cash reserves in the context of both the financial projections and downside scenarios, 

including an assessment of compliance with applicable covenants; 

•  Procedures to review and evaluate the historical accuracy of management’s past projections;
•  Reviewing the disclosures made in the financial statements relating to going concern and agreeing it is consistent with 

management’s assessment.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group or Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for 
a period of at least 12 months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue. 

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of 
this report.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

97

Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report continued

Overview of our audit approach
Materiality
In planning and performing our audit we applied the concept of materiality. An item is considered material if it could reasonably be 
expected to change the economic decisions of a user of the financial statements. We used the concept of materiality to both focus 
our testing and to evaluate the impact of misstatements identified.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined overall materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole to be 
£500,000, based on approximately 5% of profit before tax (2022: £500,000). The Parent Company materiality was determined 
as £350,000 (2022: £350,000) based on 1% of net assets.

We use a different level of materiality (‘performance materiality’) to determine the extent of our testing for the audit of the financial 
statements. Performance materiality is set based on the audit materiality as adjusted for the judgements made as to the entity risk 
and our evaluation of the specific risk of each audit area having regard to the internal control environment and is approximately 
£350,000 (2022: £350,000). The Parent Company performance materiality is approximately £250,000 (2022: £250,000).

Where considered appropriate, performance materiality may be reduced to a lower level, such as for related party transactions and 
Directors’ remuneration.

We agreed with the Audit Committee to report to it all identified errors in excess of £25,000 (2022: £25,000). Errors below that 
threshold would also be reported to it if, in our opinion as auditor, disclosure was required on qualitative grounds.

Overview of the scope of our audit
The Group and its subsidiaries are accounted for at one location, being the Parent Company’s registered office. We performed full 
scope audits of the complete financial information of The Alumasc Group plc and the four components, Alumasc Building Products 
Limited, Benjamin Priest Limited, Alumasc Precision Limited and Alumasc Limited. The work was performed directly by the Group 
audit team. The operations that were subject to full-scope audit procedures made up 99% of the consolidated revenues, total profit 
before tax on continuing operations and total assets and liabilities. The Group’s other subsidiary, Elkington China Limited, was subject 
to a desktop review as it is not a significant component. Specific procedures were performed over Levolux Limited, the Group’s 
discontinued operation. 

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of 
the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Key audit matter

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation of defined benefit pension scheme net liabilities  
(Note 23)

The Group operates a defined benefit pension scheme that 
provides benefits to a number of current and former employees. 
At 30 June 2023, the defined benefit pension schemes’ net 
liabilities were £4.3 million. The gross value of pension scheme 
assets amounted to £71.4 million, with net liabilities £75.7 million. 
The valuation of the defined benefit pension scheme net 
liabilities in accordance with IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’ involves 
significant judgement and is subject to complex actuarial 
assumptions. Small variations in those actuarial assumptions 
can lead to a materially different defined benefit pension scheme 
asset or liability being recognised within the Group financial 
statements. Therefore, we identified the valuation of the defined 
benefit pension scheme as a significant risk, which was one of 
the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement.

Our audit procedures included: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Documenting our understanding of the processes surrounding 
the valuation of pension scheme assets and defined 
benefit obligations;

 Evaluating the independence and competence of 
management’s actuary;

 Using an actuarial expert to inform our challenge of the 
assumptions used, including discount rates, growth rates, 
mortality rates and the calculation methods employed in the 
calculation of the pension liability;

 Testing a sample of the pension scheme assets to underlying 
documentation to confirm ownership and valuation at the 
reporting date;

 Assessing disclosures made in the financial statements to 
determine compliance with IAS 19.

98

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Our audit procedures in relation to these matters were designed in the context of our audit opinion as a whole. They were not 
designed to enable us to express an opinion on these matters individually and we express no such opinion.

Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information contained within the Annual Report. The other information comprises the 
information included in the Annual Report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the 
financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do 
not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify 
such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material 
misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion based on the work undertaken in the course of our audit:
• 

the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements 
are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

• 

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Parent Company and their environment obtained in the course 
of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the Strategic Report or the Directors’ Report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, 
in our opinion:
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or
the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

• 
•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 62, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as 
the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and Parent Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have 
no realistic alternative but to do so.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

99

Financial Statements

Independent Auditor’s Report continued

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which 
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below:

We obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory frameworks within which the Group operates, focusing on those laws and 
regulations that have a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The laws 
and regulations we considered in this context were relevant company law and taxation legislation in the UK, being the principal 
jurisdiction in which the Group operates, and QCA Corporate governance code.

We identified the greatest risk of material impact on the financial statements from irregularities, including fraud, to be the override 
of controls by management. Our audit procedures to respond to these risks included enquiries of management and those charged 
with governance about their own identification and assessment of the risks of irregularities, used data analytics techniques to identify 
any unusual transactions and reviewing accounting estimates for biases where significant judgements are involved (see Key audit 
matters above).

Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable risk that some material misstatements of the financial 
statements may not be detected, even though the audit is properly planned and performed in accordance with the ISAs (UK).

The potential effects of inherent limitations are particularly significant in the case of misstatement resulting from fraud because fraud 
may involve sophisticated and carefully organised schemes designed to conceal it, including deliberate failure to record transactions, 
collusion or intentional misrepresentations being made to us.

A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or 
for the opinions we have formed.

Mark Evans (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of 
Crowe U.K. LLP
Statutory Auditor
Black Country House
Rounds Green Road
Oldbury
B69 2DG

5 September 2023

100 The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Continuing operations:

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Net operating expenses

Year ended 30 June 2023

Year ended 30 June 2022

Underlying
£’000

Notes

Non-
underlying
£’000

Total
£’000

Underlying
£’000

Non-
underlying
£’000

Total
£’000

3, 4

89,135

–

89,135

89,381

(56,406)

32,729

– (56,406)

(56,015)

–

32,729

33,366

–

–

–

89,381

(56,015)

33,366

 Net operating expenses before non-underlying items

(20,620)

–

(20,620)

(20,033)

–

(20,033)

 Other non-underlying items

Net operating expenses

Operating profit

Net finance costs

Profit before taxation

Tax expense

5

–

(585)

(585)

–

(634)

(634)

(20,620)

(585)

(21,205)

(20,033)

(634)

(20,667)

4, 5

12,109

(585)

11,524

13,333

(634)

12,699

9

5

(937)

11,172

(48)

(985)

(633)

10,539

(608)

12,725

(60)

(668)

(694)

12,031

10, 12

(2,234)

48

(2,186)

(2,469)

48

(2,421)

Profit for the year from continuing operations

8,938

(585)

8,353

10,256

(646)

9,610

Discontinued operations:

Loss after taxation for the year from discontinued operations

6

–

(1,750)

(1,750)

(1,577)

(15,080)

(16,657)

Profit/(loss) for the year

8,938

(2,335)

6,603

8,679

(15,726)

(7,047)

Other comprehensive income:

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:

Actuarial loss on defined benefit pensions, net of tax

Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to 
profit or loss:

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow 
hedges, net of tax

Exchange differences on retranslation of foreign operations

Other comprehensive (loss)/profit for the year, net of tax

Total comprehensive profit/(loss) for the year, net of tax

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

– Continuing operations

– Discontinued operations

Diluted earnings per share

– Continuing operations

– Discontinued operations

12

12

(2,796)

(25)

(285)

(18)

(303)

(3,099)

3,504

Pence

23.3

(4.9)

18.4

23.1

(4.9)

18.2

480

161

641

616

(6,431)

Pence

26.8

(46.5)

(19.7)

26.4

(45.7)

(19.3)

Reconciliations of underlying to statutory profit and earnings per share are provided in notes 5 and 12 respectively.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

101

Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
At 30 June 2023

2023

£’000

2023

£’000

2022 
(restated)*
£’000

2022 
(restated)*
£’000

Notes

Assets
Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment – owned assets

Property, plant and equipment – right-of-use assets

Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Assets classified as held for sale
Derivative financial assets
Cash at bank

Total assets
Liabilities
Non-current liabilities

13

13

14
15
10

16
17
18
22
28

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

20, 28

Lease liability

Employee benefits payable

Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Lease liability
Provisions
Liabilities classified as held for sale
Derivative financial liabilities
Corporation tax payable

Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Capital reserve – own shares
Hedging reserve
Foreign currency reserve
Profit and loss account reserve
Total equity

21

23

24
10

19
21
24
18
22

25
26
26
26
26

13,227

5,007

8,526
2,073
1,081

11,561
20,748
–
–
5,995

(8,848)

(4,366)

(4,323)

(1,185)
(1,614)

(19,120)
(868)
(612)
–
(30)
(1,505)

4,517
445
(577)
(22)
198
21,186

12,573

4,926

8,526
2,126
529

29,914

28,680

13,394
18,786
3,859
325
8,284

38,304
68,218

44,648
73,328

(13,000)

(4,251)

(2,114)

(1,061)
(1,730)

(20,336)

(22,156)

(22,135)
(42,471)
25,747

(19,031)
(881)
(1,360)
(3,859)
–
(309)

4,517
445
(601)
263
216
20,892

(25,440)
(47,596)
25,732

25,747

25,732

*  The financial position at 30 June 2022 has been restated to separately present the gross held for sale assets and liabilities of the Levolux business. See note 1.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 5 September 2023.

Paul Hooper 
Director   
5 September 2023
Company number 1767387

Simon Dray
Director 

102

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Operating activities

Operating profit

Adjustments for:

Depreciation

Amortisation

Loss/(gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

Decrease/(increase) in receivables

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

Movement in provisions

Cash contributions to retirement benefit schemes

Share-based payments

Cash generated by operating activities of continuing operations

Operating loss from discontinued operations

Depreciation

Movement in working capital from discontinued operations

Cash utilised by operating activities of discontinued operations

Tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Payments to acquire intangible fixed assets

Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment

Loss on disposal of subsidiary

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Financing activities

Bank interest paid

Equity dividends paid

(Repayment)/draw down of amounts borrowed

Principal paid on lease liabilities

Interest paid on lease liabilities

Purchase of own shares

Refinancing costs

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash at bank and bank overdraft

Net cash at bank and bank overdraft brought forward

Net (decrease)/increase in cash at bank and bank overdraft

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes

Net cash at bank and bank overdraft carried forward

Year ended
30 June
2023
£’000

Year ended
30 June
2022
£’000

11,524

12,699

2,681

2,459

247

1

1,833

1,897

(3,948)

(624)

(1,567)

182

12,226

–

–

–

–

(530)

11,696

257

(18)

(2,573)

(2,536)

279

(298)

(2,561)

118

7,826

(2,125)

224

(438)

(2,339)

(1,615)

3,872

(2,545)

(2,449)

(194)

24

(1,750)

(4,465)

(671)

(3,599)

(4,000)

(765)

(154)

(51)

(262)

(9,502)

(2,271)

8,284

(2,271)

(18)

5,995

(123)

22

–

(2,550)

(356)

(3,434)

7,000

(713)

(169)

(526)

–

1,802

3,124

4,999

3,124

161

8,284

Notes

7, 13

7, 15

23

27

6

11

28

28

28

28

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

103

Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2023

At 1 July 2021

Loss for the year

Exchange differences on retranslation 
of foreign operations

Net gain on cash flow hedges

Tax on derivative financial asset

Actuarial loss on defined benefit 
pensions, net of tax

Tax on share options

Acquisition of own shares

Own shares used to satisfy exercise 
of share awards

Share-based payments

Dividends

Exercise of share-based incentives

At 1 July 2022

Profit for the year

Exchange differences on retranslation 
of foreign operations

Net loss on cash flow hedges

Tax on derivative financial liability

Actuarial loss on defined benefit 
pensions, net of tax

Tax on share options

Acquisition of own shares

Own shares used to satisfy exercise 
of share awards

Share-based payments

Dividends

Exercise of share-based incentives

Notes

Share 
capital
£’000

4,517

Capital 
reserve  
– own 
shares
£’000

Hedging
reserve
£’000

Foreign
currency
reserve
£’000

Share
premium
£’000

445

(406)

(217)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(597)

402

–

–

–

–

–

593

(113)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

55

–

161

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Profit
and loss 
account
reserve
£’000

31,751

(7,047)

–

–

–

(25)

(140)

–

–

118

Total 
equity
£’000

36,145

(7,047)

161

593

(113)

(25)

(140)

(597)

402

118

(3,434)

(3,434)

(331)

(331)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

4,517

445

(601)

263

216

20,892

25,732

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(72)

96

–

–

–

–

–

(355)

70

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6,603

6,603

(18)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(18)

(355)

70

(2,796)

(2,796)

(21)

–

–

182

(21)

(72)

96

182

(3,599)

(3,599)

(75)

(75)

11

11

At 30 June 2023

4,517

445

(577)

(22)

198

21,186

25,747

104

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2023

1 Basis of preparation
The Alumasc Group plc is incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. The Company’s ordinary shares are traded on the 
Alternative Investment Market (AIM).

The Group’s financial statements consolidate those of the Parent Company and all of its subsidiaries as of 30 June 2023. 
All subsidiaries have a reporting date of 30 June.

All transactions and balances between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation, including unrealised gains and losses on 
transactions between Group companies. Amounts reported in the financial statements of subsidiaries have been adjusted where 
necessary to ensure consistency with the accounting policies adopted by the Group.

Profit or loss and other comprehensive income of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are recognised from the 
effective date of acquisition, or up to the effective date of disposal, as applicable.

The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards.

Going concern
At 30 June 2023 the Group had cash and cash equivalents of £6.0 million and had utilised £8.9 million of the committed £25.0 
million revolving credit facility. This provided total headroom of some £22.1 million against committed facilities and, together with 
£4.0 million overdraft facilities, there is headroom of some £26.1 million against total facilities at 30 June 2023. On 24 July 2023 the 
Group triggered the first of the two single year extension periods, which extends the £25.0 million committed revolving credit facility 
expiry date to August 2026. One further single year extension period to August 2027 is still in place.

In assessing going concern to take account of the continued uncertainties caused by continued increasing inflation and interest rates, 
the Group has modelled a Base Case (BC) trading scenario on a ‘bottom up’ basis. The Group has also modelled stress test scenarios 
which assume a 10% reduction in revenue and a 20% reduction in revenue, with no cost reduction or cash conservation measures. 
Under the lowest point in these stress tested scenarios, the Group retains adequate headroom against its total banking facilities for 
the next 13 months to the end of September 2024, with no breach of banking covenants across this period.

For the same period the Group has modelled an additional scenario (a reverse stress test) that would lead to a breach of its 
banking covenants. It is considered that the risk of such a scenario arising is remote. Management have also identified a number 
of mitigating actions that the Group would take to stay within its banking facilities and comply with the associated covenants 
throughout the period.

Having taken into account all of the aforementioned comments, actions and factors in relation to going concern, and in light of the 
bank facility headroom under various scenarios, the Directors consider that the Group has adequate resources to continue trading for 
the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

Prior year restatement
During 2023, the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) submitted a request for further information on the Group’s Annual Report and 
Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2022. The FRC’s review was based solely on the Group’s published Annual Report and Accounts 
and does not provide assurance that the Annual Report and Accounts are correct in all material respects; the FRC’s role is not to 
verify the information provided but to consider compliance with reporting requirements.

As a result of this review, the Directors have agreed that the gross assets and gross liabilities held for sale at 30 June 2022 relating to 
the Levolux business, which were originally presented as a net receivable of £1, should have been separately presented gross in the 
consolidated statement of financial position.

As a consequence, the comparative information for 30 June 2022 in the consolidated statement of financial position has been 
restated to include £3,859,001 of assets and £3,859,000 of liabilities classified as held for sale.

This restatement does not have an impact on the Group’s profit, earnings per share, net assets or cash flows reported in the 2022 
Annual Report and Accounts.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

105

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

2 Summary of significant accounting policies
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year. The following new standards, amendments 
and interpretations are effective for the period beginning on or after 1 July 2022 and have been adopted for the Group financial 
statements where appropriate with no material impact on the disclosures and results made by the Group:
•  Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract (Amendments to IAS 37); 
•  Business Combinations – Reference to the conceptual framework (IFRS 3);
•  Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use (Amendments to IAS 16); and
•  Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 (Amendments to IFRS 1, IFRS 9 and IAS 41).

Judgements and estimates
The main sources of estimation uncertainty that could have a significant risk of causing material adjustment to the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities at 30 June 2023 within the next financial year are the valuation of defined benefit pension obligations and the 
valuation of the Group’s acquired goodwill.

The assumptions applied in determining the defined benefit pension obligation are particularly sensitive. Advice is taken from a qualified 
actuary to determine appropriate assumptions at each reporting date. The actuarial valuation involves making assumptions about 
discount rate, mortality rates and future pension increases. Due to the complexity of the valuation, the underlying assumptions and the 
long term nature of these plans, such estimates are subject to significant uncertainty. A sensitivity analysis is shown in note 23.

Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment, with appropriate assumptions and estimates built into the value in use calculations to 
determine if an impairment of the carrying value is required. See note 14 for further disclosure of the assumptions and estimates applied.

Goodwill
Goodwill arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the Group’s 
interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree. When the excess is 
negative (negative goodwill), it is recognised immediately in the income statement.

After initial recognition, goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses, with the carrying value being reviewed for 
impairment at least annually, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. 
The carrying amount of goodwill allocated to a cash-generating unit is taken into account when determining the gain or loss on 
disposal of the unit, or of an operation within it.

Other intangible assets
Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment 
losses. Intangible assets acquired separately from a business are carried initially at fair value. An intangible asset acquired as part 
of a business combination is recognised separately from goodwill if the asset is separable or arises from contractual or other legal 
rights and its fair value can be measured reliably. Expenditure on internally developed intangible assets, excluding development costs, 
is taken to the income statement in the year in which it is incurred.

Development expenditure is recognised as an intangible asset only after all the following criteria are met:
• 
• 
• 

the project’s technical feasibility and commercial viability can be demonstrated;
the availability of adequate technical and financial resources and an intention to complete the project have been confirmed; and
the correlation between development costs and future revenues has been established.

106

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

2 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Other intangible assets continued
Intangible assets with a finite life are amortised on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives, as follows:

Computer software  
Brands  

– 2 to 5 years
– 3 to 25 years

The carrying value of intangible assets is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying 
value may not be recoverable. 

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. 
Cost comprises the aggregate amount paid and the fair value of any other consideration given to acquire the asset and includes 
costs directly attributable to making the asset capable of operating as intended. Under IFRS transitional provisions, the Group 
elected to bring in previous valuations of freehold and long leasehold land and buildings at a valuation frozen under FRS 15, 
and these amounts are carried forward at deemed cost.

Freehold land is not depreciated.

The cost of other property, plant and equipment is written off by equal monthly instalments over their estimated useful lives as follows:

Right-of-use assets 
Freehold buildings 
Long leasehold improvements  
Short leasehold improvements 
Plant and equipment 

– over the period of the lease
– 25 to 50 years
– over the period of the lease 
– over the period of the lease
– 3 to 15 years

Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, each part is accounted for as a separate item. 
Useful lives and residual values are reviewed annually and where adjustments are required these are made prospectively.

Impairment of fixed assets
The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication 
exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Group makes an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount. 
An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell, and its value in use. It 
is determined for each individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from 
other assets or groups of assets. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to the related cash-generating units 
monitored by management, usually at business segment level or business level as the case may be.

Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its 
recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Impairment 
losses of continuing operations are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income in those expense categories consistent 
with the function of the impaired asset.

Leases
(i) Identification of a lease
At inception of a contact the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the 
contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. To assess 
whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset the Group assesses whether:
• 

the contract involves the sole use of a specific identified asset – this may be specified explicitly or implicitly, and should be 
physically distinct or represent substantially all of the capacity of a physically distinct asset. If the supplier has a substantive 
substitution right, then the asset is not identified;
the Group has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the asset throughout the period of use; and
the Group has the right to direct the use of the asset.

• 
• 

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

2 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Leases continued
(ii) As a lessee
The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially 
measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability.

The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier of 
the end of the useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term. The estimated useful lives of right-of-use assets are 
determined on the same basis as those of property and equipment. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically reduced by 
impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, 
discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot readily be determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing 
rate. The Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise fixed payments. The Group does not make other types 
of payment referred to in IFRS 16 for its leases.

Generally the lease liability represents the present value of contractual future lease payments including optional renewal periods 
where the Group is reasonably certain to exercise the extension option. The Group does not typically enter into purchase options or 
variable lease payments.

The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change in future 
lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the amount expected to be 
payable under a residual value guarantee, or if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension 
or termination option.

When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use 
asset, or is recorded in profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

The Group presents right-of-use assets that do not meet the definition of investment property in ‘Property, plant and equipment’ and 
discloses the corresponding ‘Lease liability’ in the statement of financial position.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets
The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases that have a lease term of 12 
months or less, and leases of low-value assets, which it defines as having a purchase cost of £5,000 or less. The Group recognises the 
lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

(iii) As a lessor
When the Group acts as a lessor, it determines at lease inception whether each lease is a finance lease or an operating lease.

To classify each lease, the Group makes an overall assessment of whether the lease transfers substantially all of the risks and rewards 
incidental to ownership of the underlying asset. If this is the case, then the lease is a finance lease; if not, then it is an operating lease. 
As part of this assessment, the Group considers certain indicators such as whether the lease is for the major part of the economic life 
of the asset.

When the Group is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for its interests in the head lease and the sub-lease separately. It assesses 
the lease classification of a sub-lease with reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease, not with reference to the 
underlying asset. If a head lease is a short-term lease to which the Group applies an exemption under IFRS 16 then it classifies the 
sub-lease as an operating lease.

If an arrangement contains lease and non-lease components, the Group applies IFRS 15 to allocate the consideration in the contract.

The Group recognises lease payments received under operating leases as income on a straight-line basis over the lease term as part 
of ‘Rental income’ (see note 3).

108

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

2 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Financial assets
When financial assets are recognised initially under IFRS 9, they are measured at fair value, being the transaction price plus directly 
attributable transaction costs.

Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value on a first in first out basis after making due allowance for any 
obsolete or slow moving items. In the case of finished goods and work in progress, cost comprises direct materials, direct labour and 
an appropriate proportion of manufacturing overheads. The allocation of manufacturing overheads has regard to normal production.

The Group holds certain raw materials from suppliers on a consignment basis, which are accounted for when consumed. This inventory 
remains the property of the supplier until used. 

Pension costs
The Group operates both defined benefit and defined contribution pension schemes as follows:

(i) Defined benefit pensions
The Group operates a principal defined benefit scheme, The Alumasc Group Pension Scheme (AGPS), which requires deficit reduction 
contributions to be made to a separately administered fund. The scheme was closed to future benefit accrual in 2010, which did not 
result in a curtailment gain or loss. Prior to this, benefits were accrued under the Career Average Revalued Earnings (CARE) basis.

Prior to the closure of the scheme to future benefit accrual, the cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit plan was 
determined using the projected unit credit method, which attributes entitlement to benefits to the current period (to determine 
current service cost) and is based on actuarial advice.

The Group determines finance income/expense for the period relating to defined benefit pension scheme by applying the discount 
rate used for valuing the scheme’s liabilities to the value of the net pension liability at the beginning of the year.

The net pension scheme finance costs are charged to finance costs within the statement of comprehensive income.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. These comprise, for scheme 
assets, the difference between the expected and actual return on assets, and, for scheme liabilities, the difference between the 
actuarial assumptions and actual experience, and the effect of changes in actuarial assumptions.

The defined benefit pension asset or liability in the statement of financial position comprises the total for each plan of the present 
value of the defined benefit obligation (using a discount rate based on high-quality corporate bonds), less the fair value of plan 
assets from which the obligations are to be settled directly. Fair value is based on market price information and in the case of quoted 
securities is the published bid price. The value of a net pension benefit asset is restricted to the present value of any amount the 
Group expects to recover by way of refunds from the plan.

(ii) Defined contribution pensions
The pension cost charge to the statement of comprehensive income of the Group’s defined contribution schemes represents 
the contributions payable by the Group to the funds. The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the Group in 
independently administered funds.

Income taxes
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities, 
based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted by the statement of financial position date.

Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the financial statements, with the following exceptions:
•  where the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not 

• 

a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;
in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and associates, where the timing of the 
reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future; and

•  deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which 

the deductible temporary differences, carried forward tax credits or tax losses can be utilised.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

109

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

2 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Income taxes continued
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured on an undiscounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply when 
the related asset is realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of 
financial position date.

Income tax is charged or credited directly to equity if it relates to items that are credited or charged to equity. Otherwise income tax 
is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Foreign currencies
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions. Exchange differences resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at exchange rates 
ruling at the year end date of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are 
recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Own shares
The Alumasc Group plc shares held by the Group are classified in shareholders’ equity as ‘own shares’ and are recognised at cost. 
Consideration received for the sale of such shares is also recognised in equity, with any difference between the proceeds from sale 
and the original cost being taken to reserves. No gain or loss is recognised in the performance statements on the purchase, sale, 
issue or cancellation of equity shares.

A Trust holds the shares in its name and shares are awarded to employees on request by the Group. The Group controls and bears 
the expenses of the Trust.

Equity settled share-based payment transactions
The fair value of long-term incentive awards and share options granted to employees is recognised as an employee expense from 
the date of grant, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees become unconditionally entitled to 
the awards. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of shares for which the related service 
and non-market vesting conditions are met.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to foreign exchange risk.

Such derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into 
and are subsequently re-measured at fair value. The gain or loss on re-measurement to fair value is recognised immediately in the 
statement of comprehensive income. However, where derivatives qualify for hedge accounting, recognition of any resultant gain or 
loss depends on the nature of the item being hedged.

The fair value of forward currency contracts is calculated by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts with similar 
maturity profiles.

For those derivatives designated as hedges and for which hedge accounting is desired, the hedging relationship is documented at its 
inception. This documentation identifies the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged 
and how effectiveness will be measured throughout its duration. Such items are expected at inception to be highly effective.

For the purpose of hedge accounting, the hedges used by the Group are classified as cash flow hedges, as they hedge exposure to 
variability in cash flows that are attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable 
forecast transaction.

The portion of the gain or loss on a cash flow hedge that is determined to be an effective hedge is initially recognised directly in other 
comprehensive income, while the ineffective portion is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.

Amounts taken to other comprehensive income are transferred to the income statement at the time when the underlying transaction 
being hedged affects profit or loss, such as when the forecast sale or purchase of the hedged item occurs. Where the hedged item 
is the cost of a non-financial asset or liability, the amounts taken to equity are transferred to the initial carrying amount of the non-
financial asset or liability.

If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, amounts previously recognised in equity are transferred to the statement 
of comprehensive income.

110

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

2 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Derivative financial instruments and hedging continued
If the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or rollover, or if its designation as a hedge 
is revoked, amounts previously recognised in equity remain in equity until the forecast transaction being hedged occurs and are 
transferred to the income statement or to the initial carrying amount of a non-financial asset or liability as above. If the related 
transaction is not expected to occur, the amount is taken to the statement of comprehensive income.

Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are taken to the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

Information regarding both the qualitative and quantitative characteristics of the Group’s treasury activities is presented to enable 
the improved evaluation of the Group’s exposure to risks arising from financial instruments.

Revenue recognition
Revenue represents the total amounts receivable by the Group for goods supplied and services provided, excluding VAT and rebates.

Building Envelope:
The performance obligations and transaction price are defined within signed contracts between the customer and Blackdown 
Green Roofs. These contracts contain one performance obligation as the scope of work and pricing of the contract is to deliver 
an interrelated service. The revenue for the performance obligation is recognised on an input cost method over time, measured 
by reference to the stage of completion of the contract. Revenue and associated profit are therefore recognised progressively 
as costs are incurred and having regard to latest estimates of cost to complete and expected project margins. The installation 
offering ceased during the financial year, with the supply of all Blackdown Greenroofs now being recognised at a point in time 
upon despatch of goods.

Other revenue streams:
The revenue for each performance obligation is generally recognised at a point in time upon despatch of goods, or receipt of goods 
by the customer, depending on the terms of trade of each operating entity. 

The Group’s pricing structure involves rebate arrangements with several customers. These can be complex in nature and involve 
estimation in determining the required level of provision for rebate liabilities.

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised and carried at the lower of their original invoiced value and recoverable amount. Impairment losses 
against financial assets carried at amortised cost are recognised by reference to any expected credit losses against those assets. 

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of cash flows comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits 
with an original maturity of three months or less, net of bank overdrafts.

Interest bearing loans and borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, 
interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Gains and 
losses arising on the repurchase, settlement or cancellation of liabilities are recognised respectively in finance revenue and finance 
costs. Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense over the period to maturity of the underlying instrument.

Provisions
A provision is recognised when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable 
that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Where the Group expects some or all of a provision 
to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance policy, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when 
recovery is virtually certain. The expense relating to any provision is presented in the statement of comprehensive income net 
of any reimbursement. 

See note 24 for disclosure of the Group’s provisions held at the reporting date.

Other income
Government grant income is shown gross in other income to match the costs as incurred by the Group. Where retention of a 
government grant is dependent on the Group satisfying certain criteria, it is initially recognised as deferred income. When the criteria 
for retention have been satisfied, the deferred income balance is released to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income or 
deducted from the cost of the asset purchased. Research and development expenditure income is shown net against costs incurred.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

111

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

2 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
New standards and interpretations not applied
There are a number of standards, amendments to standards, and interpretations which have been issued by the IASB that are 
effective in future accounting periods that the Group has decided not to adopt early. The following amendments are effective for the 
period 1 July 2023 onwards:
•  Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current (Amendments to IAS 1);
•  Definition of Accounting Estimates (Amendments to IAS 8); and
•  Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction (Amendments to IAS 12).

Management is currently assessing the impact of these new accounting standards and amendments but does not believe that the 
amendments will have a significant impact.

3 Revenue
Revenue, as disclosed in the statement of comprehensive income and total income is analysed as follows:

Revenue from continuing operations arising from:

Goods transferred to customers, recognised at a point in time

Contracts recognised over time

Revenue (per statement of comprehensive income)

Rental income

Total income

2022/23
£’000

2021/22
£’000

88,773

88,558

362

89,135

823

89,381

40

40

89,175

89,421

The vast majority of the Group’s contracts where revenue is recognised over time are for the design, delivery and installation of goods 
for which those contracts can span over more than one accounting period. Accordingly, at each reporting date there are likely to be 
several of these types of contract which have commenced but for which the performance obligations are not yet fully satisfied. The 
installation offering ceased during the financial year, with the supply of all Blackdown Greenroofs now being recognised at a point in 
time upon despatch of goods.

4 Segmental analysis
In accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’, the segmental analysis below follows the Group’s internal management 
reporting structure.

The Chief Executive reviews internal management reports on a monthly basis, with performance being measured based on the 
segmental operating result as disclosed below. Performance is measured on this basis as management believe this information is the 
most relevant when evaluating the impact of strategic decisions because of similarities between the nature of products and services, 
routes to market and supply chains in each segment. Inter-segment transactions are entered into applying normal commercial terms 
that would be available to third parties. Segment results, assets and liabilities include those items directly attributable to a segment. 
Unallocated assets comprise cash and cash equivalents, deferred tax assets, income tax recoverable and corporate assets that 
cannot be allocated on a reasonable basis to a reportable segment. Unallocated liabilities comprise borrowings, employee benefit 
obligations, deferred tax liabilities, income tax payable and corporate liabilities that cannot be allocated on a reasonable basis to 
a reportable segment.

112

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

4 Segmental analysis continued

Water Management 

Building Envelope

Housebuilding Products 

Trading

Unallocated costs

Total from continuing operations

Segmental operating result

Brand amortisation (see note 5)

Restructuring & legal costs (see note 5)

Acquisition costs (see note 5)

Total operating profit from continuing operations

Year to 30 June 2023

Water Management 

Building Envelope

Housebuilding Products 

Trading

Unallocated costs

Total

Year to 30 June 2022

Water Management 

Building Envelope

Housebuilding Products 

Trading

Unallocated costs

Total

2022/23

2021/22

Revenue
£’000

39,841

34,559

14,735

89,135

89,135

Segmental 
operating 
result
£’000

5,765

4,084

3,518

13,367

(1,258)

12,109

£’000

12,109

(70)

(262)

(253)

11,524

Revenue
£’000

47,564

29,389

12,428

89,381

89,381

Segmental 
operating 
result
£’000

8,753

3,580

2,447

14,780

(1,447)

13,333

£’000

13,333

(70)

(564)

 –

12,699

Capital expenditure

Property,
Plant &
Equipment
£’000

Other
Intangible
Assets
£’00

Depreciation
£’000

Amortisation
£’000

1,774

301

1,381

3,456

8

3,464

70

30

94

194

–

194

1,285

331

1,025

2,641

40

2,681

200

5

42

247

–

247

Capital expenditure

Property,
Plant &
Equipment
£’000

Other
Intangible
Assets
£’00

Depreciation
£’000

Amortisation
£’000

1,427

141

1,310

2,878

5

2,883

70

12

41

123

–

123

1,207

360

866

2,433

82

2,515

190

187

48

425

–

425

Segment 
Liabilities
£’000

(8,261)

(8,958)

(7,549)

(24,768)

(17,703)

(42,471)

Segment 
Liabilities
£’000

(11,236)

(12,484)

(7,346)

(31,066)

(16,530)

(47,596)

Segment 
Assets
£’000

31,118

11,258

16,489

58,865

9,353

68,218

Segment 
Assets
£’000

35,084

13,849

15,851

64,784

8,544

73,328

Included in the Building Envelope analysis are Segment assets of £3,859,001 and Segment liabilities of £3,859,000 in relation to 
discontinued operations.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

113

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

4 Segmental Analysis continued
Sales to external customers by geographical segment

Year to 30 June 2023

Year to 30 June 2022

United
Kingdom
£’000

84,079

75,714

Europe 
£’000

2,515

2,983

North
 America
£’000

126

21

Middle
East
£’000

769

2,006

Far
East
£’000

944

8,071

Rest of
World
£’000

702

586

Total
£’000

89,135

89,381

Segment revenue by geographical segment represents revenue from external customers based upon the geographical location of 
the customer.  

All non-current assets are held within the United Kingdom.

5 Underlying to profit before tax reconciliation

Underlying operating profit & profit before tax from continuing operations

12,109

11,172

13,333

12,725

2022/23

2021/22

Operating 
profit
£’000

Profit  

before tax
£’000

Operating 
profit
£’000

Profit  

before tax
£’000

Brand amortisation

IAS 19 net pension scheme finance costs (note 9)

Restructuring & legal costs

Acquisition costs

Profit before tax from continuing operations

Underlying operating loss of Levolux (note 6)

Brand amortisation Levolux (note 6)

Write back/(down) of assets held for sale (note 6)

Loss on disposal of Levolux (note 6)

Operating profit & profit/(loss) before tax

(70)

–

(262)

(253)

(70)

(48)

(262)

(253)

(70)

–

(564)

–

11,524

10,539

12,699

(350)

–

350

–

11,524

(350)

–

350

(1,750)

8,789

(1,957)

(168)

–

–

(70)

(60)

(564)

–

12,031

(1,957)

(168)

(14,912)

–

10,574

(5,006)

In the presentation of underlying profits, management disclose the amortisation of acquired brands and IAS 19 pension costs 
consistently as non-underlying items because they are material non-cash and non-trading items that would typically be excluded in 
assessing the value of the business.

In addition, management has presented the following specific items that arose in 2022/23 and 2021/22 financial years as non-
underlying as they are non-recurring items that are judged to be significant enough to affect the understanding of the year-on-year 
evolution of the underlying trading performance of the business:

•  One-off restructuring and legal costs incurred to resolve a commercial dispute and, in the prior year, to exit the Blackdown 

Roofing installation business; and

•  Acquisition costs relating to professional fees incurred in the Group’s acquisition activities, primarily in connection with the 

acquisition of ARP Group announced on 25 July 2023 (see note 32).

114

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

6 Discontinued operations
Discontinued operations relate to the Levolux business which was divested by the Group on 26 August 2022 and therefore disclosed 
as held for sale at 30 June 2022. The liabilities held for resale at 30 June 2022 were £3,859,000, and the assets held for resale were 
written down to £3,859,001 to reflect the sales proceeds of £1 received on 26 August 2022. In the year to 30 June 2023, a further loss 
on disposal of £1,750,000 was recorded, representing cash held by Levolux at the date of disposal, other related write downs and 
transaction costs.

The results of Levolux included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income are as follows:

Revenue

Underlying operating loss

Brand amortisation

Write down of goodwill

Write down of brand

Write back/(down) of Assets held for sale

Loss on disposal

Loss before taxation

Tax credit (see note 10)

Loss after taxation

7 Expenses by nature
The following items have been charged/(credited) in arriving at operating profit from continuing operations:

Raw materials and consumables

Depreciation of property, plant & equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Brand amortisation

Loss/(gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Unsettled foreign exchange losses/(gains)

Employee benefit expense

Restructuring & legal costs

Acquisition costs

Short-term and low-value lease payments 

Research & development

Research & development expenditure credit

Auditor’s remuneration:

Audit of these financial statements

Audit of the subsidiary financial statements

Other operating charges

Year to 
30 June 
2023
£’000

Year to  
30 June  
2022 
£’000

436

7,820

(350)

–

–

–

350

(1,750)

(1,750)

–

(1,957)

(168)

(10,179)

(874)

(3,859)

–

(17,037)

380

(1,750)

(16,657)

2022/23
£’000

48,660

2,681

177

70

1

4

2021/22
£’000

48,291

2,515

187

70

(18)

(3)

20,846

20,144

262

253

717

258

(852)

73

37

4,424

77,611

564

–

544

242

–

73

47

4,026

76,682

The research and development expenditure credit was claimed against spend of £4,064,000 (2021/22: £3,889,000), representing 
qualifying items included within research and development costs, cost of sales and employee benefit expenses.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

115

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

8 Employee costs and numbers

Employee benefit expense from continuing operations:

Wages and salaries

Social security

Defined contribution pension costs (note 23)

IAS 19 net defined benefit pension scheme finance costs

Total

Average number of employees in continuing operations:

Operational

Administrative, support and management

9 Net finance costs

Finance costs

– Bank overdrafts

– Revolving credit facility

– Interest on lease liabilities

– IAS 19 net pension scheme finance costs

2022/23
£’000

2021/22
£’000

17,765

1,722

1,359

17,463

1,715

966

20,846

20,144

48

60

20,894

20,204

2022/23
Number

2021/22
Number

222

194

416

210

194

404

2022/23
£’000

2021/22
£’000

29

754

154

937

48

985

48

391

169

608

60

668

116

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

10 Tax expense
(a) Tax on profit
Tax charged in the statement of comprehensive income

Current tax:

UK corporation tax – continuing operations

  – discontinued operations

Overseas tax

Amounts under/(over) provided in previous years

Total current tax

Deferred tax:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Amounts (over)/under provided in previous years

Rate change adjustment

Total deferred tax

Total tax expense

Tax charge on continuing operations

Tax credit on discontinued operations

Total tax expense

Tax recognised in other comprehensive income

Deferred tax:

Actuarial losses on pension schemes

Cash flow hedge

Tax (credited)/charged to other comprehensive income

2022/23
£’000

2021/22
£’000

1,704

–

(6)

175

1,873

404

(206)

115

313

2,186

2,186

–

2,186

(932)

(70)

(1,002)

1,094

(380)

207

(16)

905

833

78

225

1,136

2,041

2,421

(380)

2,041

(9)

113

104

Total tax charge in the statement of comprehensive income

1,184

2,145

(b) Reconciliation of the total tax charge
The total tax rate applicable to the tax expense shown in the statement of total comprehensive income of 24.9% is higher than 
(2021/22: 20.6% was higher than) the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 20.5% (2021/22: 19.0%).

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

117

 
Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

10 Tax expense continued
(b) Reconciliation of the total tax charge continued
The differences are reconciled below:

Profit before tax from continuing operations

Loss before tax from discontinued operations

Accounting profit before tax

Current tax at the UK standard rate of 20.5% (2021/22: 19.0%)

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Income not taxable

Rate change adjustment

Tax under/(over) provided in previous years – current tax

Tax (over)/under provided in previous years – deferred tax

2022/23
£’000

10,539

(1,750)

8,789

2021/22
£’000

12,031

(2,125)

9,906

1,802

1,882

486

(186)

115

175

(206)

2,186

42

(170)

225

(16)

78

2,041

(c) Unrecognised tax losses
The Group has tax capital losses in the UK amounting to £16.3 million (2022: £16.3 million) that relate to prior years. Under current 
legislation these losses are available for offset against future chargeable gains. The capital losses are able to be carried forward 
indefinitely. Revaluation gains on land and buildings amount to £1 million (2022: £1 million). These have been offset in the prior year 
against the capital losses detailed above. A deferred tax asset has not been recognised in respect of the net capital losses carried 
forward of £15.3 million (2022: £15.3 million) as they do not meet the criteria for recognition.

(d) Deferred tax
A reconciliation of the movement in deferred tax during the year is as follows:

At 1 July 2021

Charged/(credited) to the statement of 
comprehensive income – current year

Charged/(credited) to the statement of 
comprehensive income – prior year

Charged/(credited) to equity

Accelerated
capital
allowances
£’000

904

463

79

–

Short-term
temporary
differences
£’000

(156)

22

(1)

–

At 30 June 2022

1,446

(135)

Brands
£’000

589

(60)

–

–

529

Charged/(credited) to the statement of 
comprehensive income – current year

(Credited)/charged to the statement of 
comprehensive income – prior year

(Credited)/charged to equity

216

(14)

–

At 30 June 2023

1,648

(146)

(36)

(18)

25

–

(217)

–

294

Hedging
£’000

(51)

–

–

113

62

–

–

(70)

(8)

Share 
options
£’000

(320)

8

–

140

(172)

Total
deferred tax 
liability 
£’000

Pension
deferred tax
asset
£’000

966

433

78

253

1,730

(1,145)

625

–

(9)

529

(23)

139

380

–

21

(174)

(206)

(49)

1,614

–

(932)

(1,081)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented as non-current in the consolidated statement of financial position.

Deferred tax assets have been recognised where it is probable that they will be recovered. Deferred tax assets of £3.8 million (2022: 
£3.8 million) in respect of net capital losses of £15.3 million (2022: £15.3 million) have not been recognised, see note 10 (c).

118

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

10 Tax expense continued
(e) Factors affecting the tax charge in future periods
In the Budget on 3 March 2021, the Government announced its intention to increase the main rate of UK corporation tax from 19% to 
25% with effect from 1 April 2023. Since the 25% tax rate change was enacted at the 30 June 2023 reporting date, deferred tax assets 
and liabilities have been calculated to reflect the expected timing of reversal of the related temporary difference.

11 Dividends

Interim dividend for 2023 of 3.40p paid on 6 April 2023

Final dividend for 2022 of 6.65p paid on 4 November 2022

Interim dividend for 2022 of 3.35p paid on 6 April 2022

Final dividend for 2021 of 6.25p paid on 29 October 2021

2022/23
£’000

1,217

2,382

–

–

3,599

2021/22
£’000

–

–

1,201

2,233

3,434

A final dividend of 6.90 pence per equity share, at a cash cost of £2,471,000, has been proposed for the year ended 30 June 2023, 
payable on 3 November 2023. This dividend has not been accrued in these consolidated financial statements, as it was proposed 
after the year end.

12 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net profit for the period attributable to ordinary equity shareholders of the 
parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by 
dividing the net profit attributable to ordinary equity shareholders of the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
in issue during the period, after allowing for the exercise of outstanding share options. The following sets out the income and share 
data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share calculations:

Net profit attributable to equity holders of the parent – continuing operations

Net loss attributable to equity holders of the parent – discontinued operations

Weighted average number of shares

Dilutive potential ordinary shares – employee share options

Basic earnings per share:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Diluted earnings per share:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

2022/23
£’000

8,353

(1,750)

6,603

2021/22
£’000

9,610

(16,657)

(7,047)

000s

000s

35,806

386

36,192

35,825

586

36,411

2022/23
Pence

23.3

(4.9)

18.4

2022/23
Pence

23.1

(4.9)

18.2

2021/22
Pence

26.8

(46.5)

(19.7)

2021/22
Pence

26.4

(45.7)

(19.3)

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

119

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

12 Earnings per share continued
Calculation of underlying earnings per share:

Reported profit before taxation from continuing operations

Brand amortisation

IAS 19 net pension scheme finance costs

Restructuring & legal costs

Acquisition costs

Underlying profit before taxation from continuing operations

Tax at underlying Group tax rate of 20.0% (2021/22: 19.4%)

Underlying earnings from continuing operations

Weighted average number of shares

Basic underlying earnings per share from continuing operations

2022/23
£’000

10,539

70

48

262

253

11,172

(2,234)

8,938

35,806

25.0p

2021/22
£’000

12,031

70

60

564

–

12,725

(2,469)

10,256

35,825

28.6p

Diluted underlying earnings per share from continuing operations

24.7p

28.2p

13 Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use 
assets
£’000

Freehold  
land and 
buildings
£’000

Long 
leasehold
improvements
£’000

Short 
leasehold
improvements
£’000

Plant & 
equipment 
£’000

Cost

At 1 July 2021

Additions

Disposals

At 1 July 2022

Additions

Disposals

At 30 June 2023

Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses

At 1 July 2021

Depreciation charge for year

Write down of Assets held for sale

On disposals

At 1 July 2022

Depreciation charge for year

On disposals

At 30 June 2023

Net book value at 30 June 2023

Net book value at 30 June 2022

Net book value at 1 July 2021

120 The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

6,644

5,899

1,232

420

(155)

6,909

1,060

–

7,969

1,175

963

–

(155)

1,983

979

–

2,962

5,007

4,926

5,469

–

–

–

–

5,899

1,232

291

(35)

–

–

6,155

1,232

1,460

131

–

–

1,591

129

(31)

1,689

4,466

4,308

4,439

468

54

–

–

522

67

–

589

643

710

764

310

24

(179)

155

10

–

165

255

21

–

(179)

97

25

–

122

43

58

55

Total
£’000

30,007

2,883

(1,077)

31,813

3,464

(446)

15,922

2,439

(743)

17,618

2,103

(411)

19,310

34,831

9,446

1,346

45

(716)

10,121

1,481

(367)

12,804

2,515

45

(1,050)

14,314

2,681

(398)

11,235

16,597

8,075

7,497

6,476

18,234

17,499

17,203

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

14 Goodwill

Cost:

At 1 July 

Disposals

At 30 June

Impairment:

At 1 July

Disposals

Write down of Assets held for sale

At 30 June

Net book value at 30 June

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

19,428

(10,179)

9,249

10,902

(10,179)

 –

723

19,428

 –

19,428

723

 –

10,179

10,902

8,526

8,526

Goodwill acquired through acquisitions has been allocated to cash-generating units for impairment testing as set out below:

Alumasc Roofing (Building Envelope)

Timloc (Housebuilding Products)

Rainclear (Water Management)

Wade (Water Management)

At 30 June

2023
£’000

3,820

2,264

225

2,217

8,526

2022
£’000

3,820

2,264

225

2,217

8,526

Impairment testing of acquired goodwill
The Group considers each of the operating businesses that have goodwill allocated to them, which are those units for which a 
separate cashflow is computed, to be a cash-generating unit (CGU). Each CGU is reviewed annually for impairment. In assessing 
whether an asset has been impaired, the carrying amount of the CGU is compared to its recoverable amount. The recoverable 
amount is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. In the absence of any information about the fair value of a 
CGU, the recoverable amount is deemed to be its value in use. Each of the CGUs are either operating segments as shown in note 4, 
or sub-sets of those operating segments.

For the purpose of impairment testing, the recoverable amount of CGUs is based on value in use calculations. The value in use is 
derived from discounted management cash flow forecasts for the businesses, based on budgets and plans covering a five-year 
period. The growth rate used to extrapolate the cash flows beyond this period was 1% (2022: 1%) for each CGU.

Key assumptions included in the recoverable amount calculation are the discount rate applied and the cash flows generated by:
(i)  Revenues
(ii)  Gross margins
(iii)  Overhead costs

Each assumption has been considered in conjunction with the local management of the relevant operating businesses who have used 
their past experience and expectations of future market and business developments in arriving at the figures used. 

The pre-tax rate used to discount the cash flows of these cash-generating units with on-balance sheet goodwill was 15% (2022: 12%). 
This rate was based on the Group’s estimated weighted average cost of capital (WACC) of 11% (2022: 7%), which was risk-adjusted 
for each CGU taking into account both external and internal risks. The Group’s WACC in 2023 was higher than the rate used in 2022, 
reflecting an increase in interest costs and the equity market risk premium.

The surplus headroom above the carrying value of goodwill at 30 June 2023 was significant for all CGUs, with no impairment arising 
from either a 2% increase in the discount rate; a growth rate of -1% used to extrapolate the cash flows; or a reduction of 25% in the 
cash flow generated in the terminal year.

The carrying value of goodwill at 30 June 2022 for Levolux was written down to £nil to reflect the sale of the business on 26 August 2022.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

121

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

15 Other intangible assets

Cost:

At 1 July 2021

Additions

Disposals

At 1 July 2022

Additions

Disposals

At 30 June 2023

Accumulated amortisation:

At 1 July 2021

Amortisation for the year

Write down of Assets held for sale

On disposals

At 1 July 2022

Amortisation for the year

On disposals

At 30 June 2023

Net book value at 30 June 2023

Net book value at 30 June 2022

Net book value at 1 July 2021

Brands
£’000

Computer
software
£’000

Total
£’000

5,843

2,967

8,810

–

–

5,843

–

(4,289)

1,554

123

(9)

3,081

194

(549)

2,726

123

(9)

8,924

194

(4,838)

4,280

3,486

2,003

5,489

238

874

–

4,598

70

(4,289)

379

1,175

1,245

2,357

187

19

(9)

2,200

177

(549)

1,828

898

881

964

425

893

(9)

6,798

247

(4,838)

2,207

2,073

2,126

3,321

The Wade brand is being amortised over a life of 25 years from February 2018.

The Levolux brand was written down to £nil at 30 June 2022 to reflect the sale of the business on 26 August 2022.

16 Inventories

Raw materials

Work in progress

Finished goods

2023
£’000

3,213

275

8,073

11,561

2022
£’000

4,067

280

9,047

13,394

During the year the Group’s inventory provision increased by £285,000 (2022: increased by £9,000). At 30 June 2023 the Group’s 
inventory provision was £1,451,000 (2022: £1,166,000).

17 Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Prepayments 

122

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

2023
£’000

17,400

1,474

1,874

20,748

2022
£’000

16,801

543

1,442

18,786

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

17 Trade and other receivables continued
Trade receivables and contract assets are non-interest bearing, are generally on terms of 30-90 days and are shown net of provisions 
for lifetime expected credit losses. 

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision 
for trade receivables, other receivables and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables 
and contract assets are grouped based on similar credit risk and ageing. 

The Group calculates the rate of provision for each customer based on the risk score assigned by reputable credit management 
agencies. The risk score assigned is input into the Group’s expected credit loss matrix with a higher risk customer attracting a higher 
level of provision. The Group’s matrix is designed such that the level of provision increases as the receivable balance ages as overdue 
receivables are of inherently higher risk.

As at 30 June 2023, trade receivables and other receivables of £356,000 (2022: £410,000) were impaired and provided for. Movements 
in the provision for impairment of receivables were as follows:

At 1 July

Credit for the year

Amounts written off

Write down of Assets held for sale

At 30 June

2023
£’000

410

(26)

(28)

–

356

2022
£’000

750

(156)

(44)

(140)

410

The table below sets out the ageing of the gross trade receivable and contract asset balances against terms and the level of 
provision held against each ageing category:

Current

Less than 30 days past due

Less than 60 days past due

Less than 90 days past due

Greater than 90 days past due

18 Assets and liabilities classified as held for sale

Assets classified as held for sale:

Trade and other receivables

Liabilities classified as held for sale:

Trade and other payables

2023

2022

Gross 
receivable
£’000

Loss 
provision
£’000

Gross 
receivable
£’000

Loss 
provision
£’000

15,133

1,653

565

64

341

255

13

33

27

28

14,402

2,363

277

30

139

17,756

356

17,211

130

135

46

16

83

410

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

–

3,859

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

–

3,859

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

123

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

19 Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Other taxation and social security

Other payables

Accruals

20 Borrowings

Non-current liabilities:

Non-current instalments due on bank debt

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

13,305

14,257

2,343

1,463

2,009

19,120

1,916

724

2,134

19,031

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

8,848

13,000

At 30 June 2023 the Group had a £25.0 million committed revolving credit facility which has an expiry date of August 2025 and 
two further single year extension periods to August 2026 and August 2027. On 24 July 2023 the Group triggered the first of the 
two single year extension periods, which extends the £25.0 million committed revolving credit facility expiry date to August 2026. 
One further single year extension period to August 2027 is still in place. The Group has the option to cancel and repay elements of the 
committed facility at short notice should it wish to do so. The extension periods are subject to request by the Group and acceptance 
by the lender.

The following financial covenants apply to the new facility: Group interest cover, based on underlying EBITDA (i.e. from continuing 
operations and before non-recurring items), to be at least three and a half times; and net bank debt as a multiple of underlying 
EBITDA (i.e. from continuing operations and before non-recurring items) to be below two and a half times, with an acquisition spike to 
be below two and three quarter times.

At 30 June 2023 the Group also had £4.0 million (2022: £4.0 million) of bank overdraft facilities, renewed until August 2024 and 
repayable on demand. The Group has an offset arrangement in place against uncommitted overdraft facilities.

21 Lease liabilities

Non-current lease liabilities

Current lease liabilities

Total lease liabilities

At 1 July

Additions

Disposals

Interest on lease liabilities

Amounts paid on lease liabilities

At 30 June

124

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

2023
£’000

4,366

868

5,234

2023
£’000

5,132

1,060

(194)

154

(918)

5,234

2022
£’000

4,251

881

5,132

2022
£’000

5,606

420

(181)

169

(882)

5,132

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

22 Financial instruments
Financial risk management
The Group’s treasury activities are carried out in accordance with policies set by the Board and are managed on a centralised basis 
across the Group. The purpose of treasury activities is to ensure that adequate, cost effective funding is available to the Group at 
all times and that exposure to interest rate, foreign exchange and counterparty risks are managed within acceptable levels. The 
Group uses derivative financial instruments as economic hedges to manage foreign exchange and, where necessary, interest rate 
risks. It is the Group’s policy that no trading in financial instruments is undertaken. Hedge accounting treatment has been applied 
to all of these hedging activities. All derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value at each reporting date.

Financial assets and liabilities
Set out below is a comparison by category of carrying amounts and fair values of all the Group’s financial assets and liabilities:

Financial assets:

Cash at bank

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Derivative financial asset

Financial liabilities:

Bank loans

Lease liabilities

Trade and other payables

Derivative financial liabilities

30 June 2023

30 June 2022

Carrying
amount
£’000

5,995

17,400

1,474

–

Fair
value
£’000

Carrying
amount
£’000

5,995

17,400

1,474

–

8,284

16,801

543

325

Fair
value
£’000

8,284

16,801

543

325

24,869

24,869

25,953

25,953

8,848

5,234

16,777

30

8,848

5,234

16,777

30

13,000

13,000

5,132

17,115

–

5,132

17,115

–

30,889

30,889

35,247

35,247

Derivative financial assets and liabilities are carried at fair value as a designated hedge instrument. The other financial assets and 
liabilities are measured at amortised cost.

Trade and other payables balances do not include other taxation and social security costs or contract liabilities.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities at 30 June 2023 and 2022 based on contractual 
undiscounted payments. The total interest bearing loans and borrowings value in the table below includes future unaccrued interest, 
whilst the bank overdraft and loans balance in the table above shows only the carrying amount at the year end date.

On
demand
£’000

Less than
1 year
£’000

At 30 June 2023

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Lease liabilities

Trade and other payables 

At 30 June 2022

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Lease liabilities

Trade and other payables

–

–

5,224

5,224

–

–

4,964

4,964

612

1,041

11,556

13,209

360

1,058

12,151

1 to 2
years
£’000

612

806

–

2 to 5
years
£’000

More than 5
years
£’000

9,000

2,279

–

–

2,625

–

1,418

11,279

2,625

Total
£’000

10,224

6,751

16,780

33,755

300

785

–

13,000

2,219

–

–

13,660

2,556

–

2,556

6,618

17,115

37,393

13,569

1,085

15,219

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

125

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

22 Financial instruments continued
Liquidity risk management
The Group manages liquidity risk by monitoring its net cash/debt position regularly and ensuring that committed and uncommitted 
banking facilities are in place to provide adequate headroom for anticipated future cash flows. Details of the facilities are given 
above. The Group’s net bank debt position at 30 June 2023 was £2.9 million (2022: £4.7 million).

Details of the Group’s approach to capital structure are given within the Financial Review on page 15. The maturity profile of the 
Group’s interest bearing financial liabilities is as follows:

Floating rate interest bearing financial liabilities:

In two to five years

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

8,848

8,848

13,000

13,000

Interest rate risk
The Group’s marginal pre-tax cost of debt finance at interest rates in place at 30 June 2023 under the banking facilities in existence 
at that time was approximately 6.2% (2022: 2.2%).

The floating rate financial liabilities comprise the drawn down element of the revolving credit facility in existence at the reporting 
date that bears interest based on SONIA. The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonable possible change in interest 
rates, with all other variables held constant, of the Group’s profit before tax (through the impact of floating rate borrowings):

Increase

Decrease

Basis Points

+50

-50

Effect  
on profit 
before tax

(20)

20

Credit risk
The risk of financial loss due to a counterparty’s failure to honour its obligations arises principally in relation to transactions where 
the Group provides goods and services on deferred payment terms. There are no concentrations of credit risk which amount to more 
than 10% of Group revenues. The maximum credit risk exposure relating to financial assets is represented by its carrying value less 
amounts recoverable from credit insurance contracts as at the reporting date. The Group’s cash deposits and derivative transactions 
are only lodged with approved institutions that have strong credit ratings.

Group policies are aimed at minimising credit losses, and require that deferred terms are granted only to customers who demonstrate 
an appropriate payment history and satisfy creditworthiness procedures. Individual exposures are monitored with customers subject 
to credit terms to ensure that the Group’s exposure to bad debts is minimised. Goods may be sold on a payment with order basis to 
mitigate credit risk. Most Group businesses purchase credit insurance and the Group has increased its overall levels of credit insurance 
in recent years.

The ageing of gross trade receivables is set out in note 17.

Foreign currency risk
The Group has transactional currency exposures. Such exposures arise from sales or purchases by operating companies in currencies 
other than the companies’ operating currency (mainly Pounds Sterling). Transactional currency risks are managed by offsetting as 
far as possible purchases and sales by Group companies in the same currency. A proportion of the residual risk is managed, where 
appropriate, through the use of forward currency contracts.

None of the derivative financial instruments held at 30 June 2023 or 30 June 2022 related to derivative trading activity. Where 
cash flow hedge accounting is applied, gains or losses on the financial instrument hedges are held in equity and only recognised in 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income when the losses or gains on the hedged transactions are recognised in the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

126

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

22 Financial instruments continued
The following shows the amounts of foreign currency denominated receivables, payables and cash balances at 30 June stated in 
local currency:

Euros

US Dollars

Hong Kong Dollars

2023
Receivable
ccy’ 000

480

573

5,062

2023
Payable
ccy’ 000

(1,686)

(341)

(120)

2023
Cash
ccy’ 000

35

39

2023
Net total
ccy’ 000

2022
Receivable
ccy’ 000

(1,171)

271

183

607

5,222

10,164

30,096

2022
Payable
ccy’ 000

(168)

(946)

(144)

2022
Cash
ccy’ 000

54

475

2022
Net total
ccy’ 000

69

136

20,929

50,881

The following table demonstrates the impact on the Group’s profit after tax and equity when the fair value of unhedged monetary 
assets and liabilities at 30 June are retranslated at exchange rates either 10% above or below the year end exchange rate:

2023 Increase

Decrease

2022 Increase

Decrease

Effect on profit after tax and equity in Sterling

Exchange  

rate change

US $
£’000

Euro
£’000

Hong Kong $
£’000

+10%

-10%

+10%

-10%

26

(32)

13

(16)

91

(112)

3

(4)

99

(121)

101

(124)

Hedging activities
The net fair values of the Group’s derivative financial instruments at 30 June designated as hedging instruments are set out below:

Forward foreign exchange contracts

2023
£’000

(30)

2022
£’000

325

At 30 June 2023 the Group had forward foreign exchange contracts with principal amounts equivalent to £6,384,000 (2022: 
£9,278,000). The forward foreign exchange contracts hedge foreign currency cost and price risks of various currency purchases and 
sales across the Group. The cash flows associated with the forward foreign exchange hedges are generally expected to occur within 
the next 18 months.

The derivative financial instruments carried at fair value have been valued using directly observable market inputs and therefore they 
are all considered to have been valued at Level 2, as described in the amendments to IFRS 7.

23 Retirement benefit obligations
The Group operates a number of defined contribution schemes and a defined benefit pension scheme, funded by the payment of 
contributions into separately administered funds. The defined benefit scheme, which has been closed to future accrual since 2010, 
provides defined benefits based on a career average revalued earnings (CARE) basis.

Defined contribution schemes
Of the amount charged to operating profit in the statement of comprehensive income for pension contributions, £1,359,000 (2022: 
£1,090,000, including £124,000 in relation to Levolux) was in respect of defined contribution schemes. At 30 June 2023 there was an 
accrual of £114,000 payable in respect of defined contribution scheme contributions (2022: £110,000).

Defined benefit schemes
The level of Company cash contributions agreed with the Pension Trustees is £1.2 million per annum, to include deficit reduction 
contributions and scheme running expenses, over a 7-8 year period from October 2022. These contribution levels are reviewed every 
three years with the next review due in June 2025.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

127

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

23 Retirement benefit obligations continued
Defined benefit schemes continued
The Scheme’s investments, including the asset allocation, is the responsibility of the Trustees of the Scheme. At 30 June 2023 the 
assets were allocated with around 40% in matching assets and 60% in growth assets. The matching assets include annuity policies 
that make up around 1.5% of the total assets. It is expected that the matching assets will respond to changes in interest rates and 
inflation expectations in a similar way to the defined benefit obligations.

Risks associated with the Scheme include asset volatility, inflation increases, increase in life expectancy beyond the allowances 
already made in the assumptions and changes in bond yields. The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation at 30 
June 2023 is 15 years (2022: 16 years).

Disclosures in accordance with IAS 19 are set out below in respect of the defined benefit scheme. Pension charges are determined 
with the advice of an independent qualified actuary on the basis of annual valuations using the projected unit credit method.

The principal assumptions used for the purpose of the IAS 19 valuations are set out below:

Discount rate

Expected rate of deferred pension increases

Future pension increases

Retail Price Index inflation rate

Consumer Price Index inflation rate

Post retirement mortality

Current pensioners at 65 – male

Current pensioners at 65 – female

Future pensioners at 65 in 2043 – male

Future pensioners at 65 in 2043 – female

The Alumasc
Group Scheme
2023
%

The Alumasc
Group Scheme
2022
%

5.25

2.60

3.75

2.50

3.10–3.65

3.05–3.60

3.20

2.60

3.15

2.50

Years

Years

21.6

24.0

22.9

25.5

21.5

23.5

22.8

24.9

A discount rate of 5.25% has been used in calculating the present value of liabilities of the pension scheme at 30 June 2023. A 0.1% 
change to this rate would have changed the present value of the pension fund liabilities at that date by approximately £744,000 
before tax.

A Retail Price Index inflation rate of 3.20% and a Consumer Price Index inflation rate of 2.60% have been used in calculating the 
present value of liabilities of the pension scheme at 30 June 2023. A 0.1% change to these rates would have changed the present 
value of the pension fund liabilities at that date by approximately £209,000 before tax.

In valuing the liabilities of the pension scheme at 30 June 2023, mortality assumptions have been assumed as indicated above. If 
life expectancy had been changed to assume that all members of the scheme live for one year longer on average, the value of the 
reported liabilities at 30 June 2023 would have increased by approximately £2,391,000 before tax.

128

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

23 Retirement benefit obligations continued
Defined benefit schemes continued
The combined assets and liabilities of the scheme at 30 June are:

Scheme assets at fair value:

Equities

Liability Driven Investment Funds

Corporate bonds and insured annuities

Multi-asset fund

Property

Cash

Present value of scheme liabilities

Defined benefit pension deficit

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

22,443

6,759

20,331

14,736

6,520

661

30,160

10,425

17,347

18,945

7,696

2,659

50,653

44,222

14,277

13,021

23,142

7,217

4,319

17,922

13,135

19,576

7,019

1,594

43,758

16,194

12,483

19,692

6,123

2,217

71,450

87,232

112,629

103,468

100,467

(75,773)

(89,346)

(117,210)

(122,737)

(113,418)

(4,323)

(2,114)

(4,581)

(19,269)

(12,951)

Of the above assets, all have a quoted market price with the exception of £1,039,000 of insured annuities (2022: £1,194,000) and 
£845,000 of property (2022: £845,000).

The whole of the defined benefit pension deficit is shown as a non-current liability.

Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income in respect of the defined benefit plan, before taxation, are as follows:

Included in net finance costs:

Net pension scheme finance costs

Included in other comprehensive income:

Movements on retirement benefit obligations:

Actuarial gain/(loss) arising from change in demographic assumptions

Actuarial gain arising from change in financial assumptions

Experience losses

Actuarial gain on retirement benefit obligations

Actuarial loss on plan assets

Net actuarial loss (pre-tax)

Total recognised in the statement of comprehensive income (pre-tax)

The actual return on plan assets for 2022/23 was a loss of £12,319,000 (2021/22: loss of £22,728,000).

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation before taxation are as follows:

At 1 July

Interest cost

Benefits paid

Actuarial gain

At 30 June

2022/23
£’000

2021/22
£’000

(48)

(60)

105

12,847

(1,154)

11,798

(83)

25,480

(700)

24,697

(15,526)

(24,731)

(3,728)

(3,776)

(34)

(94)

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

(89,346)

(117,210)

(3,255)

5,030

11,798

(2,063)

5,230

24,697

(75,773)

(89,346)

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

129

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

23 Retirement benefit obligations continued
Defined benefit schemes continued
Changes in the fair value of plan assets before taxation are as follows:

At 1 July

Expected return on plan assets

Actuarial loss

Contributions by employer

Benefits paid

At 30 June

2023
£’000

87,232

3,207

2022
£’000

112,629

2,003

(15,526)

(24,731)

1,567

(5,030)

71,450

2,561

(5,230)

87,232

The cumulative amount of actuarial losses recognised since 1 July 2004 in the Group statement of comprehensive income is 
£15,330,000 (2021/22: losses of £11,602,000).

24 Provisions

At 1 July 2021

Charge/(credit) for the year

Utilised

At 1 July 2022

Charge for the year

Utilised

At 30 June 2023

At 30 June 2023

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

At 30 June 2022

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Dilapidations
£’000
Note (i)

Warranty
£’000
Note (ii)

Restructuring
£’000
Note (iii)

1,196

271

(6)

1,461

75

(63)

1,473

443

1,030

1,473

527

934

1,461

440

(116)

(121)

203

25

(21)

207

52

155

207

76

127

203

465

620

(328)

757

 –

(640)

117

117

 –

117

757

 –

757

Total
£’000

2,101

775

(455)

2,421

100

(724)

1,797

612

1,185

1,797

1,360

1,061

2,421

(i) Dilapidations
The provision is in respect of a number of the Group’s properties where the Group has obligations to make good dilapidations and 
required restoration. The non-current liabilities are estimated to be payable over periods from one to fifteen years.

(ii) Warranty
Warranty provisions are generally utilised within five years. Provisions are not discounted to present values since the impact of 
reflecting the time value of money on these balances is not considered to be material.

(iii) Restructuring
Restructuring provisions at 30 June 2023 are held mainly in respect of the restructuring of the Roofing business and are expected to 
be utilised within 12 months.

130 The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

25 Share capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid:

36,133,558 (2022: 36,133,558) ordinary shares of 12.5p each

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

4,517

4,517

26 Movements in equity
Share capital and share premium
The balances classified as share capital and share premium are the proceeds of the nominal value and premium value respectively 
on issue of the Company’s equity share capital net of issue costs.

Capital reserve – own shares
The capital reserve – own shares relates to 322,418 (2022: 327,493) ordinary own shares held by the Company. The market value of 
shares at 30 June 2023 was £475,567 (2022: £519,076). These are held to help satisfy the exercise of awards under the Company’s 
Long Term Incentive Plans. During the year 52,630 (2022: 297,021) shares with an original cost of £96,000 (2022: £402,000) were used 
to satisfy the exercise of awards. A Trust holds the shares in its name and shares are awarded to employees on request by the Group. 
The Group bears the expenses of the Trust.

Hedging reserve
This reserve records the post-tax portion of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that is determined to be 
an effective hedge.

Foreign currency reserve
This foreign currency reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of 
foreign subsidiaries.

27 Share-based payments
The Company operates two types of share-based payment schemes, the main features of each scheme as detailed in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 76 to 86.

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price
(pence)

As at
 1 July
 2022 

Granted

LTIP(i)

ESOS(ii)

698,858

460,000

n/a

130

307,264

225,000

As at
 1 July
 2021

823,062

420,000

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price 
(pence)

n/a

91

Granted

214,020

160,000

LTIP(i)

ESOS(ii)

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
(pence)

n/a

150

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
(pence)

n/a

226

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
(pence)

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
(pence)

As at
30 June
2023

Lapsed

n/a

(48,717)

82

(114,620)

n/a

116

935,230

535,000

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
(pence)

n/a

122

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
(pence)

As at
30 June
2022

n/a

116

698,858

460,000

Lapsed

(109,713)

(41,190)

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
(pence)

n/a

143

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
(pence)

n/a

130

Exercised

(22,175)

(35,380)

Exercised

(228,511)

(78,810)

(i)  Long Term Incentive Plan.
(ii) Executive share option scheme.

ESOS
For the share options outstanding at 30 June 2023 the weighted average remaining contractual life is 8.2 years (30 June 2022: 8.0 
years). The exercise price of the options outstanding ranges between 79 pence and 226 pence. 80,000 share options are exercisable 
at 30 June 2023 (30 June 2022: 30,000). The weighted average share price of options exercised during the year at date of exercise 
was 160 pence (2022: 226 pence).

LTIP
The October 2020 LTIP awards are expected to vest in October 2023. The weighted average share price of options exercised during 
the year at date of exercise was 138 pence (2022: 225 pence).

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

131

Financial Statements

Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

27 Share-based payments continued
Fair value of awards
The Black-Scholes option pricing model has been used to calculate the fair value of the options and the amount to be expensed in 
the statement of comprehensive income. The fair values of awards granted in the year, together with the assumptions used in the 
option pricing model are as follows:

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Expected volatility

Expected life (years)

Risk free rate

Dividend yield at date of grant

Fair value per option

ESOS

LTIP

2023

150p

150p

25%

3

3.0%

6.8%

16p

2022

226p

226p

30%

3

1.0%

4.3%

33p

2023

150p

nil

25%

3

3.0%

6.8%

122p

2022

226p

nil

30%

3

1.0%

4.3%

211p

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the last three years. The risk free rate of return is based on the yield on 
government bonds due to mature on the expected maturity of the award.

The net charge recognised for share-based payments in respect of employee services rendered during the year to 30 June 2023 was 
£182,000 (2021/22: £118,000). Of this, £162,000 (2021/22: £98,000) is in respect of key management personnel, which are the Directors 
of The Alumasc Group plc.

28 Movement in borrowings

At 1 July 2021

Cash flow movements

Non-cash movements

Effect of foreign exchange rates

At 1 July 2022

Cash flow movements

Non-cash movements

Effect of foreign exchange rates

At 30 June 2023

 Cash at 
bank / bank 
overdrafts
£’000

4,999

3,124

–

161

8,284

(2,271)

–

(18)

Bank
loans
£’000

(5,936)

(7,000)

(64)

–

(13,000)

4,262

(110)

–

Net bank 
(debt)/cash
£’000

(937)

(3,876)

(64)

161

(4,716)

1,991

(110)

(18)

Lease 
liabilities
£’000

(5,606)

713

(239)

–

(5,132)

765

(867)

–

Total 
borrowings
£’000

(6,543)

(3,163)

(303)

161

(9,848)

2,756

(977)

(18)

5,995

(8,848)

(2,853)

(5,234)

(8,087)

29 Financial commitments
(i) Capital commitments
At 30 June 2023 £1,579,000 (2022: £121,000) of capital expenditure had been authorised but not contracted, and no capital 
expenditure had been authorised and contracted but not provided for by the Group (2022: £nil).

(ii) Lease commitments
The Group has entered into commercial leases which predominantly relate to certain properties within the Group. The Group also 
leases a number of motor vehicles and items of plant and equipment. The leases have varying terms and renewal rights.

132

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

30 Related party disclosure
The Group’s principal actively trading subsidiaries at 30 June 2023 are listed below:

Principal subsidiaries

Principal activity

Country of incorporation

Alumasc Building Products Limited

Building products

England

A full list of the Group’s subsidiaries is shown on page 156.

% of equity interest 
 and votes held

2023

100

2022

100

Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties
Sales to and purchases from related parties are made at arms-length market prices. Outstanding balances at the year end are 
unsecured and settlement occurs in cash. There have been no guarantees provided or received for any related party receivables.

Transactions with other related parties
Key management personnel are determined as the Directors of The Alumasc Group plc. Details of the Directors’ compensation are 
detailed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 76 to 86. No other transactions were made during the financial period 
between the Company and the Directors.

31 Contingent liabilities
At the reporting date there existed contingent liabilities amounting to £657,000 (2022: £533,000) in relation to outstanding 
Guarantees and £nil (2022: £129,000) in relation to outstanding Performance Bonds.

32 Post balance sheet events
On 25 July 2023 the Group announced that is has agreed, subject to approval from the Competition and Markets Authority (CMA), to 
acquire the entire issued share capital of ARP Group, a manufacturer and distributor of specialist metal rainwater and architectural 
aluminium goods, for a maximum cash consideration of £10.0 million on a cash and debt free basis, and subject to adjustments for 
normalised working capital. The consideration comprises an initial £8.5 million, adjusted for net cash/debt and normalised working 
capital, with a further £1.5 million payable subject to ARP Group’s performance over the two years ending November 2024. ARP’s 
consolidated unaudited results for the year ended February 2023 showed revenue of £10.8 million and adjusted EBITDA of £1.3 million. 
Consolidated net assets were £4.5 million.

The CMA are expected to conclude their review, and the transaction to complete, by November 2023. Regardless of the outcome of 
this review, the Group expects to incur a further £200,000 of acquisition expenses in the year to 30 June 2024. 

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

133

Financial Statements

Company Statement of Financial Position
At 30 June 2023

Assets

Non-current assets

Property, plant & equipment – owned assets

Property, plant & equipment – right-of-use assets

Investments in Group companies

Deferred tax assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Lease liability

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings

Employee benefits payable

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Current liabilities

Lease liability

Trade and other payables

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Share capital

Share premium 

Capital reserve – own shares

Profit and loss account reserve

Total equity

Notes

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

5

5

6

9

7

19

416

450

55,571

259

56,696

1,747

1,052

2,799

442

456

55,571

222

56,691

805

2,627

3,432

59,495

60,123

10, 19

(8,848)

(13,000)

11

20

13

14

9

11

8

15

16

16

16

(470)

(12,358)

(232)

(739)

(21)

(473)

(9,823)

(110)

(196)

(24)

(22,668)

(23,626)

(3)

(1,142)

(1,145)

(3)

(1,436)

(1,439)

(23,813)

(25,065)

35,682

35,058

4,517

445

(577)

31,297

35,682

4,517

445

(601)

30,697

35,058

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company profit and loss account is not presented. The profit for 
the year after tax was £4,267,000 (2022: £4,798,000 loss). The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and 
authorised for issue on 5 September 2023.

Paul Hooper 
Director   
5 September 2023
Company number 1767387

Simon Dray
Director

134

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023
The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

 
 
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Company Statement of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2023

Operating activities

Operating profit

Adjustments for:

Depreciation

Increase in receivables

Decrease in trade and other payables

Movement in provisions

Cash contributions to retirement benefit schemes

Share-based payments

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Financing activities

Bank interest paid

Equity dividends paid

(Repayment)/draw down of amounts borrowed

Draw down/(repayment) of amounts borrowed from subsidiaries

Refinancing costs

Purchase of own shares

Payment of lease liabilities

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash at bank and bank overdraft

Net cash at bank and bank overdraft brought forward

Net (decrease)/increase in cash at bank and bank overdraft

Net cash at bank and bank overdraft carried forward

Notes

2022/23
£’000

2021/22
£’000

5

13

4

19

19

4,766

9,195

41

(942)

(294)

543

(86)

182

82

(412)

(170)

(54)

(141)

118

4,210

8,618

(9)

(9)

(5)

(5)

(379)

(3,599)

(4,000)

2,535

(262)

(51)

(20)

(157)

(3,434)

7,000

(9,724)

–

(526)

(20)

(5,776)

(6,861)

19

(1,575)

2,627

(1,575)

1,052

19

1,752

875

1,752

2,627

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

135

Financial Statements

Company Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2023

At 1 July 2021

Loss for the year

Actuarial loss on defined benefit pensions, net of tax

Dividends

Share-based payments

Acquisition of own shares

Own shares used to satisfy exercise of share awards

Tax on share options

Exercise of share-based incentives

At 1 July 2022

Profit for the year

Actuarial loss on defined benefit pensions, net of tax

Dividends

Share-based payments

Acquisition of own shares

Own shares used to satisfy exercise of share awards

Tax on share options

Exercise of share-based incentives

At 30 June 2023

Capital 
reserve  
– own  
shares
£’000

Profit
and loss 
account
reserve
£’000

Total
equity
£’000

Share
premium
£’000

445

(406)

39,284

43,840

Share 
capital
£’000

4,517

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(597)

402

–

–

(4,798)

(4,798)

(2)

(2)

(3,434)

(3,434)

118

–

–

(140)

(331)

118

(597)

402

(140)

(331)

4,517

445

(601)

30,697

35,058

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(72)

96

–

–

4,267

(154)

4,267

(154)

(3,599)

(3,599)

182

–

–

(21)

(75)

182

(72)

96

(21)

(75)

4,517

445

(577)

31,297

35,682

136

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2023

1 Basis of preparation
The Alumasc Group plc (the ‘Company’) is incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. The Company’s ordinary shares are 
traded on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM).

The Company financial statements have been prepared and approved by the Directors in accordance with UK adopted international 
accounting standards.

The financial statements are prepared on the historical cost basis except for derivative financial instruments and equity settled  
share-based payments which are stated at their ongoing fair value.

The financial statements are prepared on a consistent basis with The Alumasc Group plc consolidated financial statements.

Going concern
As the Company acts as a holding company for the Group’s investments, its results and cashflows are based on the performance 
of the Group’s operating companies. The Company is the principal of the Alumasc Group’s overall borrowing facilities and treasury 
operations are managed on a centralised basis throughout the Group. The Company’s borrowings are subject to cross-guarantees 
and offset arrangements with positive cash balances elsewhere in the Group.

The Group’s Going Concern assessment is detailed on page 106.

The financial position of the Group, its cash flows and liquidity position are set out in these financial statements. Details of the Group’s 
borrowing facilities are described within note 10.

At 30 June 2023 the Group had a £25.0 million committed revolving credit facility which has an expiry date of August 2025 and two 
further single year extension periods to August 2026 and August 2027. On 24 July 2023 the Group triggered the first of the two single 
year extension periods, which extends the £25.0 million committed revolving credit facility expiry date to August 2026. One further 
single year extension period to August 2027 is still in place. The Group has the option to cancel and repay elements of the committed 
facility at short notice should it wish to do so. The extension periods are subject to request by the Group and acceptance by the 
lender. At 30 June 2023 the Group’s net debt was £2.9 million (2022: £4.7 million).

On the basis of the Group’s financing facilities and current operating and financial plans and sensitivity analyses, the Board is 
satisfied that the Company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future and accordingly 
continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

2 Summary of significant accounting policies
The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in these 
financial statements.

See note 2 of the Group accounts for details of new standards and interpretations applied and not applied during the period beginning 
1 July 2022.

Judgements and estimates
The key sources of estimation uncertainty that have a significant risk of causing material adjustment to the carrying amounts of 
assets and liabilities within the next financial year are the measurement and valuation of defined benefit pension obligations and 
the valuation of the Company’s investments in subsidiaries.

Measurement of defined benefit pension obligations requires estimation of future changes in inflation, mortality rates and the 
selection of a suitable discount rate (see note 13).

The valuation of the Company’s investments is reviewed where impairment indicators are identified with key assumptions and 
estimates being applied by management in assessing whether any impairment is required. See note 6 for further details.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

137

Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

2 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Cost 
comprises the aggregate amount paid and the fair value of any other consideration given to acquire the asset and includes costs 
directly attributable to making the asset capable of operating as intended.

Under IFRS transitional provisions, the Company elected to bring in previous valuations of freehold and long leasehold land and 
buildings at a valuation frozen under FRS 15, and these amounts are carried forward at deemed cost.

Freehold land is not depreciated.

The cost of other property, plant and equipment is written off by equal monthly instalments over their estimated useful lives as follows:
Right-of-use assets 
Freehold buildings 
Long leasehold property –  over the period of the lease 
Plant and equipment 

–  over the period of the lease
–  25 to 50 years

–  3 to 15 years

Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, each part is accounted for as a separate item. 
Useful lives and residual values are reviewed annually and where adjustments are required these are made prospectively.

Impairment of fixed assets
The Company assesses at each reporting date whether there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication 
exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Company makes an estimate of the asset’s recoverable amount. 
An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell, and its value in use. It is 
determined for each individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other 
assets or groups of assets.

Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its 
recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Impairment losses 
of continuing operations are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income in those expense categories consistent with the 
function of the impaired asset.

Leases
(i) Identification of a lease
At inception of a contract the Company assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the 
contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. 

To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset the Company assesses whether:
• 

the contract involves the sole use of a specific identified asset – this may be specified explicitly or implicitly, and should be 
physically distinct or represent substantially all of the capacity of a physically distinct asset. If the supplier has a substantive 
substitution right, then the asset is not identified;
the Company has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the asset throughout the period of use; and
the Company has the right to direct the use of the asset.

• 
• 

(ii) As a lessee
The Company recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially 
measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability.

The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the earlier of 
the end of the useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term. The estimated useful lives of right-of-use assets are 
determined on the same basis as those of property and equipment. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically reduced by 
impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, 
discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Company’s incremental 
borrowing rate. The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate.

138

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

2 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Leases continued
(ii) As a lessee continued
Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise fixed payments. The Company does not make other 
types of payment referred to in IFRS 16 for its leases.

Generally the lease liability represents the present value of contractual future lease payments including optional renewal periods 
where the Group is reasonably certain to exercise the extension option. The Company does not typically enter into purchase options 
or variable lease payments.

The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change in future 
lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if there is a change in the Company’s estimate of the amount expected 
to be payable under a residual value guarantee, or if the Company changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, 
extension or termination option.

When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use 
asset, or is recorded in profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

The Company presents right-of-use assets that do not meet the definition of investment property in ‘Property, plant and equipment’ 
and discloses the corresponding lease liability in the statement of financial position.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets
The Company has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases that have a lease term of 12 
months or less, and leases of low-value assets, which it defines as having a purchase cost of £5,000. The Company recognises the 
lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

(iii) As a lessor
IFRS 16 lessor accounting requirements remain similar to requirements under IAS 17 with the change in accounting standard having 
no impact on the Company’s financial statements. When the Company acts as a lessor, it determines at lease inception whether 
each lease is a finance lease or an operating lease.

To classify each lease, the Company makes an overall assessment of whether the lease transfers substantially all of the risks and 
rewards incidental to ownership of the underlying asset. If this is the case, then the lease is a finance lease; if not, then it is an 
operating lease. As part of this assessment, the Company considers certain indicators such as whether the lease is for the major part 
of the economic life of the asset.

When the Company is an intermediate lessor, it accounts for its interests in the head lease and the sub-lease separately. It assesses 
the lease classification of a sub-lease with reference to the right-of-use asset arising from the head lease, not with reference to the 
underlying asset. If a head lease is a short-term lease to which the Company applies an exemption under IFRS 16 then it classifies the 
sub-lease as an operating lease.

If an arrangement contains lease and non-lease components, the Company applies IFRS 15 to allocate the consideration in the contract.

The accounting policies applicable to the Company as a lessor in the comparative period were not different from IFRS 16. However, 
when the Company was an intermediate lessor the sub-leases were classified with reference to the underlying asset.

Financial assets
When financial assets are recognised initially under IFRS 9, they are measured at fair value, being the transaction price plus directly 
attributable transaction costs.

Pension costs
The Company operates a defined benefit pension scheme, which is constituted as a separately administered fund and which is 
closed to future accrual. Deficit reduction contributions are agreed with the pension trustees on the basis of actuarial advice to fund 
this scheme. The Company also operates a defined contribution scheme where agreed contractual contributions are paid into a 
separately administered fund.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

139

Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

2 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Pension costs continued
(i) Defined benefit pensions
Prior to the closure of the defined benefit scheme to future benefit accrual, the cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit 
plan was determined using the projected unit credit method, which attributes entitlement to benefits to the current period (to 
determine current service cost) and is based on actuarial advice.

The Company determines finance income/expense for the period relating to the defined benefit pension scheme by applying the 
discount rate used for valuing the scheme’s liabilities to the value of the net pension liability at the beginning of the year.

The net pension scheme finance costs are charged to finance costs within the statement of comprehensive income. 

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the statement of comprehensive income. These comprise, for scheme assets, 
the difference between the expected and actual return on assets, and, for scheme liabilities, the difference between the actuarial 
assumptions and actual experience, and the effect of changes in actuarial assumptions.

The defined benefit pension asset or liability in the statement of financial position comprises the total of the present value of the 
defined benefit obligation (using a discount rate based on high-quality corporate bonds), less the fair value of plan assets from which 
the obligations are to be settled directly. Fair value is based on market price information and in the case of quoted securities is the 
published bid price. The value of a net pension benefit asset is restricted to the sum of any unrecognised past service costs and the 
present value of any amount the Company expects to recover by way of refunds from the plan or reductions in the future contributions.

(ii) Defined contribution pensions
The pension cost charge to the statement of comprehensive income of the Company’s defined contribution scheme represents the 
contributions payable by the Company to the fund. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Company in an 
independently administered fund.

Income taxes
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities, 
based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted by the statement of financial position date.

Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the financial statements, with the following exceptions:
•  where the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business 

• 

combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;
in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries and associates, where the timing of the 
reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future; and

•  deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which 

the deductible temporary differences, carried forward tax credits or tax losses can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured on an undiscounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply when the 
related asset is realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial 
position date.

Income tax is charged or credited directly to equity if it relates to items that are credited or charged to equity. Otherwise income tax 
is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.

Foreign currencies
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions. Exchange differences resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at exchange rates 
ruling at the year end date of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are 
recognised in the income statement.

140 The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

2 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Own shares
The Alumasc Group plc shares held by the Company are classified in shareholders’ equity as ‘own shares’ and are recognised at cost. 
Consideration received for the sale of such shares is also recognised in equity, with any difference between the proceeds from sale 
and the original cost being taken to reserves. No gain or loss is recognised in the performance statements on the purchase, sale, issue 
or cancellation of equity shares.

A Trust holds the shares in its name and shares are awarded to employees on request by the Company. The Company controls and 
bears the expenses of the Trust.

Equity settled share-based payment transactions
The fair value of long-term incentive awards and share options granted to employees is recognised as an employee expense from 
the date of grant, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period that the employees become unconditionally entitled to the 
awards. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of shares for which the related service and 
non-market vesting conditions are met.

Investment in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost, less provisions for impairment where appropriate.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging
The Company uses derivative financial instruments to hedge its, and the Group’s exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange risk.

Such derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into 
and are subsequently re-measured at fair value. The gain or loss on re-measurement to fair value is recognised immediately in the 
statement of comprehensive income. However, where derivatives qualify for hedge accounting, recognition of any resultant gain or 
loss depends on the nature of the item being hedged.

The fair value of forward currency contracts is calculated by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts with similar 
maturity profiles.

For those derivatives designated as hedges and for which hedge accounting is desired, the hedging relationship is documented at its 
inception. This documentation identifies the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged 
and how effectiveness will be measured throughout its duration. Such items are expected at inception to be highly effective.

For the purpose of hedge accounting, the hedges used by the Company are classified as cash flow hedges, as they hedge exposure to 
variability in cash flows that are attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable 
forecast transaction.

The portion of the gain or loss on a cash flow hedge that is determined to be an effective hedge is initially recognised directly in 
equity, while the ineffective portion is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.

Amounts taken to equity are transferred to the income statement at the time when the underlying transaction being hedged affects 
profit or loss, such as when the forecast sale or purchase of the hedged item occurs. Where the hedged item is the cost of a non-
financial asset or liability, the amounts taken to equity are transferred to the initial carrying amount of the non-financial asset or liability. 
If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, amounts previously recognised in equity are transferred to the statement of 
comprehensive income.

If the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or rollover, or if its designation as a hedge 
is revoked, amounts previously recognised in equity remain in equity until the forecast transaction being hedged occurs and are 
transferred to the income statement or to the initial carrying amount of a non-financial asset or liability as above. If the related 
transaction is not expected to occur, the amount is taken to the statement of comprehensive income.

Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are taken to the 
statement of comprehensive income.

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised and carried at the lower of their original invoiced value and recoverable amount. Provision is made 
when there is objective evidence that the Company will not be able to recover balances in full.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

141

Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

2 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows comprise cash at bank and in hand, and short-term deposits with an 
original maturity of three months or less, net of bank overdrafts.

Interest bearing loans and borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, 
interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Gains and 
losses arising on the repurchase, settlement or cancellation of liabilities are recognised respectively in finance revenue and finance 
costs. Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense over the period to maturity of the underlying instrument.

Provisions
A provision is recognised when the Company has a legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable 
that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Where the Company expects some or all of a provision 
to be reimbursed, for example under an insurance policy, the reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when 
recovery is virtually certain. The expense relating to any provision is presented in the statement of comprehensive income net of 
any reimbursement. 

3 Expenses by nature
The following item has been charged in arriving at operating profit and loss:

Auditor’s remuneration – audit of the financial statements of the Company

4 Dividends

Interim dividend for 2023 of 3.40p paid on 6 April 2023

Final dividend for 2022 of 6.65p paid on 4 November 2022

Interim dividend for 2022 of 3.35p paid on 6 April 2022

Final dividend for 2021 of 6.25p paid on 29 October 2021

2022/23
£’000

18

2022/23
£’000

1,217

2,382

–

–

3,599

2021/22
£’000

18

2021/22
£’000

–

–

1,201

2,233

3,434

A final dividend of 6.90 pence per equity share, at a cash cost of £2,471,000, has been proposed for the year ended 30 June 2023, 
payable on 3 November 2023. This dividend has not been accrued in these company financial statements as it was proposed after 
the year end.

142

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

5 Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use 
assets
(property)
£’000

Freehold  
land and 
buildings
£’000

Long
leasehold 
property
£’000

Plant  
and 
equipment 
£’000

Cost:

At 1 July 2021

Additions

Disposals

At 30 June 2022

Additions

Disposals

At 30 June 2023

Depreciation:

At 1 July 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 1 July 2022

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 30 June 2023

Net book value:

At 30 June 2023 

At 30 June 2022

At 1 July 2021

485

–

–

485

–

–

485

17

12

–

29

6

–

35

450

456

468

749

–

–

749

–

–

749

333

8

–

341

8

–

349

400

408

416

235

–

–

235

–

–

235

235

–

–

235

–

–

235

–

–

–

Included within freehold land and buildings is land of £336,000 (2022: £336,000) which is not depreciated.

Total
£’000

2,077

5

(24)

2,058

9

–

608

5

(24)

589

9

–

598

2,067

517

62

(24)

555

27

–

582

16

34

91

1,102

82

(24)

1,160

41

–

1,201

866

898

975

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

143

Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

6 Investment in Group companies

Cost:

At 1 July 2021 and 1 July 2022

Amounts written off

At 30 June 2023

Provisions:

At 1 July 2021

Provided in year

At 30 June 2022

Amounts written off

At 30 June 2023

Net book value:

At 30 June 2023

At 1 July 2022

At 1 July 2021

Total
£’000

89,911

(14,423)

75,488

19,917

14,423

34,340

(14,423)

19,917

55,571

55,571

69,994

At close of business on 30 June 2023 the principal actively trading subsidiary undertakings and related classes of business are as 
follows: Alumasc Building Products Limited (building products). The investment in Levolux was written down to £nil in the year to 
30 June 2022, and was written off in the year to 30 June 2023, to reflect the sale of the business on 26 August 2022. 

All subsidiary companies are wholly owned and owned directly or indirectly by The Alumasc Group plc and have a registered office of 
Burton Latimer, Kettering, Northamptonshire, NN15 5JP.

7 Trade and other receivables

Other receivables

Prepayments

8 Trade and other payables

Other payables

Other taxation and social security

Accruals

144

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

2023
£’000

1,512

235

1,747

2023
£’000

704

138

300

1,142

2022
£’000

598

207

805

2022
£’000

671

176

589

1,436

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

9 Deferred tax
A reconciliation of the movement in deferred tax during the year is as follows: 

At 1 July 2021

(Charged)/credited to the statement 
of comprehensive income

Charged to equity

At 30 June 2022

Charged to the statement  
of comprehensive income

Credited/(charged) to equity

At 30 June 2023

Pension 
deferred tax 
asset
£’000

Short-term
temporary
differences
£’000

62

(34)

–

28

(21)

51

58

19

3

–

22

5

–

27

Share
options
£’000

320

(8)

(140)

172

23

(21)

174

Total
deferred 
tax asset
£’000

Deferred tax 
liabilities
£’000

401

(39)

(140)

222

7

30

259

(34)

10

–

(24)

3

–

(21)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented as non-current in the statement of financial position. Deferred tax assets have been 
recognised where it is probable that they will be recovered. Deferred tax liabilities relate to accelerated capital allowances.

10 Borrowings

Non-current liabilities:

Non-current instalments due on bank loan

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

8,848

13,000

At 30 June 2023 the Group had a £25.0 million committed revolving credit facility which has an expiry date of August 2025 and 
two further single year extension periods to August 2026 and August 2027. On 24 July 2023 the Group triggered the first of the two 
single year extension periods, which extends the £25.0 million committed revolving credit facility expiry date to August 2026. One 
further single year extension period to August 2027 is still in place. The Group has the option to cancel and repay elements of the 
committed facility at short notice should it wish to do so. The extension periods are subject to request by the Group and acceptance 
by the lender.

The following financial covenants apply to the new facility: Group interest cover, based on underlying EBITDA (i.e. from continuing 
operations and before non-recurring items), to be at least three and a half times; and net bank debt as a multiple of underlying 
EBITDA (i.e. from continuing operations and before non-recurring items) to be below two and a half times, with an acquisition spike 
to be below two and three quarter times.

At 30 June 2023 the Group also had £4.0 million (2022: £4.0 million) of bank overdraft facilities, renewed until August 2024 and 
repayable on demand. The Group has an offset arrangement in place against uncommitted overdraft facilities.

11 Lease liabilities

Non-current lease liabilities

Current lease liabilities

Total lease liabilities

2023
£’000

470

3

473

2022
£’000

473

3

476

Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of future lease payments, discounted using the Company’s incremental 
borrowing rate.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

145

Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

12 Financial instruments
Financial assets and liabilities
Set out below is a comparison by category of carrying amounts and fair values of all the Company’s financial assets and liabilities: 

Financial assets:

Trade and other receivables

Cash at bank

Financial liabilities:

Bank loans

Lease liabilities

Trade, intercompany and other payables

30 June 2023

30 June 2022

Carrying
amount
£’000

1,512

1,052

2,564

8,848

473

13,500

22,821

Fair
value
£’000

1,512

1,052

2,564

8,848

473

13,500

22,821

Carrying
amount
£’000

598

2,627

3,225

Fair
value
£’000

598

2,627

3,225

13,000

13,000

476

11,881

25,357

476

11,881

25,357

Derivative financial assets and liabilities are carried at fair value as a designated hedge instrument. The other financial assets and 
liabilities are measured at amortised cost.

Trade and other receivables exclude prepayments and accrued income, which do not meet the definition of a financial asset. Market 
values have been used to determine the fair value of bank borrowings. The fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts has been 
determined by marking those contracts to market against prevailing forward foreign exchange rates.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Company’s financial liabilities at 30 June 2023 and 2022 based on contractual 
undiscounted payments. The total interest bearing loans and borrowings value in the table below includes future unaccrued interest, 
whilst the bank overdraft and loans balance in the table above shows only the carrying amount at the year end date.

At 30 June 2023

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Lease liabilities

Trade, intercompany and other payables 

At 30 June 2022

Interest bearing loans and borrowings

Lease liabilities

Trade, intercompany and other payables

On
demand
£’000

Less than
1 year
£’000

1 to 2 
years
£’000

2 to 5  
years
£’000

More  
than  

5 years

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

612

3

1,739

2,354

360

3

1,428

1,791

612

3

1,500

2,115

300

3

1,500

1,803

9,000

9

4,500

13,509

13,000

9

4,500

17,509

–

458

5,623

6,081

–

461

4,453

4,914

Total
£’000

10,224

473

13,362

24,059

13,660

476

11,881 

26,017

Liquidity risk management
The Company’s liquidity risk management is consistent with that of the Group as outlined in the notes to the consolidated financial 
statements. The Company’s net debt position at 30 June 2023 was £7.8 million (2022: £10.4 million).

The Company’s overdraft and revolving credit banking facilities are part of the Group’s overall credit facilities and are subject to cross 
guarantees from other Group companies. The Group as a whole had net bank debt at 30 June 2023 of £2.9 million (2022: £4.7 million).

146

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

12 Financial instruments continued
Liquidity risk management continued
The maturity profile of the Company’s interest bearing financial liabilities is as follows:

Floating rate interest bearing financial liabilities:

In less than one year

In two to five years

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

–

8,848

8,848

–

13,000

13,000

Interest rate risk management
The Company’s interest rate risk management is consistent with that of the Group as outlined in the notes to the consolidated 
financial statements.

Credit risk
The Company’s credit risk management is consistent with that of the Group as outlined in the notes to the consolidated 
financial statements. 

Foreign currency risk
The Group has transactional currency exposures as disclosed within the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The Company 
manages this risk, in part, through the use of forward currency contracts. None of the derivative financial instruments held at 
30 June 2023 or 30 June 2022 related to derivative trading activity. Where cash flow hedge accounting is applied, gains or losses 
on the financial instrument hedges are held in equity and only recognised in the income statement when the losses or gains on the 
hedged transactions are recognised in the income statement.

13 Retirement benefit obligations
Defined contribution schemes
£138,000 (2022: £130,000) was charged to operating profit in the statement of comprehensive income for defined contribution 
pension scheme contributions. At 30 June 2023 there was an accrual of £108,000 payable in respect of the defined contribution 
scheme (2022: £108,000).

Defined benefit scheme
The Company participates in a defined benefit scheme, The Alumasc Group Pension Scheme, which has been closed to future 
accrual since 2010.

The defined benefit scheme maintained by the Company is a part of a plan that shares risks between various Group entities under 
common control. In determining the allocation of net defined benefit cost and contributions between the various sponsoring 
employers, the Directors have used as a basis the sponsoring employer at the date the scheme was closed to future accrual.

Following the conclusion of the 2022 triennial actuarial review in the 2022/23 financial year, the Company’s deficit reduction 
contributions decreased from £124,000 to £66,000 per year, with effect from 1 October 2022.

The principal assumptions used by the actuary in valuing the assets and liabilities of the scheme for IAS 19 purposes were:

Discount rate

Expected rate of deferred pension increases

Future pension increases

Retail Price Index inflation rate

Consumer Price Index inflation rate

2023
%

5.25

2.60

2022
%

3.75

2.50

3.10–3.65

3.05–3.60

3.20

2.60

3.15

2.50

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

147

Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

13 Retirement benefit obligations continued
Defined benefit scheme continued

Post retirement mortality:

Current pensioners at 65 – male

Current pensioners at 65 – female

Future pensioners at 65 in 2043 – male

Future pensioners at 65 in 2043 – female

Years

Years

21.6

24.0

22.9

25.5

21.5

23.5

22.8

24.9

A discount rate of 5.25% has been used in calculating the present value of liabilities of the pension scheme at 30 June 2023. A 0.1% 
change to this rate would have changed the present value of the pension fund liabilities at that date by approximately £31,000 
before tax. 

A Retail Price Index inflation rate of 3.20% and a Consumer Price Index inflation rate of 2.60% have been used in calculating the 
present value of liabilities of the pension scheme at 30 June 2023. A 0.1% change to these rates would have changed the present 
value of the pension fund liabilities at that date by approximately £9,000 before tax.

In valuing the liabilities of the pension scheme at 30 June 2023, mortality assumptions have been assumed as indicated above. If 
life expectancy had been changed to assume that all members of the scheme live for one year longer on average, the value of the 
reported liabilities at 30 June 2023 would have increased by approximately £100,000 before tax.

The following information relates to the Company’s element of the assets and liabilities of the scheme.

The combined assets and liabilities of the scheme at 30 June are:

Equities

Liability Driven Investment Funds

Bonds and insured annuities

Multi-asset fund

Property and cash

Total market value of assets

Actuarial value of liability

2023
£’000

925

278

838

607

296

2022
£’000

1,318

458

758

827

452

2,944

(3,176)

3,813

(3,923)

2021
£’000

2,344

661

602

1,071

533

5,211

(5,457)

2020
£’000

2,012

815

598

891

391

4,707

(5,761)

2019
£’000

1,982

731

564

889

376

4,542

(5,249)

Defined benefit pension deficit

(232)

(110)

(246)

(1,054)

(707)

Of the above assets, all have a quoted market price with the exception of £43,000 of insured annuities (2021/22: £52,000) and £37,000 
of property (2021/22: £37,000).

The whole of the defined benefit pension deficit is shown as a non-current liability.

148

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

13 Retirement benefit obligations continued
Defined benefit scheme continued
Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income in respect of the defined benefit pension plan, before taxation, 
are as follows:

Included in net finance costs:

Net pension scheme finance costs

Included in other comprehensive income:

Actuarial loss on plan assets

Actuarial gain on retirement benefit obligations

Total recognised in the statement of comprehensive income

The actual return on plan assets for 2022/23 was a loss of £678,000 (2021/22: loss of £1,251,000).

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation before taxation are as follows:

At 1 July

Interest cost

Benefits paid

Actuarial gain

At 30 June

Changes in the fair value of plan assets before taxation are as follows:

At 1 July

Expected return on plan assets

Actuarial loss

Contributions by employer

Benefits paid

At 30 June

2022/23
£’000

2021/22
£’000

(3)

(3)

(854)

649

(205)

(208)

(1,361)

1,359

(2)

(5)

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

(3,923)

(5,457)

(179)

277

649

(3,176)

2023
£’000

3,813

176

(854)

86

(277)

2,944

(113)

288

1,359

(3,923)

2022
£’000

5,211

110

(1,361)

141

(288)

3,813

The cumulative amount of net actuarial losses recognised in the statement of comprehensive income is £939,000 (2021/22: losses 
of £734,000).

14 Provisions

At 1 July 2021

Utilised

At 30 June 2022 

Charged

At 30 June 2023

£’000

250

(54)

196

543

739

The Company has provided £739,000 (2022: £196,000) in relation to the anticipated cost of dilapidations and required restoration to 
its leasehold properties.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

149

Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

15 Share Capital

Allotted, called up and fully paid:

36,133,558 (2022: 36,133,558) ordinary shares of 12.5p each

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

4,517

4,517

16 Movements in equity
Share capital and share premium
The balances classified as share capital and share premium are the proceeds of the nominal value and premium value respectively 
on issue of the Company’s equity share capital net of issue costs.

Capital reserve – own shares
The capital reserve – own shares relates to 322,418 (2022: 327,493) ordinary own shares held by the Company. The market value of 
shares at 30 June 2023 was £475,567 (2022: £519,076). These are held to help satisfy the exercise of awards under the Company’s Long 
Term Incentive Plans. During the year 52,630 (2022: 297,021) shares with an original cost of £96,000 (2022: £402,000) were used to satisfy 
the exercise of awards. A Trust holds the shares in its name and shares are awarded to employees on request by the Group. The Group 
bears the expenses of the Trust.

Hedging reserve
This reserve records the post-tax portion of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that is determined to be an 
effective hedge.

Distributable reserves
The Company’s profit and loss account reserve shown on the balance sheet is £31,297,000 (2022: £30,697,000).

Cumulative actuarial losses relating to defined benefit pension schemes of £939,000 (2022: losses of £734,000) have been deducted in 
calculating the distributable reserves figure above.

17 Share-based payments
The Company operates two types of share-based payment schemes, the main features of each scheme as detailed in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 76 to 86.

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price
(pence)

n/a

129

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price 
(pence)

n/a

101

Granted

196,258

30,000

Granted

128,361

20,000

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
(pence)

n/a

150

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
(pence)

n/a

226

Exercised

(22,175)

–

Exercised

(146,410)

(20,000)

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
(pence)

–

–

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
(pence)

–

129

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
(pence)

As at
30 June
2023

Lapsed

(48,717)

n/a

629,334

–

–

100,000

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
(pence)

As at
30 June
2022

Lapsed

(72,668)

n/a

503,968

–

–

70,000

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price
(pence)

n/a

135

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price 
(pence)

n/a

129

As at
 1 July
 2022 

503,968

70,000

As at
 1 July
 2021

594,685

70,000

LTIP(i)

ESOS(ii)

LTIP(i)

ESOS(ii)

(i)  Long Term Incentive Plan.
(ii) Executive share option scheme.

150 The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

17 Share-based payments continued
ESOS
For the share options outstanding at 30 June 2023 the weighted average remaining contractual life is 7.7 years (30 June 2022: 8.0 
years). The exercise price of the options outstanding ranges between 79 pence and 226 pence. 30,000 share options are exercisable 
at 30 June 2023 (30 June 2022: 10,000). The weighted average share price of options exercised during the year at date of exercise was 
nil pence (2022: 248 pence).

LTIP
The October 2020 LTIP awards are expected to vest in October 2023. The weighted average share price of options exercised during 
the year at date of exercise was 137 pence (2022: 225 pence).

Fair value of awards
The Black-Scholes option pricing model has been used to calculate the fair value of the options and the amount to be expensed in the 
income statement. The fair values of awards granted in the year, together with the assumptions used in the option pricing model 
are as follows:

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Expected volatility

Expected life (years)

Risk free rate

Dividend yield at date of grant

Fair value per option

ESOS

LTIP

2023

150p

150p

25%

3

3.0%

6.8%

16p

2022

226p

226p

30%

3

1.0%

4.3%

33p

2023

150p

nil

25%

3

3.0%

6.8%

122p

2022

226p

nil

30%

3

1.0%

4.3%

211p

The expected volatility is based on historical volatility over the last three years. The risk free rate of return is based on the yield on 
government bonds due to mature on the expected maturity date of the award.

The net charge recognised for share-based payments in respect of employee services rendered during the year to 30 June 2023 is 
£182,000 (2021/22: £118,000).

18 Financial commitments
(i) Capital commitments
The Company had no capital commitments at the year end (2022: £nil).

(ii) Lease commitments
The Company has entered into commercial leases on certain properties and items of plant and equipment. The leases have varying 
terms and renewal rights. The Group also leases a number of motor vehicles and items of plant and equipment.

The total future minimum sub-lease receipts under non-cancellable leases where the Company acts as a lessor are as follows:

Less than one year

Between one and five years

After five years

Property
2023
£’000

Property
2022
£’000

40

160

360

560

40

160

400

600

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

151

Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 30 June 2023

19 Movement in borrowings

At 1 July 2021

Cash flow movements

Effect of foreign exchange rates

At 1 July 2022

Cash flow movements

Non-cash movements

At 30 June 2023

Bank 
overdrafts/
cash
£’000

875

1,752

–

2,627

(1,575)

–

Bank
loans
£’000

(5,936)

(7,000)

(64)

Net bank 
(debt)/cash
£’000

(5,061)

(5,248)

(64)

Lease 
liabilities
£’000

(479)

3

–

Total 
borrowings
£’000

(5,540)

(5,245)

(64)

(13,000)

(10,373)

(476)

(10,849)

4,262

(110)

2,687

(110)

(7,796)

3

–

2,690

(110)

(473)

(8,269)

1,052

(8,848)

The Company is part of a Group offset banking arrangement, together with its subsidiary undertakings.

20 Related party disclosure
Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties
A full list of the Company’s subsidiaries is shown on page 156.

The total non-current position with regards to amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings at 30 June 2023 was a £12,358,000 liability 
(2022: £9,823,000 liability).

Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings have no fixed repayment date and accrue interest at a rate equivalent to the Alumasc 
Group’s effective rate of interest. The Directors believe that in substance these amounts are non-current.

Transactions with other related parties
Key management personnel are determined as the Directors of The Alumasc Group plc. Details of transactions with the Directors and 
their compensation are detailed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 76 to 86. No further transactions were made during 
the financial period between the Company and the Directors.

21 Contingent liabilities
The Company is party to, together with subsidiary undertakings, cross guarantee banking arrangements in favour of the Group’s 
relationship banks. At the year end, subsidiary undertakings had utilised none (2022: none) of the overdraft facilities guaranteed 
by the Company.

152

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Financial summary

Income Statement Summary

Continuing operations:

Revenue

Gross profit

Gross margin

Underlying operating profit

Underlying operating margin

Net interest cost on borrowings

Interest on lease liabilities

2016/17 
£’000

2017/18 
£’000

2018/19 
£’000

2019/20 
£’000

2020/21 
£’000

2021/22 
£’000

2022/23 
£’000

63,969

65,091

71,315

60,299

77,805

89,381

89,135

22,880

35.8%

6,714

10.5%

22,353

34.3%

5,438

8.4%

24,184

33.9%

6,973

9.8%

20,432

33.9%

5,053

8.4%

29,441

37.8%

10,506

13.5%

33,366

32,729

37.3% 36.7%

13,333

14.9%

12,109

13.6%

(132)

–

(212)

–

(281)

–

(343)

(153)

(311)

(178)

(439)

(169)

(783)

(154)

Underlying profit before tax

6,582

5,226

6,692

4,557

10,017

12,725

11,172

Non-underlying items*

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit for the year from continuing operations

Discontinued operations – Profit/(loss) after tax

Profit/(loss) for the year

Underlying earnings per share from continuing 
operations (pence)

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Dividends per share (pence)

Balance Sheet Summary at 30 June

Shareholders’ funds

Net debt/(cash)

Lease liabilities

Pension deficit (net of tax)

Discontinued operations

(720)

5,862

(1,492)

4,370

2,170

6,540

14.7

18.3

7.15

(914)

4,312

(967)

3,345

972

4,317

11.6

12.0

7.35

(4,431)

2,261

(256)

2,005

1,636

3,641

14.8

10.1

7.35

(1,138)

3,419

(442)

2,977

(721)

2,256

10.2

6.3

2.0

20,437

(6,076)

–

24,421

 4,812

–

25,445

5,095

–

19,841

4,333

5,924

 17,095

 12,566

10,749

15,608

(694)

(633)

12,031

10,539

(546)

9,471

(2,118)

7,353

(2,421)

9,610

233

(16,657)

7,586

(7,047)

22.5

21.2

9.5

28.6

(19.7)

10.0

(2,186)

8,353

(1,750)

6,603

25.0

18.4

10.3

36,145

25,732

25,747

937

5,606

3,436

4,716

5,132

1,585

–

2,853

5,234

3,242

–

(334)

(714)

359

–

(11,221)

Capital Invested – continuing operations

31,122

41,085

41,648

45,706

34,903

37,165

37,076

Underlying return on capital invested (post-tax)**

18.6%

12.0%

13.4%

9.2%

18.4%

29.8%

26.1%

Underlying tax rate

20.6%

20.2%

20.4%

20.3%

19.5%

19.4%

20.0%

* 

 Non-underlying items comprise brand amortisation and IAS 19 pension costs in all years. Further details of the 2021/22 and 2022/23 non-underlying items can 
be found in note 5 of the Report and Accounts 2023.

**   Underlying operating profit after tax from continuing operations calculated using the underlying tax rate, as a percentage of average capital invested from 

continuing operations.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

153

Financial Statements

Additional Shareholder Information

In accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 (Act) the following section describes the matters that are required 
for inclusion in the Directors’ Report. Further details of matters required to be included in the Directors’ Report that are incorporated 
by reference into this report are set out below.

Directors
The names of the members of the Board as at the date of this report and their biographical details are set out on pages 64 and 65.

Share capital
The issued share capital of the Company and the details of the movements in the Company’s share capital during the year are 
shown in Notes 25 and 26 to the financial statements.

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends when declared, to receive the Company’s Annual Report and 
Accounts, to attend and speak at general meetings of the Company, and to appoint proxies and exercise voting rights.

Articles of Association
The articles of association set out the internal regulation of the Company and cover such matters as the rights of shareholders, 
the appointment or removal of Directors and the conduct of the Board and general meetings. Copies are available upon request 
from the Group Company Secretary and are available at the Company’s AGM. Further powers are granted by members in general 
meeting and those currently in place are set out in detail in the appropriate section of this report.

Directors’ interests
Other than the Directors’ service agreements or letters of appointment, none of the Directors of the Company had a personal interest 
in any business transactions of the Company or its subsidiaries. Directors’ interests in shares and share awards of the Company, 
in respect of which transactions are notifiable to the Company and the FCA under Article 19 of the Market Abuse Regulation, are 
disclosed in the Remuneration Report on pages 82 and 83.

Directors’ powers
The Directors are responsible for the strategic management of the Company and their powers to do so are determined by the 
provisions of the Act and the Company’s articles of association.

Employee benefit trust
A waiver of dividend exists in respect of 327,495 shares held by the Alumasc Group Employee Share Ownership Trust (Trust) as of 
30 June 2023. There was a late transfer out from the Trust of 5,074 shares on 5 July 2023. There are no restrictions on the transfer 
of ordinary shares in the Company.

The rights attached to shares in the Company are provided by the articles of association, which may be amended or replaced by 
means of a special resolution of the Company in a general meeting. The Directors’ powers are conferred on them by UK legislation 
and by the Company’s articles of association.

No ordinary shares carry any special rights about control of the Company and there are no restrictions on voting rights except that a 
shareholder has no right to vote in respect of a share unless all sums due in respect of that share are fully paid.

Shares are admitted to trading on the AIM market of London Stock Exchange and may be traded through the CREST system.

Allotment of shares
At the AGM in 2022 the Directors were empowered by the shareholders to allot equity securities, up to 5% of the Company’s issued 
share capital, for cash under section 570 of the Act. It is intended that this authority be renewed at the forthcoming AGM.

It is the Board’s intention, in line with guidance issued by the Pre-Emption Group, to also propose the renewal of the additional 
special resolution to allow the Company to allot equity securities up to a further 5% of the Company’s issued share capital. This is 
applicable when the Board determines a transaction to be an acquisition or other capital investment, as defined by the Pre-Emption 
Group’s Statement of Principles and is announced contemporaneously with the allotment or has taken place in the preceding six-
month period and is disclosed in the announcement of the allotment.

Purchase of own shares
Shareholders also approved the authority for the Company to buy back up to 14.9% of its own ordinary shares by market purchase 
until 26 October 2023. The Directors will seek to renew this authority at the forthcoming AGM. This power will only be exercised if the 
Directors are satisfied that any purchase will increase the earnings per share of the Group as a result of the purchase and therefore, 
that the purchase is in the interests of shareholders. The Directors will also give careful consideration to the financial position of the 
Company and its general financial position. Any shares purchased in this way may be held in treasury which, the Directors believe, 
will provide the Company with flexibility in the management of its share capital.

154

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Where treasury shares are used to satisfy share awards, they will be classed as new issue shares for the purpose of the 10% limit on the 
number of shares that may be issued over a ten-year period under the relevant share plan rules. The Company currently holds no 
shares in treasury.

Significant agreements – change of control
The Group has agreements in place with its relationship banks, which contain certain termination rights that would have an effect on 
a change of control. The Directors believe these agreements to be commercially sensitive and consider that its disclosure would be 
prejudicial to the Group; accordingly, they do not intend to disclose specific details. In addition, the Group’s share schemes contain 
provisions that, in the event of a change of control, would result in outstanding options and awards becoming exercisable, subject 
to the rules of the relevant schemes. There are no agreements between the Group and its Directors nor its employees providing for 
compensation for loss of office or employment that occurs because of a takeover bid.

The total amount owing under the Group’s credit facilities as at 30 June 2023 is shown in Note 20 to the financial statements. These 
agreements contain clauses such that, in the event of a change of control, subject to the lender, the Company can offer to or must 
repay all such borrowings together with accrued interest, fees and other sums owing as required by the individual agreements.

The rules of the Company’s incentive plans contain clauses relating to a change of control resulting from a takeover and in such an 
event awards would vest subject to the satisfaction of any associated performance criteria.

Major shareholders
At 30 June 2023, the following persons had disclosed an interest in the issued Ordinary Share capital of the Company in accordance 
with the requirements of rules 5.1.2 or 5.1.5 of the UK Listing Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules.

Shareholder

John McCall

AXA Framlington Investment Managers

Mr Philip H R Gwyn

Hargreaves Lansdown

Charles Stanley

Chelverton Asset Management

Number of 
ordinary 
shares

% of issued
share capital

4,194,668

3,045,000

2,735,605

2,557,845

1,825,088

1,400,000

11.60

8.43

7.57

7.08

5.05

3.87

Employment
Information about the Group’s employees, employment of disabled persons and employment practices is contained within our ESG Report 
(Environmental, Social and Governance), the Section 172 Statement, and the Directors’ Report on pages 38, and 52 to 55.

Greenhouse gas emissions (GHG)
Information about the Group’s greenhouse gas emissions is given in the ESG Report on pages 34 and 35.

Annual General Meeting
The Notice of the AGM, to be held on 26 October 2023, is available in this Report and Accounts on pages after page 159 and copies 
are also available from the Company’s website at www.alumasc.co.uk/investors. The Notice details the business to be conducted at 
the meeting and includes information concerning the deadlines for submitting proxy forms and in relation to voting rights.

Statement of disclosure of information to auditors
The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’ Report confirm that, so far as they are aware, there is no 
relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware and each Director has taken all the steps that they ought 
to have taken as a Director of the Company to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that 
the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

155

Financial Statements

List of Subsidiaries

The Group’s subsidiary undertakings as at 30 June 2022 are shown below. Unless otherwise shown below all subsidiary undertakings are 
incorporated in the UK. All subsidiaries are 100% owned. The UK registered offices are located at The Alumasc Group plc registered address.

Subsidiary
Alumasc Building Products Limited 
Elkington China Limited 
Alumasc Limited 
Gatic (Middle East) FZ-LLC
Wade International Limited 
Alumasc Precision Limited 
A G Standard Company Limited 
Access Floor Systems Limited 
AEBP Walling Limited 
AIBP 2 Limited 
ALK Limited 
Alumasc Exterior Building Products Limited 
Alumasc Construction Products Limited 
Alumasc D Developments Limited 
Alumasc D D Limited 
Alumasc-Grundy Limited 
Alumasc Holdings Limited 
Alumasc Interior Building Products Limited 
Apex Gutter & Drainage Limited 
Benion Limited 
Benjamin Priest Group Limited 
Benjamin Priest Limited 
Blackdown Horticultural Consultants Ltd 
BLK Limited 
BLL Limited 
Building Products Next Day Ltd 
C C Realisations Limited 
Cleomack (One) Limited 
Cleomack (Three) Limited 
Cleomack Limited 
Condyle Limited 
Copal Casting Limited
D E Limited 
Doranda Limited 
Drew Street Limited 
Elkington Gatic Limited 
Engird Limited 
Euroroof Limited 
Green Roof Solutions Limited 
Harmer Holdings Limited 
Harvey Reed Top Table Limited 
Justcredit Limited 
Kett Limited
Powke Limited
Rainclear Systems Limited 
Roof-Pro Limited 
Sillavan Anodes Limited 
Sillavan Industries Limited 
Sorrel 009 Limited 
Sure-Foot Supports Limited 
Technical Building Products Limited 
The Green Building Products Company Limited 
The Paint Factory Limited 
Thermex AFC Limited 
Thermex Industries Limited 
Timloc Building Products Limited 
Wade International (UK) Limited 
Wade Drainage Products Limited 
Wergs Limited 
Yenots Limited

156

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Principal activity Country of incorporation
Building products
UK
Building products
Hong Kong
Building products
UK
Building products
United Arab Emirates
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Business and Operating Locations

Water Management
Skyline, Alumasc Rainwater & Harmer
Burton Latimer
Station Road
Burton Latimer
Kettering
Northamptonshire NN15 5JP
Tel: +44 (0)1536 383810
Email: info@alumascwms.co.uk
Web: www.alumascwms.co.uk

Rainclear Systems
Unit 34 A
Techno Trading Estate
Ganton Way
Swindon SN2 8ES
Tel: +44 (0)800 644 4426
Email: sales@rainclear.co.uk
Web: www.rainclear.co.uk

Wade & Gatic (Slotdrain)
Third Avenue
Halstead
Essex CO9 2SX
Tel: +44 (0)1787 475151
Email: info@alumascwms.co.uk
Web: www.alumascwms.co.uk

Gatic (Covers)
Hammond House
Poulton Close
Dover
Kent CT17 0UF
Tel: +44 (0)1304 203545
Email: info@alumascwms.co.uk
Web: www.alumascwms.co.uk

Elkington China Ltd 
Unit 2, 16/F, Cheung Tat Centre
18 Cheung Lee Street
Chai Wan
Hong Kong
Tel: +(852) 2305 0100
Email: ecl@biznetvigator.com
Web: www.alumascwms.co.uk

Gatic (Middle East) FZ-LLC
Dubai Media City
Commercial Building 5
Dubai
United Arab Emirates
Tel: +971 (0) 58 539 2730
Web: www.alumascwms.co.uk

Building Envelope
Waterproofing Systems
Alumasc Roofing
White House Works
Bold Road
St Helens
Merseyside WA9 4JG
Tel: +44 (0)1744 648 400
Email: info@alumascroofing.co.uk
Web: www.alumascroofing.co.uk

Green roofing
Blackdown Greenroofs
3 The Waggon Shed
Flax Drayton Farm
South Petherton
Somerset TA13 5LR
Tel: +44 (0)1460 234582
Email: enquiries@blackdown.co.uk
Web: www.blackdown.co.uk

Rooftop management systems
Roof Pro Systems
Polwell Lane
Off Station Road
Burton Latimer
Kettering
Northants NN15 5PS
Tel: +44 (0)1536 383865
Email: cad@roof-pro.co.uk
Web: www.roof-pro.co.uk

Housebuilding Products
Ventilation products, access panels/doors cavity closers/
dry roof verge products
Timloc Building Products
Timloc House
Ozone Park
Howden
East Riding of Yorkshire DN14 7SD
Tel: +44 (0)1405 765567
Email: sales@timloc.co.uk
Web: www.timloc.co.uk

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

157

Financial Statements

Company Information and Advisers

Registered Office
The Alumasc Group plc
Burton Latimer
Kettering
Northamptonshire 
NN15 5JP
Tel: +44 (0)1536 383844
www.alumasc.co.uk
info@alumasc.co.uk
Registered No: 1767387

Company Advisers
Registrars
Equiniti Limited
Aspect House
Spencer Road
Lancing
West Sussex 
BN99 6DA

Auditors
Crowe U.K. LLP
Black Country House
Rounds Green Road
Oldbury
West Midlands
B69 2DG

Investment Bankers
Rothschild & Co
3 Lombard Street
London 
EC3V 9AA

Bankers
HSBC Bank plc
4th Floor
120 Edmund Street
Birmingham 
B3 2QZ

Barclays Bank PLC
Ashton House
497 Silbury Boulevard
Milton Keynes 
MK9 2LD

Solicitors
Freeths LLP
The Colmore Building
20 Colmore Circus
Queensway
Birmingham 
B4 6AT

DLA Piper UK LLP
160 Aldersgate Street
London 
EC1A 4HT

Brokers
Peel Hunt LLP
100 Liverpool Street
London 
EC2M 1JJ

Nominated Adviser (NOMAD)
finnCap
One Bartholomew Close
London
EC1A 7BL

158

The Alumasc Group plc Report and Accounts 2023

Notice of Annual General Meeting

Notice is given that the 2023 Annual General Meeting (AGM) of The Alumasc Group plc (the Company) will be held at Wade, 
Third Avenue, Halstead, Essex CO9 2SX at 10am on Thursday 26 October 2023 to consider the following:

Ordinary business
Resolutions 1 to 9 will be proposed as ordinary resolutions.

To receive the reports of the Directors and Auditor and the accounts for the year ended 30 June 2023
To receive the report of the Remuneration Committee for the year ended 30 June 2023
To approve the Remuneration Policy

1 
2 
3 
4  To declare a final dividend of 6.9 pence per share
5 
6  To re-elect Michael Leaf as a Director
7 

To re-elect Gilbert Jackson as a Director

To re-appoint Crowe U.K. LLP as Auditor of the Company to hold office until the conclusion of the next Annual General 
Meeting of the Company at which accounts are laid before the Company

8  That the Audit Committee be authorised to determine the Auditor’s remuneration

Special business
The following resolution will be proposed as an ordinary resolution.

9  Renewal of Directors’ authorities to allot shares

That the Directors be and are hereby generally and unconditionally authorised in accordance with Section 551 of the 
Companies Act 2006 to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company or to grant rights to subscribe 
for or to convert any security into shares in the Company up to an aggregate nominal amount of £1,505,564 provided that 
this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company, save that the Directors shall 
be entitled to make offers or agreements before the expiry of this authority which would or might require shares to be allotted 
or rights to be granted pursuant to any such offers or agreements after this authority had expired. All unexercised authorities 
previously granted to the Directors are hereby revoked.

The following three resolutions will be proposed as special resolutions.

10  Disapplication of statutory pre-emption rights: General

That the Board be authorised to allot equity securities (as defined in the Companies Act 2006) for cash under the authority 
given by resolution 9 and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if Section 561 of the 
Companies Act 2006 did not apply to any such allotment or sale, such authority to be limited to:

a. allotments for rights issues and other pre-emptive issues; and

b.

to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares (otherwise than under paragraph (i) above) up to a nominal
amount of £225,834. This amount to be not more than 5% of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares)
of the Company as at the latest practicable date prior to publication of the notice of meeting,

such authority to expire at the end of the next AGM of the Company (or, if earlier, at the close of business on 25 October 2024).

11  Disapplication of statutory pre-emption rights: Acquisition or capital investment

That if resolution 9 granting authority to allot shares is passed, the Board be authorised in addition to any authority granted 
under the first disapplication resolution to allot equity securities (as defined in the Companies Act 2006) for cash under 
the authority given by that resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares held by the Company as treasury shares for cash as if 
Section 561 of the Companies Act 2006 did not apply to any such allotment or sale, such authority to be:

(i)

limited to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares up to a nominal amount of £225,834. This amount
to be not more than 5% of the issued ordinary share capital (excluding treasury shares) of the Company as at the latest
practicable date prior to publication of the notice of meeting; and

(ii) used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the authority is to be used within six months after the original

transaction) a transaction which the Board of the Company determines to be an acquisition or other capital investment
of a kind contemplated by the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently published by the
Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this notice.

The Alumasc Group plc Notice of Annual General Meeting 2023

159

Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

12  Company’s authority to purchase its own shares

That the Company be generally and unconditionally authorised to make market purchases (within the meaning of 
Section 693(4) of the Companies Act 2006) of ordinary shares of 12.5 pence each in the Company provided that:

(i) 

the maximum number of ordinary shares hereby authorised to be acquired is 5,383,900 which represents 14.9% of the 
issued share capital of the Company at the date of this Notice;

(ii) 

the minimum price (exclusive of taxes and expenses) which may be paid for such ordinary shares is 12.5 pence per share;

(iii)  the maximum price (exclusive of taxes and expenses) which may be paid for such ordinary shares is an amount equal 
to 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for ordinary shares (derived from the Daily Official List of the 
London Stock Exchange plc) for the five dealing days immediately preceding the day on which such ordinary shares are 
contracted to be purchased;

(iv)  the authority hereby conferred shall expire on 25 October 2024, or, if earlier, on the date of the next Annual General 

Meeting of the Company except that the expiry of such authority shall not exclude any purchase of ordinary shares made 
pursuant to a contract concluded before the authority expired and which would or might be executed wholly or partly 
after its expiration; and

(v)  this authority supersedes the Company’s authority to make market purchases granted by Special Resolution passed at 

the last AGM. 

By order of the Board 

Helen Ashton
Group Company Secretary
5 September 2023

Burton Latimer 
Kettering 
Northamptonshire 
NN15 5JP

Registered No: 
01767387

160

The Alumasc Group plc Notice of Annual General Meeting 2023

 
Explanatory Notes
to the Notice of Annual General Meeting

Resolutions 1 to 9 are being proposed as Ordinary resolutions and Resolutions 10 to 12 are being proposed as 
Special resolutions
Resolution 1 – Annual Report and Accounts for the year
The Directors will present to the shareholders the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 30 June 2023, together with 
the Directors’ and Auditors’ report on those accounts.

Resolution 2 – Directors’ Remuneration Report
The Directors’ Remuneration Report is set out on pages 76 to 86. Resolution 2 is an advisory vote and does not affect the future 
remuneration paid to any Director. It provides details of the remuneration paid for the year ended 30 June 2023.

Resolution 3 – Approval of the Remuneration Policy
The Remuneration Policy approved by the Shareholders at the 2020 AGM has come to an end of its three-year period and due 
for renewal. The new Remuneration Policy (the 2023 Policy) as set out on pages 87 to 92 of the Annual Report is proposed for 
approval. The 2023 Policy updates the 2020 Policy in terms of malus and clawback on the cash bonus and LTIP schemes and 
information about these changes is detailed on pages 76 to 78 of the Remuneration Report.

Resolution 4 – To declare a dividend
Shareholders are being asked to approve a final dividend of 6.9 pence per ordinary share. If the recommended final dividend 
is approved, it is expected to be paid on 3 November 2023 to all shareholders on the register on 29 September 2023.

Resolutions 5 to 6 – Re-election of Directors
The Company’s Articles of Association require that Directors must retire by rotation and seek re-election at the third Annual 
General Meeting after the general meeting at which the postholder was appointed or re-appointed. Biographical details of 
each Director can be found on pages 64 to 65 of this 2023 Annual Report and Accounts.

Resolution 5 – Re-election of Gilbert Jackson
Your Board recommends that Gilbert Jackson be re-elected as a Director.

Resolution 6 – Re-election of Michael Leaf as a Director
Your Board recommends that Michael Leaf be re-elected as a Director.

The Board has concluded that the Directors standing for re-election are effective, committed to their role, and subject to 
shareholder approval, should continue in office.

Resolutions 7 and 8 – Re-appointment of Crowe U.K. LLP (Crowe) as Auditor and to authorise the Auditor’s remuneration
At each general meeting at which the Company’s accounts are presented the Company is required to appoint the Auditor to 
serve until the next general meeting at which accounts are presented. The Directors appointed Crowe U.K. LLP in the year and 
are recommending that Crowe be re-appointed as Auditor. Resolution 8 authorises the Audit Committee of the Board to set the 
Auditor’s remuneration. This resolution follows standard practice.

Resolution 9 – Renewal of Directors’ authority to allot shares
By virtue of Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 the Directors require the authority of shareholders of the Company to allot 
shares or other relevant securities of the Company. This authorises the Directors to make allotments of up to an additional 
12,044,519 shares (being approximately one third of the issued share capital of the Company as at the date of this Notice). This 
authority will lapse at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting, unless renewed earlier. The Directors have no present 
intention to exercise the authority proposed to be conferred by this Resolution.

Resolutions 10 and 11 – Disapplication of statutory pre-emption rights
Special resolutions 10 and 11 will allow the Directors to allot equity securities for cash pursuant to the authority under ordinary 
resolution 9, or by way of a sale of treasury shares, without in the first instance offering them to existing shareholders in proportion 
to their holdings.

The authority sought will authorise the Directors to issue shares in connection with: (a) a rights issue or other pre-emptive offer 
and otherwise to issue shares for cash up to a nominal value of £225,834 which includes the sale on a non pre-emptive basis of 
any shares the Company holds in treasury for cash. This amount represents just under 5% of the total ordinary share capital in 
issue at the date of this Notice (being the latest practicable date prior to publication of this Notice). In addition, (b) the financing 
(or re-financing, if the authority is to be used within six months after the original transaction) for an acquisition or other capital 
investment which the Board determines to be as contemplated by the Pre-Emption Group’s Statement of Principles, to issue shares 
for cash up to a nominal value of £225,834 which includes the sale on a non pre-emptive basis of any shares the Company holds in 
treasury for cash. This amount also represents just under 5% of the total ordinary share capital in issue at 31 August 2023.

This disapplication authority is in line with guidance with the Pre-Emption Group’s Statement of Principles. The authority will expire 
at the conclusion of the 2024 Annual General Meeting of the Company or, if earlier, on 25 October 2024.

The Alumasc Group plc Notice of Annual General Meeting 2023

161

Explanatory Notes continued
to the Notice of Annual General Meeting

The authority sought under this resolution provides the Company with greater flexibility in pursuing its strategy of building a 
focused premium building products company which should generate long-term growth for shareholders. It is the current intention 
to renew this authority annually.

The Directors have no present intention of exercising their authority under resolutions 10 and 11.

Resolution 12 – Company’s authority to purchase its own shares
The Directors consider it desirable that the Company should have the authority to make market purchases of its own shares. This 
resolution renews the Company’s general authority to buy its own shares on similar terms to previous years’ authority. The purpose 
of this Resolution is to authorise the Directors generally to purchase up to 5,383,900 ordinary shares in the market (being 14.9% of 
the issued share capital of the Company as at 31 August 2023). The Directors will only exercise the authority granted by Resolution 
12 (if passed) if to do so would result in an increase in earnings per share and is in the best interests of shareholders generally. This 
authority will lapse on 25 October 2024, unless renewed earlier.

Recommendation
Your Directors believe that the resolutions set out in Resolutions 1 to 12 are in the best interests of the shareholders as a whole 
and unanimously recommend that you vote in favour of these resolutions. They intend to do so in respect of their own beneficial 
holdings.

Voting at the AGM
Your vote is important, and you are encouraged to complete and return the proxy form to the Company’s registrars, Equiniti, 
Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA, not less than 48 hours before the time fixed for holding the AGM. 
Please refer to the notes on pages 4 to 6 of this Notice for further details. Please consider appointing the Chairman of the AGM as 
your proxy with voting instructions, to ensure your vote is counted.

Notes to the Notice of Annual General Meeting
(1) A member may appoint a proxy to exercise all or any of their rights to attend and to speak and vote on their behalf at the

meeting. A member may appoint more than one proxy in relation to the Annual General Meeting provided that each proxy is
appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by that member. A proxy need not be a member
of the Company but must attend the Annual General Meeting to represent you.

(2) To be valid, any proxy form or other instrument appointing a proxy and power of attorney or other authority, if any, under

which it is signed or a notarial certified or office copy of such power or authority must be received by post or (during normal
business hours only) by hand by Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA not later than 48
hours before the time fixed for the meeting or any adjournment thereof. Completion and return of the form of proxy will
not prevent a member from attending and voting at the meeting instead of the proxy if they so wish. Amended instructions
must also be received by Equiniti by the deadline for receipt of proxy forms. A member must inform Equiniti in writing of any
termination of the authority of a proxy.

(3) As an alternative to completing and returning the printed form of proxy, a member may submit your proxy appointment

electronically by accessing www.sharevote.co.uk where full details of the procedure are given. For security purposes, members
will need their Voting ID, Task ID and Shareholder Reference Number as printed on the form of proxy in order to validate the
submission of their proxy appointment online. Any such proxy appointment must be received not later than 48 hours before
the time fixed for the meeting or any adjournment thereof. To appoint more than one proxy electronically, please contact
Equiniti on +44 (0)371 384 2030. Lines are open 8.30am to 5.30pm, Monday to Friday (excluding public holidays in England
and Wales).

(4)

If a member has more than one holding registered in their name they should receive no more than one copy of the Annual
Report and one form of proxy which will be valid in respect of all his/her shareholdings. A form of proxy is enclosed. To
request a form of proxy please contact Equiniti on +44 (0)371 384 2030. Lines are open 8.30am to 5.30pm, Monday to Friday
(excluding public holidays in England and Wales).

(5) Any person to whom this Notice is sent who is a person nominated under Section 146 of the Companies Act 2006 (CA2006)
to enjoy information rights (a Nominated Person) may, under an agreement between them and the shareholder by whom
they were nominated, have the right to be appointed (or to have someone else appointed) as a proxy for the Annual General
Meeting. If a Nominated Person has no such proxy appointment right or does not wish to exercise it, they may, under any such
agreement, have a right to give instructions to the shareholder as to the exercise of voting rights.

(6) The statement of rights of shareholders in relation to the appointment of proxies in notes 1, 2, and 3 above to this Notice of

Annual General Meeting does not apply to Nominated Persons. The rights described in these sections can only be exercised
by the shareholders of the Company. Nominated Persons are reminded that they should contact the registered holder of their
shares (and not the Company) on matters relating to their investments in the Company.

162

The Alumasc Group plc Notice of Annual General Meeting 2023

(7) The Company specifies that only those shareholders registered in the register of members of the Company as at 6.30pm
on 24 October 2023 (or, in the event of any adjournment, at 6.30pm on the date which is two days before the time of the
adjourned meeting) shall be entitled to attend (in person or by proxy) or vote at the meeting or any adjourned meeting in
respect of the number of shares registered in their name at that time.

Changes to entries on the register of members made after the relevant deadline shall be disregarded in determining the rights
of any person to attend or vote at the meeting. Please note that a proxy need not be a shareholder.

(8) CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do
so for the Annual General Meeting to be held on 26 October 2023 and any adjournment(s) thereof by using the procedure
described in the CREST manual. CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members
who have appointed a voting service provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be
able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.

In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST service to be valid, the appropriate CREST message
(a CREST Proxy Instruction) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland’s specifications and
must contain the information required for such instructions as described in the CREST manual (available at www.euroclear.
com). The message, regardless of whether it constitutes the appointment of a proxy or relates to an amendment to the
instruction given to a previously appointed proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s
agent (ID RA19) by the latest time(s) for receipt for proxy appointments specified in the Notice of Annual General Meeting.
For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the timestamp applied to the message by
the CREST Application Host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner
prescribed by CREST. After this time any change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated
to the appointee through other means.

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers should note that Euroclear UK
& Ireland does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings and
limitations will apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member
concerned to take, (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a
voting service provider(s), to procure that his/her CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be
necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection,
CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsor(s) or voting service provider(s) are referred, in particular, to those
sections of the CREST manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings. The Company may treat as
invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations
2001 (as amended).

(9) Any corporation which is a member can appoint one or more corporate representatives who may exercise on its behalf all of
the same powers as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual member provided that they do not do so in relation
to the same shares.

(10) As at 31 August 2023 (being the last practicable business day prior to the publication of this Notice) the Company’s issued

share capital consists of 36,133,558 ordinary shares, carrying one vote each.

(11) Copies of the service contracts of Executive Directors, letters of appointment for Non-executive Directors, Directors’ deeds of

indemnity and a copy of the Company’s Articles of Association are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office
on each business day during normal business hours and will also be available at the place of the Annual General Meeting from
at least 15 minutes prior to the meeting and until the conclusion of the meeting.

(12)

It is possible that, pursuant to requests made by members of the Company under Section 527 of the CA 2006, the Company
may be required to publish on its website a statement setting out any matter relating to: (a) the audit of the Company’s
accounts (including the Auditor’s report and the conduct of the audit) that are to be laid before the Annual General Meeting;
or (b) any circumstance connected with an Auditor of the Company ceasing to hold office since the previous meeting at
which annual accounts and reports were laid. The Company may not require the shareholders requesting any such website
publication to pay its expenses in complying with Sections 527 or 528 of the CA 2006.

Where the Company is requested to place a statement on a website under Section 527 of the CA 2006 it must forward the
statement to the Company’s Auditor not later than the time when it makes the statement available on the website.

The business which may be dealt with at the Annual General Meeting includes any statement that the Company has been
required under Section 527 of the CA 2006 to publish on its website.

The Alumasc Group plc Notice of Annual General Meeting 2023

163

Explanatory Notes continued
to the Notice of Annual General Meeting

(13) A member attending the meeting has the right to ask questions relating to the business being dealt with at the meeting in

accordance with Section 319A of the CA 2006. The Company must cause to be answered any such question but no such
answer need be given if: (a) to do so would interfere unduly with the preparation for the meeting or involve the disclosure
of confidential information; (b) the answer has already been given on a website in the form of an answer to a question; or
(c) it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the meeting that the question be answered.

(14) A copy of this Notice of Annual General Meeting and other information required by Section 311A of the CA 2006 can be found

at www.alumasc.co.uk.

(15) Members who have general queries about the meeting should address such questions, in the first instance, to the Company’s
Registrars, Equiniti +44 (0)371 384 2030 . Lines are open 8.30am to 5.30pm, Monday to Friday (excluding public holidays in
England and Wales)). Members may not use any electronic address provided in this Notice of Annual General Meeting or any
related documents to communicate with the Company for any purposes other than those expressly stated.

(16) Voting at the meeting on all resolutions will be conducted by way of a show of hands. As soon as practicable following the

meeting, the results of the voting at the meeting and the number of proxy votes cast for and against and the number of votes
actively withheld in respect of each of the resolutions proposed at the meeting will be announced via a Regulatory Information
Service and also placed on the Company’s website.

The Alumasc Group plc 
Station Road 
Burton Latimer 
Kettering 
NN15 5JP

https://www.alumasc.co.uk

164

The Alumasc Group plc Notice of Annual General Meeting 2023

T

h

e

A

l

u

m

a

s

c

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

3

The Alumasc Group plc
Station Road 
Burton Latimer 
Kettering 
Northamptonshire
NN15 5JP

https://www.alumasc.co.uk